Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
MAT front intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Matthew\n\n1. The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)\n1. Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28)\n1. Jesus illustrates the kingdom of God through acts of healing (8:1-9:34)\n1. Jesus teaches about mission and the kingdom (9:35-10:42)\n1. Jesus teaches about the gospel of the kingdom of God. Opposition to Jesus begins. (11:1-12:50)\n1. Jesus tells parables about the kingdom of God (13:1-52)\n1. Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:57)\n1. Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of God (18:1-35)\n1. Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46)\n1. Jesus teaches about the final judgment and salvation (23:1-25:46)\n1. The crucifixion of Jesus, his death and resurrection (26:1-28:19)\n\n### What is the book of Matthew about?\n\nThe Gospel of Matthew is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the Gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Matthew showed that Jesus was the Messiah, and God would save Israel through him. Matthew often explained that Jesus fulfilled the Old Testament prophecies about the Messiah. This may indicate that he expected most of his first readers to be Jewish. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Matthew,” or “The Gospel according to Matthew.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Matthew wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Matthew?\n\nThe book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was the Apostle Matthew.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What is the “kingdom of heaven?”\n\nMatthew spoke of the “kingdom of heaven” in the same way that other Gospel writers spoke of the kingdom of God. The kingdom of heaven represents God ruling over all people and all creation everywhere. Those whom God accepts into his kingdom will be blessed. They will live with God forever.\n\n### What were the teaching methods of Jesus?\n\nThe people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in ways similar those of other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What are the Synoptic Gospels?\n\nThe Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”\n\nThe texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” It is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In that passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” That means the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to the son of man to rule over the nations forever. All the people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. Therefore, Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Matthew?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions:\n* “Bless those who curse you; do good to those who hate you” (5:44)\n* “For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen” (6:13)\n* “But this kind of demon does not go out except with prayer and fasting” (17:21)\n* “For the Son of Man came to save that which was lost” (18:11)\n* “Many are called, but few are chosen” (20:16)\n* “Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for you devour widows’ houses, while you make a show of long prayers. You will therefore receive greater condemnation.” (23:14)\n\nTranslators are advised not to include these passages. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these passages, the translators may include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Matthew’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
MAT 1 intro y7kk 0 # Matthew 1 General Notes
## Structure and Formatting
### Indentation
Some translations set a quotation from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this for the quoted material in 1:23.
### Genealogy
A genealogy is a list that records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Genealogies were important to the Jewish people because family lineage is how they decided how someone functioned in society. For instance, if someone was a descendant of Aaron, they were able to become priests. Similarly, if someone was a descendant of King David, they were able to become a king. This genealogy shows that Jesus was clearly a descendant of King David, and therefore, was able to become king.
## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter
### Use of the passive voice
Matthew uses the passive voice very purposefully in this chapter to indicate that Mary did not have a sexual relationship with anyone. She became pregnant with Jesus because the Holy Spirit performed a miracle. Many languages do not have a passive voice, so translators in those languages must find other ways to present the same truths. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 1 1 vpg1 figs-metaphor Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ, υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ 1 of Jesus Christ, son of David, son of Abraham Here, **son** means “descendant.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “of Jesus Christ, descendant of King David, who was a descendent of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 1 3 g8y6 translate-names 0 of Perez … Zerah … of Hezron … of Ram Unless stated otherwise, all of the names in this genealogy are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT 1 5 q5bd translate-names Ῥαχάβ…Ῥούθ 1 Boaz became the father of Obed by Ruth **Rahab** and **Ruth** are the names of women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT 1 11 v2im Βαβυλῶνος 1 to Babylon Here, **Babylonian** refers to the country of Babylonia, not just the city of Babylon.
MAT 1 12 y7cx μετὰ…τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος 1 after the deportation to Babylon Use the same wording you used in [1:11](../01/11.md) for **Babylonian**.
MAT 1 16 b3bm figs-activepassive Μαρίας, ἐξ ἧς ἐγεννήθη Ἰησοῦς 1 of Mary, by whom Jesus was born If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Mary, who gave birth to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 1 16 wdbo translate-names Μαρίας 1 The word **Mary** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT 1 16 z2rg figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 1 who is called Christ If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom people called Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 1 17 z5xw τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος 1 the deportation to Babylon Use the same wording you used in [1:11](../01/11.md).
MAT 1 18 gnl6 writing-newevent τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἡ γένεσις οὕτως ἦν 1 General Information: This begins a new part of the story in which the author describes the events leading up to the birth of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 1 18 cqt1 figs-activepassive μνηστευθείσης τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ Μαρίας τῷ Ἰωσήφ 1 His mother, Mary, having been engaged to marry Joseph Mary was given by her parents to Joseph to marry him. This was common in their culture. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Mary, whose parents promised to Joseph that Mary, Jesus’ mother, would marry him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 1 18 xvk1 figs-euphemism πρὶν…συνελθεῖν αὐτοὺς 1 before they came together This may refer to Mary and Joseph having sexual relations together. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “before they had united sexually” or “before they joined in physical union” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT 1 18 in4a figs-activepassive εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα 1 was found having in the womb If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “realized that she was going to have a baby” or “became aware that she was pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 1 18 q6y8 figs-idiom εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα 1 This is an idiom meaning it was discovered that she was pregnant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: (1) “ was found by Joseph that she was pregnant” or (2), more generally “was discovered to be pregnant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 1 18 a71d figs-explicit ἐκ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 by the Holy Spirit The power of the **Holy Spirit** had caused Mary to conceive a baby before she had slept with a man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the Holy Spirit causing her to be pregnant without sleeping with a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 1 19 pu3p grammar-connect-time-background Ἰωσὴφ δὲ ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς, δίκαιος ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων αὐτὴν δειγματίσαι, ἐβουλήθη λάθρᾳ ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν 1 to divorce her Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand who Joseph was and what his motives were. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Joseph her husband, a righteous man who did not want to embarrass her publicly, planned to quietly end their engagement.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
MAT 1 20 iip4 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐνθυμηθέντος ἰδοὺ, ἄγγελος Κυρίου κατ’ ὄναρ ἐφάνη αὐτῷ 1 when he had thought The angel appeared to Joseph at the same time that he was considering divorcing Mary. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “During the time when Joseph was considering divorcing Mary, an angel of the Lord appeared to him in a dream” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
MAT 1 20 lc8r figs-metaphor υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 son of David Here, **son** means “descendant.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “descendant of King David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 1 20 va5e figs-activepassive τὸ…ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ Πνεύματός ἐστιν Ἁγίου 1 the one who has been conceived in her is from the Holy Spirit If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit caused Mary to become pregnant with this child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 1 21 j38f grammar-connect-time-background αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν 1 she will bear a son The phrase **for he will save his people from their sins** is explaining the meaning of the name**Jesus**. In Hebrew, Jesus comes from the word meaning “to save”. Use a natural way in your language for introducing this background information. Alternate translation: “For, just like his name means, he will save his people from their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
MAT 1 22 c1vw figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 what was spoken by the Lord through the prophet If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the Lord told the prophet to write long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 1 22 p39k figs-explicit τοῦ προφήτου 1 the prophet There were many prophets. Matthew was speaking specifically of Isaiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 1 22 e8ld writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 In Paul’s culture, **saying** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation, ending the previous sentence with a period and beginning a new sentence: “He wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MAT 1 23 sln1 translate-names Ἐμμανουήλ 1 Immanuel The word **Immanuel** is a male name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT 1 23 wlft figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 The term **Behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case seeing means giving notice and attention. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation, followed by a new sentence: “Pay attention to what I am saying to you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 1 23 lm6t grammar-connect-time-background ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός 1 which is translated, “God with us.” Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand what the name **Immanuel** means. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation, as a new sentence: “This name means, ‘God with us’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
MAT 1 24 iue3 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος Κυρίου, καὶ παρέλαβεν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ 1 Connecting Statement: If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “took Mary as his wife, just as the angel of the Lord commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MAT 1 25 i7p5 figs-euphemism οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτὴν 1 he did not know her Matthew uses a polite expression to say that they had not engaged in sexual activity. Alternate translation: “he did not have sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT 2 intro dz1c 0 # Matthew 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6 and 18, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “Learned men”\n\nThese were men who studied the stars in the sky to try to learn what the gods were communicating to them. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you can state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 2 1 j9yn grammar-connect-time-sequential τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ γεννηθέντος ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἐν ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως, ἰδοὺ, μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν παρεγένοντο εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 General Information: The phrase **learned men from the east arrived in Jerusalem** comes after **Jesus had been born in Bethlehem of Judea**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Now after Jesus had been born in the city of Bethlehem, which is in Judea, men who studied the stars came to Jerusalem from an eastern country” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
MAT 2 1 kf5g translate-names Ἡρῴδου 1 of Herod There was more than one man named **Herod**. This refers to **Herod** the Great. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT 2 1 p6gc translate-unknown μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν 1 learned men from the east See the note on these men in the Chapter Introduction. Alternate translation: “men who studied the stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 2 2 w3nc grammar-connect-logic-result εἴδομεν γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ καὶ ἤλθομεν προσκυνῆσαι αὐτῷ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase is the result of the first phrase. Alternate translation: “We have come to worship him, for we saw his star in the sky in the east” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MAT 2 2 zj7c figs-explicit αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα 1 his star They were not saying that the baby was the owner of the **star**, but rather that this star was directing them to where the child was. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the star that tells about him” or “the star that is associated with his birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 2 2 v248 προσκυνῆσαι 1 to worship This could mean: (1) they intended to **worship** the baby as divine. (2) they wanted to honor him as a human king. If your language has a word that includes both meanings, you should consider using it here.
MAT 2 3 qu3d figs-metonymy πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 all Jerusalem Here, **Jerusalem** refers to the people who live in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “all the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 2 3 b0gt figs-ellipsis καὶ πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Matthew left out some words in this phrase that might be needed in certain languages to make a full sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and many in Jerusalem were troubled along with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 2 3 mc1r figs-hyperbole πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 all Jerusalem Here, **all** means “many.” Matthew is exaggerating to emphasize how many people were worried. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “many of the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 2 4 ne4v figs-quotations ἐπυνθάνετο παρ’ αὐτῶν ποῦ ὁ Χριστὸς γεννᾶται 1 General Information: If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked them where the Messiah was supposed to have been born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT 2 5 w68n figs-ellipsis ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 In Bethlehem of Judea Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “He is supposed to have been born in Bethlehem, which is in the region of Judea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 2 5 z2i4 figs-activepassive οὕτως…γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 thus it has been written through the prophet If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this is what the prophet wrote long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 2 5 o460 writing-quotations οὕτως γὰρ γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 In Matthew’s culture, **for thus it has been written through the prophet** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Micah the prophet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “according to Micah the prophet, who wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MAT 2 6 kmw7 figs-apostrophe καὶ σύ Βηθλέεμ, γῆ Ἰούδα, οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα; ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ 1 you, Bethlehem Micah was speaking to **Bethlehem** as if it were a person. If it would be helpful in your language, consider referring to Bethlehem in the third person. Alternate translation: “Bethlehem, in the land of Judah, is by no means the least among the leaders of Judah, for from this region a ruler will come who will shepherd my people Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
MAT 2 6 c2cl figs-litotes οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα 1 are by no means the least among the leaders of Judah If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning of **are by no means the least among the leaders of Judah** positively. Alternate translation: “your town is among the most important towns in Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
MAT 2 6 rihn figs-metonymy ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος 1 When Matthew says **for from you will come out a ruling one**, he is talking about from the people who live in Bethlehem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for from your people a leader will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 2 6 tg5d figs-metaphor ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ 1 who will shepherd my people Israel Micah speaks of this ruler as one **who will shepherd my people Israel**. This means he will lead and care for the people just like a shepherd cares for their animals. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “who will lead my people Israel and take care of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 2 8 jtw7 figs-infostructure καὶ πέμψας αὐτοὺς εἰς Βηθλέεμ εἶπεν, πορευθέντες ἐξετάσατε ἀκριβῶς περὶ τοῦ παιδίου; ἐπὰν δὲ εὕρητε, ἀπαγγείλατέ μοι ὅπως κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν προσκυνήσω αὐτῷ 1 might worship him Herod first says **having gone, search carefully for the young child, and after you have found him, report to me so that I also, having come, might worship him.** and then he **sent them to Bethlehem** but Matthew reversed the order of these phrases. If it would be more natural in your language, you could restore the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Herod said to the men who study the stars, 'After you leave, search carefully for the young child, and after you have found him, report to me so that I also, having come, might worship him.' Then he sent them to Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
MAT 2 11 q8vp figs-explicit πεσόντες προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ 1 In their culture, **having fallen down, they worshiped him** was something that was done to a king. This shows that they saw Jesus as the true king of the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they bowed down and honored the child as they would a king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 2 11 r452 figs-metonymy τοὺς θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν 1 their treasures Here, **their treasures** refers to the boxes or bags they used to carry their treasures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the containers that held their treasures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 2 11 kidl figs-explicit προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δῶρα 1 In some cultures, gifts are brought when you are meeting someone important to show that you honor them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they offered him gifts to honor him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 2 13 v88f figs-explicit ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι 1 until I tell you If it would be helpful in your language, you can make the full meaning of this statement explicit. Alternate translation: “until I tell you it is safe to come back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 2 15 ft3a writing-pronouns ἦν ἐκεῖ 1 he was It is implied that Joseph, Mary, and Jesus remained in Egypt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph, Mary, and Jesus were there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MAT 2 15 we5w figs-activepassive ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order that God might prove true that which he spoke through the prophet Hosea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 2 15 s792 writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 See how you translated **saying** in [1:23](../01/23.md)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MAT 2 16 g513 figs-activepassive ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων 1 he had been mocked by the learned men If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the learned men had embarrassed him by tricking him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 2 16 d8d5 figs-explicit ἀποστείλας, ἀνεῖλεν πάντας τοὺς παῖδας 1 having sent forth, he killed all the male children Herod sent other people to kill the **children**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he gave orders for his soldiers to kill all the boys” or “he sent soldiers there to kill all the boy babies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 2 17 l8g5 figs-activepassive ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 Then was fulfilled See how your translated this in [2:15](../02/15.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 2 18 k91t figs-activepassive φωνὴ…ἠκούσθη 1 A voice was heard If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People heard a voice” or “People heard a sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 2 18 x062 figs-doublet κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὀδυρμὸς πολύς 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the sound of weeping was very strong. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “much weeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MAT 2 18 zm17 figs-metonymy Ῥαχὴλ κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς, καὶ οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι 1 Rachel weeping for her children **Rachel** lived many years before this time. This prophecy depicts Rachel, who is represented by her descendants weeping over their children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Rachel are weeping over their children, and no one can comfort them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 2 18 rgg1 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι 1 not willing to be comforted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one could comfort her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 2 18 p9ri figs-euphemism ὅτι οὐκ εἰσίν 1 because they are no more Here, **they are no more** is a polite way of saying they are dead. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “because they were dead” or “because the children were gone and would never return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT 2 20 hz2m figs-euphemism οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου 1 those who seek the life of the child Here, **seeking the life of the child** is a way of saying they wanted to kill the child. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “those who were looking for the child in order to kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT 2 22 h4cq translate-names Ἀρχέλαος 1 Archelaus The word **Archelaus** is the name of Herod’s son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT 2 23 dx5i figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν 1 what had been spoken through the prophets See how you translated this in [2:15](../02/15.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 3 intro a6h3 0 # Matthew 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in verse 3.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### John the Baptist\n\nIn this chapter, John the Baptist appears, preaching in the wilderness. He is portrayed by Matthew as resembling the Prophet Elijah in the way that he dresses and by what he eats. We know from other Gospels that John is Jesus’ cousin. John the Baptist comes before Jesus to make people ready for his coming.\n\n### “Kingdom of heaven”\n\n“The kingdom of Heaven” is synonymous with “kingdom of God” from the other three Gospels. It is a major concept in the Gospel of Matthew and is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of people becoming the people over whom God rules. Wherever the expression “the kingdom of God” occurs, translation notes will suggest communicating this idea behind the abstract noun “kingdom.” UST models this approach consistently. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)\n\n### “Bear fruit worthy of repentance”\n\nFruit is a common metaphor for doing good things that God desires you to do. That idea is similar to what we observe in nature, that if a fruit plant is healthy, it will bear a lot of good fruit, but if a fruit plant is unhealthy, it will bear bad fruit or no fruit.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Metonymy\n\nMatthew uses metonymy frequently in this chapter to express groups of people or things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language to express these figures of speech.
MAT 3 1 xp3z writing-newevent δὲ 1 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of the ministry of John the Baptist. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time while Jesus was still in Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 3 1 ifa0 writing-participants Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς 1 This introduces **John** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression “the Baptist” identifies him as someone who baptized people in water after they were sorry for their sins. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man named John, who baptized people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
MAT 3 2 hvx8 figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν…ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of the heavens is near The phrase **the kingdom of the heavens** refers to God ruling as king. Here, **heavens** refers to the place from which God rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 3 3 fl4v figs-activepassive οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ῥηθεὶς διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος 1 For this is he who was spoken of by Isaiah the prophet, saying If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “For John was the one about whom Isaiah spoke when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 3 3 yhe7 figs-quotesinquotes ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Make ready the way of the Lord … make his paths straight Here there is a direct quotation inside a direct quotation, as Matthew quotes Isaiah who quotes the messenger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “telling people to make ready the way of the Lord and to make his paths straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MAT 3 3 hxb6 writing-quotations φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 The voice of one calling out in the wilderness Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “The voice of someone is heard crying out in the wilderness, saying:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MAT 3 3 s62r figs-synecdoche φωνὴ βοῶντος 1 Here, a voice refers to the messenger who uses his voice to cry out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “People will hear the messenger’s voice as he cries out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT 3 3 n7lh figs-parallelism ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 **Make ready the way of the Lord** and **make his paths straight** mean almost the same thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the two. “Prepare to hear and obey the Lord’s message when he comes”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT 3 3 j99i figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord Isaiah uses a metaphor here of preparing paths or the way on which someone will travel. If someone prepares a path for another, they make the path walkable. If someone in high authority were coming, they would make sure the roads were clear from any hazards. So this metaphor means that the people should prepare themselves to receive the Lord’s message when he comes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain speech. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear and obey the Lord’s message when he comes” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
MAT 3 4 j647 writing-background αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Ἰωάννης εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, ἡ δὲ τροφὴ ἦν αὐτοῦ ἀκρίδες καὶ μέλι ἄγριον 1 Now this John had his clothing from the hair of a camel and a leather belt around his waist, and his food was locusts and wild honey The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew gives the reader some background information about what John the Baptist ate and what he looked like. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT 3 4 su9d figs-idiom εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου 1 had his clothing from the hair of a camel and a leather belt around his waist The phrase **had his clothing from the hair of a camel** means that he wore clothes made from camels’ hair. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “wore clothing made from the hair of a camel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 3 4 wo34 translate-unknown καμήλου 1 If your readers would not know what a **camel** is, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “large, humped animal used for riding and carrying burdens in hot, dry areas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 3 4 xgxk translate-unknown ἀκρίδες 1 If your readers would not know what **locusts** are, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “grasshoppers” or “insects” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 3 5 j8ke figs-metonymy Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 Jerusalem, and all Judea, and all the region around The words **Jerusalem**, **Judea**, and **the region around the Jordan** are metonyms for the people from those areas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people from Jerusalem, Judea, and the region near the Jordan river” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 3 5 zys1 figs-hyperbole Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος 1 Jerusalem, and all Judea, and all the region around The word **all** is an exaggeration to emphasize that very many people went out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that depicts many people. Alternate translation: “very many people from Jerusalem, Judea, and the region near the Jordan river” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 3 6 v5xn figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο…ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 being baptized by him If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “receiving baptism by John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 3 7 fjl3 figs-metaphor γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 You offspring of vipers, who Here, **offspring of vipers** means having the characteristic of vipers, which are poisonous snakes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “You evil poisonous snakes!” or “You are evil like poisonous snakes!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 3 7 c4cl figs-rquestion τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς? 1 who warned you to flee from the coming wrath? John uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees because they were asking him to baptize them so that God would not punish them, but they did not want to stop sinning. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You cannot flee from God’s wrath like this.” or “Do not think that you can escape God’s wrath just because I baptize you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 3 7 h7ac figs-personification φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς 1 to flee from the coming wrath The phrase **coming wrath** is being used to refer to God’s punishment. Wrath itself cannot come, but God is the one who causes it to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “to flee from God’s wrath which he is bringing against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MAT 3 8 s8ac figs-metaphor ποιήσατε οὖν καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας 1 Therefore produce fruit worthy of repentance The phrase **produce fruit** is a metaphor referring to a person’s actions. Just as a healthy tree bears good fruit, so should someone who love God do good. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “So, let your actions show that you have truly repented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 3 9 anyf figs-explicit πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ 1 They would say **We have Abraham {as} father** because they thought being Abraham’s descendants would protect them from God’s judgment. Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor, so God would not punish us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 3 9 s4og figs-metaphor πατέρα 1 Here, the word **father** means “ancestor.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 3 9 k843 figs-hyperbole δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 God is able to raise up children for Abraham from these stones John uses an exaggeration here to show that God does not need these Pharisees and Sadducees to fulfill his promises which he made to **Abraham**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that portrays this exaggeration. Alternate translation: “God could make children of Abraham even out of these rocks!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 3 9 eedc figs-metaphor τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 Here, the word **children** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “descendants for Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 3 10 d4j5 figs-activepassive ἤδη δὲ ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται; πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 But already the ax is placed against the root of the trees. So every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and is thrown into the fire. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The person who is going to cut down the tree has already placed his ax against the roots. So, he will cut down every tree which does not bear good fruit and throw it into the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 3 10 a8m8 figs-metaphor πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 The phrase **every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and is thrown into the fire** is a figurative way of describing punishment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish every person who does not repent of their sins and do good deeds to show it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 3 11 c1xf figs-explicit οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς τὰ ὑποδήματα βαστάσαι 1 is mightier than I Here, **to carry sandals** was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that John is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 3 11 gtm7 figs-metaphor αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί 1 He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak of spiritual baptism, which cleanses people from their sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 3 12 gcq8 figs-metaphor οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 whose winnowing fork is in his hand, and he will thoroughly clear off his threshing floor John is saying that the Messiah will come prepared to judge people right away. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “He will already be prepared to judge people, just like a farmer who is ready to thresh grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 3 12 sq4p figs-idiom οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 whose winnowing fork is in his hand Here, **in his hand** means the person is ready to act. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Christ is holding a winnowing fork because he is ready” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 3 12 b5m4 translate-unknown τὸ πτύον 1 winnowing fork A **winnowing fork** is a tool for tossing wheat into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down, and the wind blows away the unwanted chaff. This tool is similar to a pitchfork. If you have a similar tool in your culture, you can use the word for it here. Otherwise, you can use a phrase that would express the meaning. Alternate translation: “tool for threshing grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 3 12 r2ua translate-unknown τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ 1 his threshing floor The **threshing floor** was the place where harvested wheat was processed to separate the valuable grain from the useless husks. To clear off the floor is to finish threshing all the grain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the name of a place of similar use in your culture, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “his place where he separated the grain from the chaff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 3 12 av8l figs-metaphor συνάξει τὸν σῖτον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην…τὸ δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ 1 gather his wheat into the storehouse … he will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire John continues to speak, describing how the coming Messiah will judge people. The wheat is the part of the crop that is useful. It represents people who are obedient to God, who will be welcomed into his presence. The chaff is the husk that surrounds the grain. It is not useful for anything, so people burn it up. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here, placing a period after "floor" and deleting the word "and.". Alternate translation: “He will welcome those who are obedient to God, just as a farmer stores good grain in his barn. But he will punish those who are disobedient to God, just as a farmer burns up the useless chaff” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 3 13 vl93 writing-newevent τότε 1 Connecting Statement: This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 3 13 zbj9 figs-activepassive βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 to be baptized by him If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so John could baptize him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 3 14 cl7t figs-rquestion ἐγὼ χρείαν ἔχω ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ σὺ ἔρχῃ πρός με? 1 I need to be baptized by you, and yet you come to me? John uses a question to show his surprise at Jesus’ request. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are more important than I am. I should not baptize you. You should baptize me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 3 15 h6ca figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 for us Here, **us** refers to Jesus and John. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MAT 3 15 wdcu figs-idiom πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην 1 The phrase **to fulfill all righteousness** means to do everything which God requires someone to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to do everything which God has told us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 3 16 inf6 figs-activepassive βαπτισθεὶς 1 But having been baptized If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after John baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 3 16 jh1v figs-activepassive ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί 1 the heavens were opened to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sky opened up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 3 16 e3na figs-simile τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Θεοῦ καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν ἐρχόμενον ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 coming down like a dove The phrase **like a dove** could mean: (1) the Spirit looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “he Spirit come down from heaven, looking like a dove” (2) the Spirit descend upon Jesus as a dove descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of God came down from heaven as a dove comes down” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile)
MAT 3 17 m2wk figs-personification φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν λέγουσα 1 a voice from the heavens saying Matthew speaks of this voice as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. The voice is God’s voice. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification)
MAT 3 17 myz8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου 1 my Son This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 4 intro hgw2 0 # Matthew 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 5 and 16, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The Devil\n\nThe devil, or Satan, is a fallen angel who attacks God’s people and tries to get them to turn against God. The devil hates God and all that God created because he wants to take the place of God and be worshiped as God. rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter
MAT 4 1 k51m writing-newevent τότε 1 General Information: This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After this,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 4 1 aq3s figs-activepassive ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη…ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Jesus was led up by the Spirit If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 4 1 wy4b figs-activepassive πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 to be tempted by the devil If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so the devil could tempt Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 4 2 cft7 translate-numbers ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα 1 40 days and 40 nights This means he fasted continually with no breaks for a period of 40 days. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MAT 4 2 cuu1 figs-merism ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα 1 Matthew uses **40 days and 40 nights** to express that Jesus fasted for 40 entire days without stopping. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for 40 whole days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
MAT 4 3 oyws grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται 1 The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, and that the stone will only become bread if Jesus speaks to them as the Son of God. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the Son of God. If this would be unclear in your language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by commanding these stones to become bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
MAT 4 3 c1ac guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 4 4 fd67 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 It is written If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote this in the scriptures long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 4 4 sph9 writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 In Matthew’s culture, **it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, an Old Testament book written by Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: "as it can be read in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MAT 4 4 i33v οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 This can either be (1) a command. Alternate translation: “Man shall not live on bread alone” or (2) a general statement: Alternate translation: “Man does not live on bread alone”
MAT 4 4 d010 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 This verse is not speaking about a specific person, but about people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “A person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 4 4 xbai grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what came before it. People should not only live on food, but also must hear what the Lord is teaching them. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MAT 4 4 jl6f figs-metaphor παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος Θεοῦ 1 but by every word that comes through the mouth of God The metaphor **coming from the mouth of God** refers to everything which God has spoken. God does not actually have a mouth from which words would come. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “every word which God has spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 4 6 x2vg guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 4 6 dnrp figs-explicit βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω 1 When Satan tells Jesus to **throw yourself down**, he means that Jesus should throw himself from on top of the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throw yourself down from on top of the high point of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 4 6 x6zc figs-activepassive γέγραπται γὰρ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for God has written in his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 4 6 fa8l writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down Satan is quoting from the book of Psalms. See note on [4:4](../04/4.md) for how you translated this phrase (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MAT 4 6 f1mm figs-explicit ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε 1 They will lift you up This verse is saying that God’s angels would catch Jesus if he were to **throw himself down**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The angels would catch you if you fell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 4 7 fn07 figs-activepassive πάλιν γέγραπται 1 Again it is written If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Again, I will tell you what Moses wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 4 7 c7t5 figs-genericnoun οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις 1 You will not test Here, **You** refers to people in general, and not to a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “No one shall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 4 8 d12q figs-explicit καὶ τὴν δόξαν αὐτῶν 1 Again, the devil Here, **their glory** is referring to the riches that these nations have. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the riches which they possess” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 4 9 al72 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ταῦτά σοι πάντα δώσω 1 All these things I will give you Satan is using a hypothetical statement to tempt Jesus. Make sure to make this hypothetical statement explicit in your language. Alternate translation: “If you bow down and worship me, I will give you all of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
MAT 4 9 eas8 translate-symaction ἐὰν πεσὼν 1 having fallen down This was a common action to show that a person was worshiping. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “if you show reverence to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT 4 10 k49q figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 For it is written If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “For Moses also wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 4 10 rig8 figs-genericnoun προσκυνήσεις…λατρεύσεις 1 You will worship … you will serve Here, **You** refers to people in general and not to a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Each person shall worship … each person shall serve ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 4 12 v7p4 writing-background δὲ 1 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story in which Matthew describes the beginning of Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. These verses explain how Jesus came to be in Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT 4 12 d1vi figs-activepassive Ἰωάννης παρεδόθη 1 John had been arrested If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the king had arrested John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 4 13 hpm4 figs-explicit ἐν ὁρίοις Ζαβουλὼν καὶ Νεφθαλείμ 1 in the territories of Zebulun and Naphtali The words **Zebulun** and **Naphtali** are the names of the tribes that lived in these territories many years earlier, before foreigners took control of the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 4 14 tj7c figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 what was spoken If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 4 15 egx6 figs-synecdoche γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ…Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 The land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali … Galilee of the Gentiles! Jesus refers to these places, when he is really referring to the people who live in them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “You who live in Zebulun and Naphtali” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT 4 15 se2r ὁδὸν θαλάσσης 1 The phrase **the way of the sea** could also be a title referring to a road which ran along the Sea of Galilee.
MAT 4 16 fsl6 figs-explicit ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ 1 Here, **the people** being referred to are the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Jews, who are sitting in darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 4 16 h2xr figs-metaphor ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα…ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς 1 The people who are sitting in darkness have seen a great light Here, **darkness** and **region and shadow of death** are metaphors for not knowing the truth about God. And **light** is a metaphor for God’s true message that saves people from their sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “The people sitting in sin have heard the message that God saves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 4 16 j6gz figs-metaphor ὁ καθήμενος…τοῖς καθημένοις 1 Here, **sitting** is a metaphor for living. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “who are living … to those living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 4 16 nn1r figs-parallelism τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς 1 to those who are sitting in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen The latter part of the sentence, **and to those sitting in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen**, has the same meaning as the first part of the sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you can combine the two parts of the verse into one. Alternate translation: “Those who are sitting in darkness have seen a great light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT 4 17 dku3 figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν…ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of the heavens has come near See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 4 18 yrx7 writing-newevent δὲ 1 General Information: This begins a new story about Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. Here he begins to gather men to be his disciples. The story does not say how long after previous events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 4 18 yfh5 figs-explicit βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 casting a net into the sea They were **casting a net** in order to catch fish. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throwing a net into the water to catch fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 4 18 yyiy translate-unknown βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον 1 Some cultures use a **net** to catch fish. A net is a mesh or network of cords or ropes which is thrown into the water to trap fish in it. If this would not be understood in your culture, you can use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “fishing in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 4 18 qmzo grammar-connect-time-background ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς 1 Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand why they were casting fishing nets. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation, as a new sentence: “They were doing this because they earned their living by catching fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
MAT 4 19 y3zg figs-idiom δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου 1 Come after me **Come after me** is an idiom meaning to follow the speaker and be their student. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Follow me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 4 19 n9h3 figs-metaphor ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων 1 I will make you fishers of men **I will make you fishers of men** means Jesus will cause Simon and Andrew to teach people God’s true message so others will also follow Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “I will teach you to gather men to me like you used to gather fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 4 21 utn4 figs-idiom ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς 1 he called them Here, **he called them** is an idiom meaning that he told them to follow him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he told them to follow him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 4 23 jt3m figs-metonymy κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 preaching the gospel of the kingdom Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s reign as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will soon show himself as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 4 23 nr8m figs-merism πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 every disease and every sickness The words **disease** and **sickness** are used here to cover every form of illness which someone might have. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “every form of illness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
MAT 4 23 ljkd figs-hyperbole πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 Here, **every** here is an exaggeration, and it does not mean that he healed every single disease among the people, but rather that he healed many different kinds of diseases. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “many diseases and many sicknesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 4 24 i296 figs-activepassive δαιμονιζομένους 1 being possessed by demons If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom demons controlled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 4 24 hwa0 figs-personification ἀπῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν Συρίαν 1 News itself can not **go out**, but rather, people spread the news about what Jesus was doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “people were spreading the news of what Jesus was doing into all of Syria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MAT 4 24 unqn figs-hyperbole προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ πάντας τοὺς κακῶς 1 Here, **all the ones having sickness** is an exaggeration and does not mean that every single person who was sick was brought to him, but rather that many were brought. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “Those who lived there brought many sick people to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 4 24 p3nf translate-unknown σεληνιαζομένους 1 the epileptic This refers to someone who goes unconscious and their body moves uncontrollably. If your readers would not be familiar with this disease, you could use the name of something like this from your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “those who sometimes become unconscious and move uncontrollably” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 4 24 qk4c translate-unknown καὶ παραλυτικούς 1 and the paralytic A person who is a **paralytic** is someone who is not able to use or control a large portion of their body due to injury or sickness. If your readers would not be familiar with this sickness, you could use the name of something like this in your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “someone who is paralyzed” or “someone who is not able to use a large portion of their body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 4 25 i9m7 translate-names Δεκαπόλεως 1 the Decapolis This name means “the Ten Towns.” This is the name of a region to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT 5 intro awz8 0 # Matthew 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nMany people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.\n\nMatthew 5:3-10, known as the Beatitudes or Blessings, has been set apart by being set farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text, with each line beginning with the word “blessed.” This way of placing the words on the page highlights the poetic form of this teaching.\n\nJesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “His disciples”\n\nIt is possible to refer to anyone who followed Jesus as a follower or disciple. Jesus selected 12 of his followers to become his closest disciples, “the twelve disciples” or "the Twelve." They would later become known as the apostles.\n\n### Generic Noun Phrases\n\nIn this chapter, because Jesus is talking to a very large crowd, he often uses words such as “you”, “those”, “a person”, “someone” or other ways of speaking about people in general. He is not speaking about any particular person. This is a common practice when giving important universal teachers as Jesus is doing here. Express these phrases in a way that is natural in your language for speaking about people in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n\n### The Law\n\nMany times in this chapter, it sounds like Jesus contrasts what the law says with “but I say.” Jesus is not actually contrasting what he says with the law, but is just expanding on the meaning of the law for his listeners, to apply it to their lives. Make sure this is clear to your readers.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### You singular and you plural\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural while he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MAT 5 1 c5rq writing-newevent δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 5 2 q9mm figs-idiom ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ 1 having opened his mouth Here, **having opened his mouth** is an idiom meaning to speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “when Jesus began to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 5 3 jhdg figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 The phrase **Blessed {are}** indicates that God is giving favor to people and that their situation is positive or good. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “How good it is for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 5 3 o3y4 figs-nominaladj οἱ πτωχοὶ 1 Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT 5 3 od1c figs-genericnoun οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι 1 Jesus is referring to people in general in this phrase, not of any particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. See the note in the chapter introduction for a longer explanation. Alternate translation: “the people who are poor in spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 5 3 j7ct figs-idiom οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι 1 the poor in spirit The phrase **poor in spirit** refers to someone who is in need of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “those who know they need God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 5 3 wpi6 figs-metonymy ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 for theirs is the kingdom of the heavens See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 5 4 u8s3 figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 See the note in the previous verse. [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 5 4 pgy8 figs-genericnoun οἱ πενθοῦντες 1 those who mourn See how you translated this type of phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 5 4 lie5 figs-activepassive αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται 1 they will be comforted If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will comfort them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 5 5 mvb1 figs-nominaladj οἱ πραεῖς 1 the meek Jesus is using the adjective **meek** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT 5 6 bi1j figs-metaphor οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 those who hunger and thirst for righteousness The phrase **hungering and thirsting for righteousness** describes people who strongly desire to do what is right. Hunger and thirst are the strongest desires a person can have. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “those who desire to live right as much as they desire food and drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 5 6 hlq2 figs-activepassive αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται 1 they will be filled If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will fill them” or “God will satisfy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 5 8 s9gd figs-idiom οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 the pure in heart Here, **pure in heart** is an idiom for a person’s good intentions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “those who have good intentions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 5 8 cr20 figs-genericnoun οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 See the note in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “people whose intentions please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 5 8 t6ni figs-idiom αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψονται 1 they will see God Here, **they will see God** means they will be able to live in God’s presence, which a person cannot do unless they are in right relationship with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will live in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 5 9 tv19 figs-activepassive ὅτι αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ Θεοῦ κληθήσονται 1 for they will be called sons of God If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for God will call them his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 5 10 bqu7 figs-activepassive οἱ δεδιωγμένοι 1 those who have been persecuted If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those people whom others treat unfairly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 5 10 f3li figs-metonymy αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 theirs is the kingdom of the heavens See how you translated this in [5:3](../05/03.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 5 11 t5kb figs-you μακάριοί ἐστε…ὑμᾶς…ὑμῶν 1 Blessed are you The word **you**, here and in the remainder of the chapter unless otherwise noted, is plural. Jesus is talking to the people in the crowd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 5 11 eez3 figs-explicit ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake When Jesus says **because of me**, he means because they are following him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because you follow me” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 5 12 ssk9 figs-doublet χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε 1 Rejoice and be very glad Here, **Rejoice** and **be very glad** mean almost the same thing. Jesus said this to be emphatic. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Be exceedingly glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MAT 5 12 bpwb figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, **in the heavens** means with God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “which you will receive when you are with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 5 13 i3zp figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς; ἐὰν δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται 1 You are the salt of the earth This could mean: (1) just as **salt** makes food taste good, disciples of Jesus influence the people of the world so that they will be good. Alternate translation: “You are like salt for the people of the world” (2) just as **salt** preserves food, disciples of Jesus keep people from becoming totally corrupt. Alternate translation: “As salt is for food, you are for the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 5 13 yoif figs-rquestion ἐὰν δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται? 1 with what might it be made salty again? Jesus uses a question to teach the disciples that God does not use people who don’t care about what he wants. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A person who stops following God becomes useless to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 5 13 e7cz figs-activepassive εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 except to be thrown out to be trampled by men If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “except for people to throw it out into the road and walk on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 5 13 ojrg grammar-connect-exceptions εἰς οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ἔτι, εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω 1 Jesus is saying that the only use for the salt that lost its taste is to be trampled upon. If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “The salt is only useful for being thrown out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
MAT 5 14 wgh5 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου 1 You are the light of the world Just like a **light** shines in a dark place, Jesus is saying that, with his message, his disciples will shine in **the world**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “You are like a light for the people of the world to see God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 5 14 bn28 figs-explicit οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη 1 A city being set on a hill is not able to be hidden When it is dark at night, people can see the lights of a city shining from far away, if the view of the city is not blocked by anything, being on top of the hill. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “At night, when the lights are most visible, a city on a hill cannot be hidden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 5 14 ny4h figs-activepassive οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη 1 A city being set on top of a hill is not able to be hidden If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Everyone can see the lights from a city which is set on a hill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 5 15 s5sb figs-genericnoun οὐδὲ καίουσιν λύχνον 1 Neither do they light a lamp See the note in the chapter introduction. Alternate translation: “People do not light a lamp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 5 15 c8el grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 put it under a basket What follows the words **but rather** is in contrast to what came before it. Instead of foolishly putting a lamp in a basket, you should set it on a high place to light up the room. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MAT 5 16 qhp8 figs-metaphor λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Let your light shine before men **Let your light shine before men** means the disciples of Jesus should live in such a way that others can learn about God’s truth because of how they live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Let your lives be like a light that shines before people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 5 16 iiu8 translate-kinship τὸν Πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 your Father who is in the heavens God is referred to as our **Father**. He is not our father in that same way as our biological father. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for a man’s father, it would be appropriate to use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
MAT 5 16 ouqi figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:12](../05/12.md)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 5 17 gg3k figs-metonymy τοὺς προφήτας 1 the prophets This refers to what **the prophets** wrote in the scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the writings of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 5 17 re9h figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἦλθον καταλῦσαι, ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I did not come to nullify the law and the prophets, but I came to fulfill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 5 17 jirt grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what came before it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MAT 5 18 cv3m figs-merism ἕως ἂν παρέλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ, ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου 1 until the heaven and the earth may pass away The phrase **until the heaven and the earth may pass away, one jot or one tittle may certainly not pass away from the law** exaggerates the fact that no part of God’s word will ever pass away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “not even the smallest part of God’s word will ever pass away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 5 18 ylz6 figs-explicit ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα 1 one jot or one tittle The **jot** was the smallest Hebrew letter, and the **tittle** was a small mark that was the difference between two Hebrew letters. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the smallest written letter or the smallest part of a letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 5 19 uxz2 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ὃς ἐὰν οὖν λύσῃ μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων…ἐλάχιστος κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν…ὃς δ’ ἂν ποιήσῃ καὶ διδάξῃ, οὗτος μέγας κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν. 1 whoever may break Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the crowd of his disciples the importance of God’s law. Alternate translation: “If one were to nullify even the smallest of these commandments … God would call him the least important in his kingdom. If one were to do and teach the commandments, God would call him great in his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
MAT 5 19 hxl1 figs-genericnoun ὃς ἐὰν οὖν λύσῃ…ὃς δ’ ἂν ποιήσῃ 1 See the note in the chapter introduction. Alternate translation: “If anyone therefore breaks … If anyone does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 5 19 dv5c figs-activepassive διδάξῃ οὕτως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους…κληθήσεται 1 may teach men to do so will be called If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “teaches others to do so, God will call that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 5 19 bg2v figs-metonymy τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 least in the kingdom of the heavens See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 5 20 l3lv figs-doublenegatives ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη…οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε 1 that unless your righteousness may abound … you may certainly not enter If it would be helpful in your language, you can state this double negative in positive form. Alternate translation: “that only if your righteousness abounds … \nwill you enter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MAT 5 20 zqr6 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη πλεῖον…οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the disciples about how holy they need to be to enter into the kingdom of the heavens. Alternate translation: “if your righteousness does not become much greater than that … you will never become a part of God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
MAT 5 21 t6k5 figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις 1 it was said to the ancients If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God spoke to your ancestors long ago, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 5 21 mij2 figs-explicit ὃς…ἂν φονεύσῃ, ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει 1 Whoever may kill will be held for the judgment Here, **the judgment** implies that a judge will condemn the person to die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “A judge will condemn anyone who kills another person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 5 22 d5nl translate-kinship τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ…τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 with his brother Here, **his brother** refers to a fellow disciple of Jesus, not to a literal brother or a neighbor. If it would be helpful in your language, you can make it explicit. Alternate translation: “with another one believer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
MAT 5 22 w721 translate-transliterate ῥακά 1 Fool … You fool This is an Aramaic word. Matthew spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
MAT 5 22 i9r5 figs-ellipsis ὃς δ’ ἂν εἴπῃ 2 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And whoever might say to his brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 5 23 chv4 figs-explicit ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον 1 at the altar It is implied that this is God’s **altar** at the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to God at the altar in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 5 24 z9m5 figs-activepassive πρῶτον διαλλάγηθι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου 1 first, be reconciled with your brother If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “first, make peace with that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 5 24 q08w grammar-connect-time-sequential τότε 1 The word **then** indicates that only after the two are reconciled can this person offer something upon the altar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “then, once you are brought together again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
MAT 5 25 x4ta figs-you ἴσθι εὐνοῶν τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου ταχὺ, ἕως ὅτου εἶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; μήποτέ σε παραδῷ ὁ ἀντίδικος τῷ κριτῇ, καὶ ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ, καὶ εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ 1 Be in agreement with your accuser quickly while you are with him on the way, lest your accuser may hand you over to the judge, and the judge to the officer, and you will be thrown into prison Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** in this verse are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 5 25 sr9d translate-unknown τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου 1 with your accuser An **accuser** is a person who blames someone else for doing something wrong. He may take the wrongdoer to court to accuse him before a judge. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the one who accuses you of doing wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 5 25 x1tk figs-idiom σε παραδῷ…τῷ κριτῇ 1 may hand you over to the judge Here, **hand you over** means to give someone into the control of someone else. Alternate translation: “gives control of you to the judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 5 25 lr2n figs-explicit ἕως ὅτου εἶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 Here, **on the way** is referring to the time when they are walking to the place where the judge is. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while you are walking with him on the road to the court house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 5 25 nev9 figs-idiom μήποτέ σε παραδῷ ὁ ἀντίδικος τῷ κριτῇ 1 Here, **hand you over** means to bring someone to the judge to have the judge deal with them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “lest your accuser might bring you to the judge and give you to him so that he can judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 5 25 pq6d figs-ellipsis ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ 1 the judge to the officer Here, “hand you over” is implied from the previous phrase. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the judge might hand you over to the officer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 5 25 gcm5 translate-unknown τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ 1 to the officer Here, **the officer** is a person who has authority to carry out the decisions of a judge. Usually this involves bringing people to jail if they have been declared guilty by the judge. Alternate translation: “to one who carries out the judge’s orders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 5 25 pzh4 figs-activepassive εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ 1 you will be thrown into prison If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the officer will put you in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 5 27 jxg5 figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐρρέθη 1 that it was said If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 5 28 glg9 figs-metonymy αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 everyone who looks on a woman to lust after her has already committed adultery with her in his heart Here, **heart** Is referring to the inner thoughts and desires of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “with her in his thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 5 29 et3n figs-you εἰ δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ; συμφέρει γάρ σοι ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου, καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς Γέενναν 1 But if your right eye causes you to stumble, pluck it out and throw it away from you. For it is better for you that one of your members should perish, and your whole body should not be thrown into hell Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of **you** and **your** here are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 5 29 ikp5 figs-synecdoche εἰ…ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε 1 if your right eye causes you to stumble Here, **right eye** refers to both eyes. It was common in Jesus’ time to think the right eye was more important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “if one of your eyes causes you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT 5 29 y0f2 figs-metaphor εἰ…ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε 1 if your right eye causes you to stumble Here, **to stumble** is a metaphor meaning “to sin.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “if you want to sin because of what your eye sees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 5 29 v6jr figs-hyperbole ἔξελε αὐτὸν 1 pluck it out This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning, even if that means removing an eye. If you mention both eyes in this verse, it will be necessary to say “pluck them out” here. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 5 29 v1cn figs-activepassive καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς Γέενναν 1 and your whole body should not be thrown into hell If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “than for God to throw your whole body into hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 5 29 v687 figs-metaphor ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου 1 Here, **one of your members** is referring to an individual part of the body. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “one individual part of your body perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 5 30 wtyk figs-parallelism καὶ εἰ ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον αὐτὴν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ; συμφέρει γάρ σοι ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου, καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου εἰς Γέενναν ἀπέλθῃ 1 This verse has the same meaning as the previous verse. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the verses into one. Alternate translation: “If a part of your body causes you to sin against God, you should destroy it. For it is better that one part of your body be destroyed than for God to throw your entire body into Gehenna” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT 5 30 zx8x figs-metonymy εἰ ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε 1 if your right hand causes you to stumble Here, the **hand** stands for the actions of the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation “if you do something that causes you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 5 30 qs74 figs-hyperbole ἔκκοψον αὐτὴν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 cut it off This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 5 30 pdkq figs-metaphor ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου 1 See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 5 31 dh23 figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη 1 it has been said If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God also said” or “Moses also said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 5 32 j2aq grammar-connect-exceptions πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας, ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι 1 makes her to commit adultery If it would appear in your language that Matthew was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “a man is only allow to divorce a woman if she has been unfaithful to him with another man. Otherwise, he will cause her to be adulterous ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
MAT 5 32 zai7 figs-activepassive ἀπολελυμένην 1 she who has been divorced If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “her after her husband has divorced her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 5 33 fk86 figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις 1 it was said to the ancients If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God said to those who lived long ago” or “Moses said to your ancestors long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 5 33 tk9y grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Do not swear a false oath, but carry out your oaths to the Lord. What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what came before it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MAT 5 34 u7su figs-metaphor μήτε ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, ὅτι θρόνος ἐστὶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 it is the throne of God Here, **heaven** is spoken of as **the throne of God** in a figurative way. Heaven is the place from which God rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “not by heaven, which is his throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 5 35 e7z8 translate-unknown ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ 1 it is the footstool for his feet Here, **footstool** is used to refer to the earth. If your readers would not know what a footstool is, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “it is something on which God can rest his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 5 35 mvcd figs-metaphor ὅτι ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ 1 God does not need **a footstool for his feet**, for he does not have feet. This language is metaphorical, telling the reader that the earth belongs to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 5 36 l9c8 figs-you μήτε ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ σου ὀμόσῃς, ὅτι οὐ δύνασαι μίαν τρίχα λευκὴν ποιῆσαι ἢ μέλαιναν 1 Neither may you swear by your head, for you are not able to make one hair white or black Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of the words **you** and **your** are singular, but you may have to translate them as plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 5 36 z5vu μήτε ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ σου ὀμόσῃς 1 may you swear To **swear by your head** means to swear by your own authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “Neither should you swear by your own authority” or “Neither should you swear by your own knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 5 38 zar1 figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐρρέθη 1 that it was said If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 5 38 w53l figs-explicit ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ καὶ ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος 1 An eye in exchange for an eye, and a tooth in exchange for a tooth This passage is speaking of the punishment for injuring someone’s **eye** or **tooth**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly, as modelled in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 5 39 qrx1 figs-nominaladj τῷ πονηρῷ 1 the evil person Jesus is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “someone who is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT 5 40 gr2x figs-you σοι…σου…τὸ ἱμάτιον 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** are singular. In some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 5 40 t9f4 translate-unknown τὸν χιτῶνά…ἱμάτιον 1 coat … cloak The **coat** was worn close to the body, like a heavy shirt or a sweater. The **cloak**, the more valuable of the two, was worn over the **coat** for warmth and also used as a blanket for warmth at night. If your readers would not be familiar with these, you can explicitly state what these things are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 5 41 i867 figs-explicit ὅστις 1 whoever The context implies that he is speaking about a Roman soldier. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if a soldier of the Roman army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 5 41 i86s figs-explicit μίλιον ἕν 1 one mile Here, **one mile** refers to the Roman mile, which was 1,000 paces. This was the distance a Roman soldier could legally force someone to carry something for him. If **mile** is confusing, it can be translated literally. Alternate translation: “1000 paces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 5 41 zv6i figs-ellipsis ὕπαγε μετ’ αὐτοῦ δύο 1 go with him two Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “go with him two miles” or “go with him 2000 paces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 5 43 cyz3 figs-you ἠκούσατε…σου…σου 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The **You** is plural in **You have heard**. The verb **Love** and both instances of **your** are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 5 43 fp6x figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐρρέθη 1 that it was said See how you translated this in [5:27](../05/27.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 5 43 tqj3 figs-genericnoun τὸν πλησίον σου 1 your neighbor Here the word **neighbor** does not refer to a specific neighbor, but to any members of one’s community or people group. These are people whom one usually desires to treat kindly or at least believes he ought to treat kindly. Alternate translation: “your countrymen” or “those who belong to your people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 5 45 my3d translate-kinship γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 you may be sons of your Father We are not God’s physical children but his spiritual children. It is best to translate **sons** with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to human sons or children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
MAT 5 45 jzu9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 of your Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 5 45 syjz figs-metonymy ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:12](../05/12.md)(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 5 45 qj7n figs-metonymy τὸν ἥλιον αὐτοῦ ἀνατέλλει ἐπὶ πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς, καὶ βρέχει ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους 1 Here, **he makes his sun to rise** and **he sends rain on** are figurative for sending blessings, as sun and rain help crops to grow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God gives blessing to both those who are right with him and those who are not right with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 5 46 se4k figs-rquestion τίνα μισθὸν ἔχετε? 1 what reward do you have? Jesus uses this question to teach the people that loving those who love them is not something special for which God will reward them. This is because it is easy to love those who love you back. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you will get no reward.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 5 46 cb77 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ τελῶναι τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν? 1 Do not even the tax collectors do the same thing? Jesus asks this question to show that even people who are considered to be the most evil do this. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Even the tax collectors do the same thing.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 5 47 ba6e figs-rquestion τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε? οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ ἐθνικοὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν 1 what do you do more? Jesus asks these questions to teach his followers that they are no better than the Gentiles if they do not welcome people who are not like them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you do not do anything better than those who do not know God. For the Gentiles do this very thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 5 48 l6pa guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 6 intro jrj2 0 # Matthew 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nMatthew 6 continues Jesus’ extended teaching known as “The Sermon on the Mount.”\n\nYou may wish to set apart the prayer in 6:9-11 by placing it farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.\n\nJesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### You singular and you plural\n\nIn this chapter, as in the last chapter, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural. In both instances he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MAT 6 1 zvn1 figs-you ὑμῶν…μὴ ποιεῖν…οὐκ ἔχετε…ὑμῶν 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** are plural in this chapter unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 6 1 bgc7 figs-explicit ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς 1 before men to be seen by them It is implied that those who see this person will honor him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in front of people to be seen by them so they will give you honor for what you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 6 1 vvm4 figs-activepassive ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς 1 before men to be seen by them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in front of people just so that they can see you and honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 6 1 p335 figs-gendernotations ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “before people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MAT 6 1 juj5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρὶ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 6 1 x9wq figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated this in [5:16](../05/16.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 6 2 d8kw figs-metaphor μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 do not sound a trumpet before yourself Here, **do not sound a trumpet** could mean (1) that they should not blow an actual trumpet when they go to give, or (2) **do not sound your trumpet** is figurative for bringing attention to yourself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain way. Alternate translation: “do not bring attention to yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 6 2 bc9b figs-genericnoun οἱ ὑποκριταὶ 1 The word **hypocrites** is not referring to a specific person, but to people who put on a false appearance of righteousness. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “people who act in a hypocritical way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 6 2 dk6u figs-activepassive ὅπως δοξασθῶσιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Truly I say to you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order that people might honor them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 6 2 q6dq figs-irony ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν 1 Often times, to **have** a **reward** is a positive thing. Here, Jesus means it in a negative way, saying that their reward is not with God. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their reward is not with God in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MAT 6 3 z4c1 figs-yousingular σοῦ…σου…σου 1 All occurrences of **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. You might need to translate these as plural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MAT 6 3 vca2 figs-metaphor μὴ γνώτω ἡ ἀριστερά σου τί ποιεῖ ἡ δεξιά σου 1 do not let your left hand know what your right hand is doing This phrase is a metaphor for total secrecy. Just as hands usually work together and each can be said to **know** what the other is **doing** at all times, you should not let even those closest to you know when you are giving to the poor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 6 5 m54u figs-you προσεύχῃ…ὑμῖν 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The first occurrence of **you** is singular and second is plural. In some languages they both may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 6 5 d6t7 figs-genericnoun οἱ ὑποκριταί 1 See the note in [5:2](../05/02.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 6 5 rzpj figs-activepassive ὅπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 so that they may be seen by men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that people will see them and give them honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 6 5 ub7u figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “by people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MAT 6 6 dqv4 translate-unknown εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμεῖόν σου 1 enter into your inner chamber, and having shut your door The **inner chamber** was a small, private room where people stored belongings, as well as food for their animals. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state it plainly. Alternate translation: “go into your private storage room” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 6 6 kkn7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρί σου 1 to your Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 6 7 z0v4 figs-genericnoun οἱ ἐθνικοί 1 If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Consider fig trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) Jesus is speaking of **Gentiles** in general, and not to any specific gentiles. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Gentile people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 6 7 a8ai figs-activepassive εἰσακουσθήσονται 1 they will be heard If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “their false gods will hear them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 6 8 wdj6 figs-explicit μὴ οὖν ὁμοιωθῆτε αὐτοῖς 1 When Jesus says to **not be like them**, he means in the way they pray. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Therefore, you should not pray like them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 6 8 nv9i guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 6 9 mq4x figs-metonymy ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 let your name be sanctified Here, **your name** refers to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “make everyone honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 6 9 sxsy figs-explicit οὕτως οὖν προσεύχεσθε ὑμεῖς 1 Jesus was not saying that this was the only way to pray. He was giving an example of how one should pray. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Therefore, instead of babbling like the Gentiles, you should pray in a way similar to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 6 9 sc3d figs-metonymy ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated **who is in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 6 9 knx7 figs-activepassive ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “make people glorify your name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 6 9 tqm4 figs-metonymy ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 Here, **your name** refers to God himself. The name of something is very closely associated with the person or being to whom it belongs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “may people honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 6 10 n67c figs-metonymy ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου 1 Let your kingdom come See how your translated **kingdom** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 6 10 pdc5 figs-activepassive γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου, ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς 1 Let your will also be done on earth as it is in heaven If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May everything on earth happen in accordance with your will, just as everything in heaven does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 6 11 dft8 figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον…τὸν ἐπιούσιον 1 daily bread Here, **bread** refers to food in general. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT 6 12 yi9s figs-metaphor τὰ ὀφειλήματα…τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν 1 debts A **debt** is what one person owes another person. A **debtor** is a person who owes a debt to another person. This is a metaphor for those who have sinned against another person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “sins … those who sin against us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 6 13 l8u6 figs-abstractnouns μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν 1 do not bring us into temptation If it would be helpful in your language, you can express **temptation** as a verb. Alternate translation: “do not let anything tempt us” or “do not let anything cause us to desire to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT 6 13 r6v6 figs-abstractnouns ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 Here, **evil one** could also mean evil. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of evil, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “protect us from doing evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT 6 13 zfsy translate-textvariants 1 Most important manuscripts do not include “For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen.” See the discussion of textual issues in the chapter introduction to decide whether to include this sentence in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
MAT 6 14 xvfv figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MAT 6 14 z79a figs-abstractnouns τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν 1 their trespasses If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **trespasses**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “when they trespass against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT 6 14 v7ne guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 6 15 pi3z figs-abstractnouns τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν 1 those of men … your trespasses See how you translated trespasses in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT 6 15 lk8a figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “those people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MAT 6 16 xv6b figs-explicit ἀφανίζουσιν…τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν 1 they disfigure their faces The hypocrites would not wash **their faces**. They did this purposely to draw attention to themselves so that people would see them and give them honor for fasting. If someone was fasting, it would be obvious from their appearance. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they make it obvious to others that they are fasting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 6 16 ix6h figs-irony ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν 1 Truly I say to you See how you translated **they have their reward in full** in [6:2](../06/02.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MAT 6 17 c20j figs-yousingular σὺ…σου…σου 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MAT 6 17 k283 figs-explicit ἄλειψαί σου τὴν κεφαλὴν καὶ τὸ πρόσωπόν σου νίψαι 1 anoint your head Here, to **anoint** the **head** and to **wash** the **face** is to take normal care of one’s self. Doing this gives the appearance that you are living life as normal. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “make yourself appear as though you were not fasting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 6 18 m56a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρί σου 1 to your Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 6 18 tby8 ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ 1 who sees in secret See how you translated this in [6:6](../06/06.md). Alternate translation: “who sees what you do in private”
MAT 6 19 tqc9 translate-unknown σὴς 1 moth A **moth** is a small, flying insect that destroys cloth by eating it. If it would not be known in your language, you can use a general term for moth. Alternate translation: “flying insects that eat your belongings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 6 19 z9wd translate-unknown βρῶσις 1 where moth and rust destroy Here, **rust** could also be referring to a bug which eats away at things like food. It is not clear in the original language. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “bugs which eat away at food” or “things which eat away at your belongings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 6 19 enl6 translate-unknown βρῶσις 1 rust Here, **rust** is a term referring to something that deteriorates metal. If this would not be known in your language, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something which destroys metal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 6 20 v5tn figs-metaphor θησαυρίζετε…ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 store up for yourselves treasures in heaven This is a metaphor that means do good things on earth so God will reward you in **heaven**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation “do good things and obey God, so that he will reward you in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 6 21 y55l figs-metaphor ὅπου γάρ ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρός σου 1 Here, **treasure** is figurative for the things people value the most in life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “For with what you value most in life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 6 21 b74q figs-metaphor ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου 1 there will your heart be also Here, **heart** means a person’s thoughts and interests. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “there your desires will also be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 6 22 g215 figs-yousingular σου…σου 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. Both instances of **your** are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MAT 6 22 sbl1 figs-metaphor ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός 1 The eye is the lamp of the body … is full of light The eye is a lamp in a figurative sense. The eye not a source of light, but a channel for light. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Your eye lets light into your body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 6 22 hvrq figs-exmetaphor ἐὰν οὖν ᾖ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ἁπλοῦς, ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου φωτεινὸν ἔσται 1 Jesus is drawing an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “When your eye is healthy, it lets light into your whole body. In the same way, if you are willing to obey God, you will understand and live by his message for every part of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
MAT 6 23 dl86 figs-exmetaphor ἐὰν δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρὸς ᾖ, ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου σκοτεινὸν ἔσται. εἰ οὖν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον 1 But if your eye … how great is that darkness Jesus continues to draw an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “But when your eye is unhealthy, it does not let light into any of your body. In the same way, if you are not willing to obey God, you will not understand and live by his message for any part of your life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
MAT 6 24 z5ol figs-genericnoun οὐδεὶς 1 Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “No person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 6 24 ijn3 figs-parallelism ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει, ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει 1 for either he will hate the one and love the other, or else he will be devoted to one and will despise the other Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that a person cannot love and be devoted both to God and money at the same time. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “for he will obey one of them and disobey the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT 6 24 zt2u figs-personification οὐ δύνασθε Θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ 1 You are not able to serve God and wealth Here, **money** is spoken of as though it were a person who someone could serve. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “You are not able to serve God and completely desire riches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MAT 6 25 s5uy figs-you ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν…φάγητε…πίητε…ὑμῶν…ἐνδύσησθε 1 Here the instances of **you** and **your** are all plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 6 25 nt96 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἡ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστι τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος? 1 Is not life more than food, and the body more than clothing? Jesus uses a question to teach the people about what is important in life. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Life is much more than just food, and the body is much more than just what you wear!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 6 26 a9w6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 6 26 nbm5 figs-rquestion οὐχ ὑμεῖς μᾶλλον διαφέρετε αὐτῶν? 1 Are you not more valuable than them? Jesus uses a question to teach the people about the value of human beings compared to animals. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are much more valuable than the birds of the sky!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 6 27 cm6a figs-you ὑμῶν 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. Here, **you**is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 6 27 fr8g figs-metaphor τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα? 1 But which one from you, being anxious, are able to add one cubit to his lifespan? Here to **add one cubit to his lifespan** is a metaphor for adding time to how long a person will live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Who among you is able to add to the length of his life by being anxious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 6 27 ivmg figs-rquestion τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα? 1 But which one from you, being anxious, are able to add one cubit to his lifespan? Jesus uses this question to emphasize that they cannot lengthen their lives. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “None of you can, just by worrying, add years to your life.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 6 27 kub4 translate-bdistance πῆχυν ἕνα 1 one cubit A **cubit** is a measure of a little less than half a meter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
MAT 6 28 erj8 figs-rquestion περὶ ἐνδύματος τί μεριμνᾶτε? 1 why are you anxious about clothing? Jesus uses a question to teach the people why they should not be anxious. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not be worried about what you will wear.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 6 28 him2 figs-personification οὐ κοπιῶσιν οὐδὲ νήθουσιν 1 the lilies of the field, how they grow. They do not toil, nor do they spin cloth Jesus speaks about the lilies as if they were people who were able to **toil** and **spin cloth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “They do not work and spin cloth like people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MAT 6 28 t16l translate-unknown κρίνα 1 lilies A lily is a kind of wild flower. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 6 29 u7fd figs-metaphor οὐδὲ Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων 1 not even Solomon in all his glory was clothed like one of these The lilies being **clothed** is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “not even Solomon with all of his riches looked as majestic as a lily of the field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 6 29 sqg8 figs-activepassive περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων 1 was clothed like one of these If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “wore clothes that were as beautiful as these lilies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 6 30 xykl figs-metaphor τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ…οὕτως ἀμφιέννυσιν 1 thus clothes the grass of the field The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 6 30 uf36 χόρτον 1 grass If your language has a word that includes **grass** and the word you used for “lilies” in the previous verse, you can use it here.
MAT 6 30 m23l figs-activepassive εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον 1 is thrown into the oven If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone throws it into a fire” or “someone burns it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 6 30 ym2c figs-ellipsis οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον 1 will he not much more The verb “clothe” is implied from the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 6 30 cd8w figs-rquestion οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι? 1 will he not much more, you of little faith? Jesus uses this question to teach the people that God will provide what they need. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “he will certainly clothe you even better, you of little faith.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 6 32 unz1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 6 33 ep2c figs-metonymy ζητεῖτε…πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ 1 seek first his kingdom and his righteousness Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Most importantly, be one of God’s people, and do what he desires of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 6 33 ak39 figs-activepassive ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 all these things will be added to you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will provide all these things for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 6 34 xdg7 figs-personification ἡ…αὔριον μεριμνήσει ἑαυτῆς 1 tomorrow will be anxious for itself Jesus speaks of **tomorrow** as if it were a person who could worry. Jesus means that a person will have enough to worry about when the next day comes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MAT 7 intro bz7e 0 # Matthew 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nJesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Matthew 5-7\n\nMany people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.\n\n### “By their fruits you will know them”\n\nFruit is a common image in the Scriptures. It is used to describe the results of either good or bad actions. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### You singular and you plural\n\nIn this chapter, as in the past two chapters, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural. In both instances he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MAT 7 1 xk6w figs-explicit μὴ κρίνετε 1 Do not judge It is implied here that **judge** has a strong negative meaning. Jesus is not saying that judgment is always bad, but that in this case it is negative. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not condemn people harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 7 1 bk8y figs-activepassive μὴ κριθῆτε 1 you may not be judged If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will not condemn you harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 7 2 kj24 figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ…κρίματι κρίνετε, κριθήσεσθε 1 with the judgment you judge, you will be judged If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will condemn you in the same way you condemn others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 7 2 ifm3 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ᾧ γὰρ κρίματι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “In the manner that you judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT 7 2 tbi8 figs-explicit κρίνετε…μετρεῖτε 1 Here, Jesus leaves out that **you judge** and **you measure** is being done to other people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by which you judge other people … by which you measure other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 7 2 wmxo figs-metaphor καὶ ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 To **measure** someone is to hold them up to a high standard. Here, Jesus is saying that they are holding others up by too high of a standard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “and with the standard of behavior that you expect of other people, God will expect of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 7 2 c006 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgement**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “In the manner that you judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **measure**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “In the manner that you measure other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT 7 2 wgh2 figs-activepassive μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be measured out to you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will measure you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 7 3 em5r figs-rquestion τί δὲ βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς? 1 Why do you look at the speck … but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye? Jesus uses this question to rebuke the people for concerning themselves about other people’s sins and ignoring their own. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You look at the speck in your brother’s eye, but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 7 3 hzb4 figs-yousingular βλέπεις…σου…τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ…οὐ κατανοεῖς 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of **you** and **your** are all singular. See the note in the introduction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
MAT 7 3 ctb3 figs-metaphor τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 the speck that is in the eye of your brother A **speck of wood** is a tiny piece of wood that might get into someone’s eye. This is a metaphor that refers to the less offensive sins of a fellow believer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “the lesser sin that is in your fellow believer’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 7 3 d2qc translate-kinship τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 of your brother Here and in the next two verses, **brother** refers to other people who were also followers of Jesus. These people are not their biological siblings. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use plain language. Alternate translation: “your fellow follower of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
MAT 7 3 q1z4 figs-metaphor τὴν…ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν 1 the log that is in your own eye A **log** is a large piece of wood, usually the remnant of the trunk or branch of a tree. Here, **log** is a metaphor that refers to the most offensive sins of a fellow believer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “the most offensive sin that is in your own life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 7 3 xdcg figs-hyperbole τὴν…ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς 1 the log that is in your own eye A **log** cannot fit into a person’s eye. Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize that a person should pay attention to their own more offensive sins before he deals with another person’s less offensive sins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows this exaggeration. Alternate translation: “you do not see your own very offensive sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 7 4 k58h figs-rquestion ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου, καὶ ἰδοὺ, ἡ δοκὸς ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ? 1 Or how will you say to your brother, ‘Let me take out the speck from your eye,’ while behold, the log is in your own eye? Jesus asks this question to challenge the people to pay attention to their own sins before they pay attention to another person’s sins. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not say to your brother, ‘Let me take out the speck from your eye,’ while there is log in your own eye.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 7 6 wohg figs-metaphor μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσίν, μηδὲ βάλητε τοὺς μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων 1 Here, to **give the holy** and to **throw your pearls** means to share about God with people. The message about God is seen as very valuable and holy. Also, **dogs** and **pigs** mean people who would reject this message. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Do not share the holy message about God with people who would hurt you, nor should you try to share the valuable message about God with people who do not care to listen to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 7 6 xy2e translate-unknown τοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 pearls Real **pearls** are beautiful and valuable mineral balls that people use as jewelry. They are formed inside the shell of a small shellfish that lives in the ocean. If your readers would not be familiar with pearls, you could express this idea in a more general way. Alternate translation: “decorations made from valuable materials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 7 7 ut6i figs-parallelism αἰτεῖτε καὶ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν; ζητεῖτε καὶ εὑρήσετε; κρούετε καὶ ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν 1 Ask … Seek … Knock Here, **Ask**, **Seek**, and **Knock** all have a similar meaning: praying to God. If saying the same thing three times might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Pray to God for what you need, and he will provide it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT 7 7 tv49 figs-activepassive δοθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be given to you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will give it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 7 7 rt8g figs-explicit κρούετε 1 Knock To **Knock** on a door is a polite way to request that the person inside the house or room open the door. If knocking on a door is impolite or not done in your culture, use the word that describes how people politely ask people to let you into their house. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Knock on the door” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 7 9 mq14 figs-rquestion ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? 1 Or what man is there from among you, of whom his son will ask for bread—he will not give him a stone, will he? Jesus uses a question to teach the people how God gives gifts. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is not one person among you of whom his son will ask for bread, and he will give him a stone.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 7 9 n5s1 figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 1 for bread Here, **bread** refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “some food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT 7 10 y9q5 figs-ellipsis ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? 1zz Or he will also ask for a fish—he will not give him a snake, will he? It is understood that Jesus is still referring to a man and his son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Or will a man’s son ask for a fish, and the man will give him a snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 7 10 t19o figs-rquestion ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? 1 Or he will also ask for a fish—he will not give him a snake, will he? Jesus asks another question to teach the people about how God gives gifts. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And there is not one person among you, if his son asks for a fish, will give him a snake.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 7 11 pk31 figs-rquestion πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς δώσει ἀγαθὰ τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν? 1 how much more will your Father who is in the heavens give good things to those who ask him? Jesus uses a question to teach the people about how God gives gifts. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “then your Father in heaven will most certainly give good things to those who ask him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 7 11 z8zr guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 7 11 t3p4 figs-metonymy ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated this in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 7 12 b1x2 figs-metonymy οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 for this is the law and the prophets Here, **the law and the prophets** refer to what Moses and the prophets wrote. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for this is what Moses and the prophets wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 7 12 y4f6 figs-explicit οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I stationed someone next to me who would blow a ram’s horn if we needed a danger signal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Here, **for this is the law and the prophets** means that the law and the prophets teach this same message. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the law and prophets teach this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 7 13 dgr2 figs-metaphor εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης; ὅτι πλατεῖα ἡ πύλη καὶ εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν, καὶ πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι’ αὐτῆς 1 Enter through the narrow gate … there are many who are entering through it In this verse, **road** is figurative for the span of a person’s life. The word **gate** is figurative for the time when a person dies and enters into eternity. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation, as in the in UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 7 13 zv24 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν 1 to destruction If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to God’s judgement” or “to God destroying you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT 7 14 wlr9 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν ζωήν 1 to life If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to the place where people live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT 7 14 gdji figs-metaphor ὀλίγοι εἰσὶν οἱ εὑρίσκοντες αὐτήν 1 Here, to **find it** means to enter into eternal life with God and not be destroyed by him. In the same way that you might find a hidden path, so Jesus is saying that eternal life can be found. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “there are few whom God brings into eternal life with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 7 15 lj5v figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἔρχονται πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων, ἔσωθεν δέ εἰσιν λύκοι ἅρπαγες 1 who come to you in sheep’s clothing, but inwardly they are ravenous wolves Here, a **sheep** means someone who is a part of the people of God. Just as in real life, predators try to attack sheep, so people who try to hurt God’s people are called **wolves**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “who come to God’s people to harm them, as a wolf comes to harm sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 7 16 pul5 figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς 1 By their fruits you will know them Here, **their fruits** is referring to a person’s actions before God. Just as a good tree produces good fruit and a bad tree produces bad fruit, so a person who loves God will obey him and a person who does not love God will not obey him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Just as you know a tree by the fruit that grows on it, you will know false prophets by the fact that they do not speak the words of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 7 16 nve4 figs-rquestion μήτι συλλέγουσιν ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν σταφυλὰς, ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα? 1 they do not gather grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles, do they? Jesus uses a question to teach the people about false prophets. The people would have known that the answer is no. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “People do not gather grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 7 17 f5l3 figs-metaphor οὕτως πᾶν δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖ; τὸ δὲ σαπρὸν δένδρον καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖ 1 the rotten tree produces bad fruit Jesus continues to use the metaphor of **fruit** to refer to false prophets who produce evil works. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation “Just as when a good tree bears good fruit and a bad tree bears bad fruit, so those who preach God’s words do good and speak falsely about God’s words do evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 7 19 xwrm figs-metaphor πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 Every tree not producing good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire Here, Jesus continues talking about **trees**. He is saying that those who do not preach God’s words will be judged by him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation “And just as every bad tree which does not bear good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire, so everyone who disobeys God will be judged by him forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 7 19 g7fs figs-activepassive ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 is cut down and thrown into the fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people cut down and throw into a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 7 20 x87m figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς 1 you will recognize them from their fruits See how you translated this in [7:16](../07/16.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 7 21 dkh7 figs-exclamations Κύριε, Κύριε 1 Here, **Lord, Lord** is an exclamation that shows that these people claim that Jesus is their master. This is what a servant would say to their master. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “My Lord!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
MAT 7 21 c6yz guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 of my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 7 21 l1te figs-metonymy τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 7 22 mp6e figs-explicit ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 in that day Jesus said **that day** knowing his hearers would understand he was referring to the day of judgment. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when God will judge all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 7 22 m9py figs-rquestion οὐ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι ἐπροφητεύσαμεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δαιμόνια ἐξεβάλομεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δυνάμεις πολλὰς ἐποιήσαμεν? 1 did we not prophesy in your name, and in your name cast out demons, and in your name do many mighty deeds? The people use a question to emphasize that they did many good things for Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “we prophesied in your name, and in your name cast out demons, and in your name did many mighty deeds.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 7 22 hg17 figs-metonymy τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι…τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι…τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι 2 in your name Here, to do something **in your name** means to do it by his power and authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by your authority … in your authority ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 7 23 d4y5 figs-idiom οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς 1 I never knew you **I never knew you** means that the person was never one of God’s people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “You have never been my follower” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 7 24 qjh9 figs-simile ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν 1 will be compared to a wise man who built his house upon the rock Jesus compares those who obey what he says to a person who builds his **house** on a rock, where nothing can harm it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “will be like a wise man who built his house on a firm foundation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT 7 24 qw6l figs-activepassive ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is like a wise man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 7 24 dy1f figs-explicit πέτραν 1 rock Here, **rock** means the bedrock below the topsoil and clay, not a large stone or boulder above the ground. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “solid ground” or “sturdy ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 7 25 bv81 figs-activepassive τεθεμελίωτο 1 it had been founded If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man had built it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 7 26 nw97 figs-simile ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον 1 will be compared to a foolish man who built his house upon the sand Jesus uses a simile to compare those who do not obey his words with **foolish** house-builders who pick a bad place to build a house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “will be like a fool who built his house in a dangerous place where it could be knocked down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT 7 26 o85y figs-activepassive ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is like a foolish man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is like a foolish man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 7 27 k4hi figs-abstractnouns ἦν ἡ πτῶσις αὐτῆς μεγάλη 1 its destruction was great If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the waters and the wind destroyed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT 7 28 jrh7 writing-endofstory 0 General Information: This verse describe how the people in the crowds reacted to Jesus’ teaching. This marks the end of the Sermon on the Mount. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
MAT 7 28 fo8g figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of boldness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “we may be bold” or “we may act boldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **teaching**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by the way that he taught them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT 8 intro f33a 0 # Matthew 8 General Notes\n\n## Figures of Speech\n\n### Metonymy\n\nMetonymy is used often in this chapter to refer to people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\n\nJesus uses rhetorical questions in this chapter to ask his listeners questions that will make them think deeply about what he is saying. Often when rhetorical questions are used, Jesus is being emphatic. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n### Idiom\n\nIdioms are often used in this chapter. These may not be understood by your audience, as they were sayings that only people in that culture would have understood. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 8 1 qb1d writing-newevent δὲ 1 General Information: This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 8 2 vas8 writing-participants ἰδοὺ, λεπρὸς προσελθὼν 1 behold This introduces the **leper** as a new character in the story. A leper is a person with a serious, contagious skin disease. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a common way in your language for introducing a new person to a story. Alternate translation: “There was a man who was a leper. Approaching Jesus, he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
MAT 8 2 yc3f grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν θέλῃς δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι 1 if you would be willing The leper is using a hypothetical situation to show that he believes Jesus will heal him. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if you would desire to heal me, you are able to do it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
MAT 8 2 yjn2 figs-explicit δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι 1 you are able to make me clean Here, to be **clean** means to be healed from the skin disease, which did not allow them to be in the community with the rest of the people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are able to heal me and allow me to be a part of the community again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 8 3 lj1x figs-activepassive ἐκαθαρίσθη αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα 1 he was cleansed of his leprosy If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus cleansed him of his leprosy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 8 4 zi3a figs-explicit σεαυτὸν, δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ 1 show yourself to the priest Jewish law required that the person **show** his healed skin **to the priest**, who would then allow him or her to return to the community, to be with other people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “show the priest that you are healed from the disease, so that you can rejoin your community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 8 4 tq9l figs-explicit προσένεγκον τὸ δῶρον ὃ προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 offer the gift that Moses commanded, for a testimony to them The law of **Moses** required that someone healed of leprosy give a thanksgiving offering to the priest. When the priest accepted the gift, people would know that the man had been healed. So that no one else would become infected, lepers were not allowed to come into contact with healthy people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “offer the gift that Moses commanded in the Law, for a testimony to the priest that you are healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 8 4 rj8u figs-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 to them Here, **to them** either refers to (1) the priests, or (2) the community in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the priests” or “to the community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
MAT 8 6 cr8h translate-unknown παραλυτικός 1 paralyzed Someone who is **paralyzed** is someone who is not able to completely use their body. Sometimes they just can’t use their legs, but sometimes they can’t use anything. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state this explicitly. “not able to use his arms and legs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 8 8 p7p4 figs-idiom μου ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην 1 under my roof Here, **under my roof** is figurative for being in a person’s house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “in my house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT 8 8 hig7 figs-metonymy εἰπὲ λόγῳ 1 speak a word Here, **speak** is a polite way of saying that all Jesus has to do is speak a word, and he will heal the servant. Use a form in your language that communicates this. Alternate translation: “say a word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
MAT 8 8 rk1z figs-activepassive ἰαθήσεται ὁ παῖς μου 1 will be healed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will make my servant well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 8 9 ds2m figs-activepassive ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν, τασσόμενος ἔχων ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας 1 I … am a man under authority, having soldiers placed under me If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I am a man who is under the authority of someone else, and I myself authority over a group of soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 8 9 da25 figs-idiom ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν…ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν 1 under authority … under me To be **under** someone means to be less important and to obey the commands of someone of a higher status. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who obeys other people’s commands … who obey me (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 8 9 qz61 figs-idiom καὶ ἄλλῳ…καὶ τῷ δούλῳ μου 1 The centurion is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and to another I say…and to my servant I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 8 10 c7y6 figs-explicit παρ’ οὐδενὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ εὗρον 1 I have found such great faith from no one in Israel Jesus’ hearers would have thought that the Jews in **Israel**, who claim to be children of God, would have greater **faith** than anyone. Jesus is saying that the centurion’s faith was greater. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have found such faith from no one in Israel, who should have more faith (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 8 10 fjgc figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 Here, the name **Israel** is not referring to the country, but to the people who live in Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 8 11 xee4 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 you Here, **you** is plural and refers to “those who were following him” in [8:10](../08/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 8 11 mt2i figs-merism ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν 1 from east and west Using the opposites **east** and **west** is a way of saying “everywhere.” Alternate translation: “from many far away places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
MAT 8 11 u4sj figs-metaphor ἀνακλιθήσονται 1 they will recline at table Jesus speaks of the joy that people will share in God’s kingdom as if they were all having a feast. Use a term in your language referring to a celebratory meal. Alternate translation: “will feast together in the kingdom of God” or “will rejoice together in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 8 11 qmc7 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 in the kingdom of the heavens See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 8 12 ks3b figs-activepassive οἱ…υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐκβληθήσονται 1 the sons of the kingdom will be thrown out If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God will throw out the sons of the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 8 12 aug7 figs-metonymy οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας 1 But the sons of the kingdom The phrase **sons of** is figurative, referring to the Jews of the kingdom of Judea. This is saying that they are of Jewish descent. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “but those who do not believe in me from the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 8 12 pf26 figs-irony οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐκβληθήσονται 1 But the sons of the kingdom In their culture, **the sons of the kingdom** would usually inherit the kingdom, and not be thrown out. Jesus is saying it in this way to show how disobedient the Jewish people were being. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and we certainly can not go and buy food for all these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MAT 8 12 liu4 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 the outer darkness Here, **outer darkness** is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place where God punishes people forever. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 8 12 gww4 translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 weeping and grinding of teeth Here, **grinding of the teeth** is a symbolic act, representing extreme pain and suffering. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “weeping and extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT 8 13 ki92 figs-activepassive γενηθήτω σοι 1 let it be done for you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so I will do it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 8 13 sdn6 figs-activepassive ἰάθη ὁ παῖς 1 the servant was healed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed the servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 8 14 ynh8 translate-unknown πυρέσσουσαν 1 his mother-in-law A **fever** is a symptom of an illness in which the temperature of the body temporarily increases. This results in the need to lie down in bed and rest as Peter’s mother-in-law was doing. If your reader would not be familiar with this, you could use a general expression. Alternate Translation: “being feverish from illness” or “being ill with an elevated temperature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 8 15 w7nh figs-personification ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός 1 the fever left her The **fever** is spoken of as if it, like a person, **left**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her of her fever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MAT 8 16 pwr4 figs-activepassive δαιμονιζομένους πολλούς 1 many being possessed by demons If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “many of those who demons have possessed (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 8 16 f1cv figs-metonymy ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ 1 he cast out the spirits with a word Here, **word** means a command that Jesus gave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “he commanded the spirits to leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 8 17 r3dc figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 might be fulfilled that which had been spoken by Isaiah the prophet If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus fulfilled the prophecy that the prophet Isaiah spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 8 17 x9vs writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and this is what he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MAT 8 17 eyu9 figs-parallelism αὐτὸς τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἔλαβεν καὶ τὰς νόσους ἐβάστασεν 1 He himself took our weaknesses and bore our diseases Matthew is quoting the prophet Isaiah. **He himself took our weaknesses** and **bore {our} diseases** mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he healed all of **our diseases**. If it would be clearer for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “He took away our sicknesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT 8 18 a2pn figs-ellipsis ἐκέλευσεν ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 commanded Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Jesus told his disciples to sail to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 8 20 pqp6 writing-proverbs αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις ὁ δὲ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ 1 Foxes have holes, and the birds of the sky, nests Jesus answers the scribe with this proverb. The proverb means even wild animals have somewhere to rest. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “Even animals have a place to sleep, but the Son of Man does not have a place to sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT 8 20 ub5o figs-explicit αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις 1 Foxes have holes, and the birds of the sky, nests Jesus assumes that his hearers know what **foxes** are and what they use the **holes** for. **Foxes** are animals like wild dogs. They eat nesting birds and other small animals. If foxes are unknown in your area, use a general term for wild dog-like creatures that burrow in the ground. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Foxes have their holes in the ground to sleep in, and flying birds have their nests to sleep in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 8 20 qqvq figs-ellipsis τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις 1 the birds of the sky, nests Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “birds who fly in the sky have nests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 8 20 qvm5 figs-123person ὁ…Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 2 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 8 20 yl4s figs-idiom οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ 1 does not have where he might lay his head Here, **lay his head** refers to a place to sleep. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “has no place of his own to sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 8 22 h7fb figs-metaphor ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς 1 allow the dead to bury their own dead Jesus does not mean literally that **dead** people will bury other dead people. Here, **the dead** is referring to those who are spiritually **dead**, meaning they do not love God, and are not following Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation, as expressed in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 8 24 m6w8 figs-activepassive ὥστε τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων 1 so that the boat was covered by the waves If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the waves were filling the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 8 25 b2wh figs-exclusive Κύριε, σῶσον, ἀπολλύμεθα! 1 Save us, Lord; we are perishing! Here, **we** is referring to both Jesus and the disciples. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MAT 8 26 g8p7 figs-rquestion τί δειλοί ἐστε, ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 Why are you cowardly, you of little faith? Jesus asks this question in order to teach the disciples why they should not be afraid. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is nothing for you to be afraid of, you who have little faith!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 8 26 r5ve ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 you of little faith Jesus addresses his disciples this way because their anxiety about the storm shows they have little faith in him to control it. See how you translated this in [6:30](../06/30.md).
MAT 8 27 u2qh figs-rquestion ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος, ὅτι καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν? 1 What sort of is he, that even the winds and the sea obey him? This question shows that the disciples were surprised. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This man is unlike any man we have ever seen! Even the wind and the waves obey him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 8 27 k5mk figs-personification καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν 1 even the winds and the sea obey him Here, **wind** and **waves** are described as if they are able to **obey** Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “he even controls the wind and the waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MAT 8 28 yzi6 translate-names τὴν χώραν τῶν Γαδαρηνῶν 1 the country of the Gadarenes The **Gadarenes** were named after the town of Gadara. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT 8 28 hz5n figs-activepassive δύο δαιμονιζόμενοι 1 two men … being possessed by demons If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “two men … whom demons were controlling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 8 29 gr2p figs-rquestion τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 What to us and to you, Son of God? The unclean spirit asks this question out of fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Leave me alone, Jesus, Son of the Most High God! There is no reason for you to interfere with me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 8 29 jcq6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus, which describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 8 29 u4jr figs-rquestion ἦλθες ὧδε πρὸ καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς 1 Have you come here to torment us before the set time? Again, the demons use a question out of fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You have surely come here to punish us before the time when God will judge us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 8 29 uw6c figs-explicit ἦλθες ὧδε πρὸ καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς 1 Here, **the set time** is referring to the time when God will judge all of the evil spirits and people. Matthew’s readers would have understood this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Have you come here early, before the time when God is planning to judge us?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 8 30 v91c writing-background δὲ 1 Now **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about a herd of pigs that had been there before Jesus arrived. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT 8 31 tf32 figs-explicit εἰ ἐκβάλλεις ἡμᾶς 1 If you cast us out It is implied that the demons knew that Jesus was going to **cast** them **out**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because you are going to cast us out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 8 31 cgf7 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us Here, **us** is exclusive, referring only to the demons. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MAT 8 33 ev2w figs-activepassive τὰ τῶν δαιμονιζομένων 1 the things concerning the men who were possessed by demons If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what Jesus did to help the men whom demons were controlling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 8 34 j6sp figs-metonymy πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 1 the whole city The word **city** is a metonym for the people of the city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “all the people who lived in the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 8 34 xb5x figs-hyperbole πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 1 the whole city The word **whole** is an exaggeration to emphasize how very many people came out to see Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows this. Alternate translation: “many of the people in the city (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 9 intro tg41 0 # Matthew 9 General Notes
## Structure
## Formatting
## Special concepts in this chapter
## Figures of Speech
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
MAT 9 1 lje9 figs-explicit διεπέρασεν 1 into his own city Here, Matthew does not specify that Jesus **crossed over** the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he crossed over the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 9 2 i6xp writing-newevent ἰδοὺ 1 behold Here, **behold** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “When they arrived in Jesus’ town” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 9 2 szd4 translate-unknown παραλυτικὸν 1 they were bringing See how you translated **paralytic** in [4:24](../04/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 9 2 iys2 figs-activepassive ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Your sins are forgiven If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 9 4 u643 figs-explicit ἰδὼν…τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν 1 having known their thoughts This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he knew” or “Even though Jesus had not heard them, he was fully aware”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 9 4 n4yl figs-rquestion ἵνα τί ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν? 1 For what reason do you think evil in your hearts? Jesus used this question to rebuke the scribes. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be thinking this evil in your hearts!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 9 4 d499 figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here, **hearts** refers to their minds or their thoughts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in your minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 9 5 j716 figs-rquestion τί γάρ ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει? 1 For which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins have been forgiven,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk’? Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive **sins**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you think that It is certainly easier to say ‘your sins are forgiven’ than to say ‘get up and walk’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 9 5 mk14 figs-quotations τί…ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει? 1 which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven,’ or to say, ‘Get up and walk’? The quotes can be translated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: You think that it is easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, than to tell him to get up and walk” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT 9 5 x05v figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Your sins have been forgiven If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 9 6 n5sf figs-you εἰδῆτε…σου…σου 1 your mat … your house Here, the **you** is plural and is addressed to the scribes, but both instances of **your** are singular and addressed to the paralytic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 9 6 td1z figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 go to your house Here Jesus refers to himself as **the Son of Man** in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can make it first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 9 6 k6rw figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea in another way, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT 9 8 x71s figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίαν 1 such authority See how you translated this in [9:6](../09/06.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT 9 10 f9lh figs-metonymy ἁμαρτωλοὶ 1 sinners Here, **sinners** refers to people who did not obey the law of Moses but committed what others thought were very bad sins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people who committed many bad sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 9 11 z4h5 figs-rquestion διὰ τί μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει ὁ διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν? 1 For what reason does your teacher eat with tax collectors and sinners? The Pharisees use this question to criticize what Jesus is doing. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Your teacher should not eat with tax collectors and sinners!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 9 12 m7fm figs-explicit ὁ δὲ ἀκούσας 1 But he, having heard this Here, **this** refers to the question the Pharisees asked about Jesus eating with tax collectors and sinners. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Jesus heard the Pharisees ask this question” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 9 12 tl42 writing-proverbs οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 Those who are strong in body do not have need of a physician, but those who have sickness Jesus begins his response by quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life. This proverb draws a figurative comparison. Just as sick people need to see a doctor to be healed, so sinners need to see Jesus in order to be forgiven and restored. But since Jesus explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to explain it here. Rather, you can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “People who are well do not need to see a doctor, but people who are sick do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT 9 12 uhc5 οἱ ἰσχύοντες 1 Those who are strong in body Those who **have sickness** are equated with those who are wanting to be saved by Jesus. The **healthy** are equated with those who do not think they need Jesus. Jesus does not actually think those who do not want him are **strong**, but the opposite. He says this because those people think they are healthy in their own eyes and do not need Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, consider expressing the meaning plainly.. Alternate translation: “Those who suppose themselves to be healthy do not need a doctor. It is those who know that they are sick who need a doctor”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MAT 9 12 n33c figs-ellipsis οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 those who have sickness The phrase “need a physician” is understood from the previous phrase. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “people who are sick need a physician” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 9 13 a886 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς 1 the righteous The words **I did not come to call** are understood from the phrase before this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I came to call sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 9 14 k8vc grammar-connect-time-sequential τότε 1 do not fast The word **then** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus said this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
MAT 9 14 vhnd writing-participants οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου 1 Here, **John** is referring to John the Baptizer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could that this is referring to John the Baptizer. Alternate translation: “John the Baptizer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
MAT 9 15 r8if figs-rquestion μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος? 1 The sons of the bridal chamber are not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them, are they? Jesus uses a question to answer John’s disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “The sons of the bridal chamber are certainly not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 9 15 xnp8 writing-proverbs μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος? 1 The sons of the bridal chamber are not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them, are they? Jesus uses this proverb to show that his disciples do not **mourn** because he **is still** there **with them**. In this proverb, Jesus is the **bridegroom**, and his disciples are the **sons of the bridal chamber**. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “Just as the sons of the bridal chamber are not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them, so my disciples are not able to fast while I am still with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT 9 15 iz9s figs-personification ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι ὅταν 1 But the days will come when Here, **the day** is said to be **coming** like a person might come. This is figurative, meaning that the event will happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “But it will happen that when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MAT 9 15 p6hz figs-activepassive ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος 1 the bridegroom may be taken away from them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will leave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 9 16 j9fx writing-proverbs οὐδεὶς δὲ ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ; αἴρει γὰρ τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου, καὶ χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται 1 This verse is a proverb, which has a similar meaning to the previous verse. Jesus is talking about how the disciples should not use old ways of worship when he is present with them. Translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “Just as you shouldn’t use a new patch on an old piece of cloth, so you should not use old methods of worship like fasting when I am present” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT 9 16 yf98 figs-explicit οὐδεὶς δὲ ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ 1 But no one puts a patch of new cloth on an old garment When a piece of clothing gets a hole in it, another piece of cloth, a patch, is sewn onto the clothing to cover the hole. If this patch has not yet been washed, it will shrink and tear the piece of clothing, making the hole worse than it was to begin with. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now, no one sews a new patch of cloth that has not yet shrunken from being washed on an old patch that has shrunk already” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 9 17 s13y writing-proverbs οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς εἰ δὲ μή γε, ῥήγνυνται οἱ ἀσκοί, καὶ ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπόλλυνται. ἀλλὰ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινούς, καὶ ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται 1 Neither do they put new wine into old wineskins This verse is a proverb with a similar message as the previous verse. Jesus is saying that just as someone would not put new wine which will expand in an old wine skin which cannot expand, so the disciples should not fast while Jesus is with them. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT 9 17 plli grammar-connect-words-phrases οὐδὲ 1 Here, **neither** indicates that what follows is similar in meaning to the phrase that came before it. Use an expression in your language that functions like this. Alternate translation: “Similarly, no one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) Here, **neither** is a word which shows that the meaning of this verse is similar to the meaning of the previous verse. Use an word in your language that expresses this. Alternate translation: “Similarly, no one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
MAT 9 17 pyk4 figs-genericnoun οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν…βάλλουσιν 1 Jesus is speaking of people in general, and not a specific person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “People do not pour…people pour” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 9 17 hv8f figs-activepassive ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπόλλυνται 1 the wine is spilled, and the wineskins are destroyed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this will ruin the wineskins and spill the wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 9 17 l68m grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word And here is in contrast to what was expected, that all the invited guests would come to the dinner. Instead, the guests all declined to come. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) What follows the word **instead** here is in contrast to what comes before it, showing what people do and do not do with wine and wineskins. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather than doing this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MAT 9 17 i8v4 figs-activepassive ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται 1 both are preserved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this will keep safe both the wineskins and the wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 9 18 a7ax writing-newevent ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος αὐτοῖς 1 Connecting Statement: Here, **While he is saying these things to them** marks the introduction of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “It happened that as Jesus was speaking with the scribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 9 18 a4s2 writing-participants ἄρχων εἷς 1 This introduces the **official** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man who was a ruler in a nearby town” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
MAT 9 18 n1i6 translate-symaction προσεκύνει αὐτῷ 1 bowed down to him This is a way someone would show respect to someone in higher authority. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT 9 20 gv15 figs-euphemism αἱμορροοῦσα 1 suffering from a discharge of blood The woman did not have an open wound. Rather, her monthly flow of blood would not stop. Your language may have a polite way to refer to this condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT 9 20 m9zq figs-extrainfo ἥψατο τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 of his garment Matthew does not explain why she **touched the edge of his garment**. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
MAT 9 21 eb6t writing-background ἔλεγεν γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῇ, ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι. 1 for she was saying to herself, “If only I might touch his garments, I will be made well.” This verse tells us why she touched Jesus’ garment. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “She did this because she was thinking to herself, ‘If I just touch his garments, then he will heal me’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT 9 21 ukb8 figs-activepassive σωθήσομαι 1 If only I might touch his garments If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will make me well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 9 22 x398 translate-kinship θύγατερ 1 Daughter Jesus was using this term to refer to the woman as a believer. She was not actually his daughter. Make sure this is understood by your readers. Alternate translation: “Beloved woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
MAT 9 22 q6ca figs-personification ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε 1 your faith has saved you Here, **faith** is spoken of as having **saved** a person. This is figurative, meaning that because she believed that Jesus was able to heal her, he did heal her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “because you believed I have healed you, I have healed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MAT 9 22 zv2n figs-activepassive ἐσώθη ἡ γυνὴ ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 the woman was healed from that very hour If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed the woman at that moment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 9 23 jae1 translate-symaction ἰδὼν τοὺς αὐλητὰς καὶ τὸν ὄχλον θορυβούμενον 1 the flute players and the crowd being stirred up There were **flute players** at the house because it was customary in that culture to play the flute in a time of mourning. If you think your readers might not understand the significance of these actions, you could explain generally what the people were doing. Or you could describe the actions and say why the people were doing them. Alternate translation: “having see the flute players and the upset crowd performing their mourning rituals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT 9 24 pc1m figs-euphemism οὐ…ἀπέθανεν τὸ κοράσιον, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει 1 the girl has not died, but sleeps Jesus is using a play on words. It was common in Jesus’ day to refer to a dead person as one who **sleeps**. But here the dead **girl** will get up, as though she had only been sleeping. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to death or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “The girl is only temporarily dead, as if she is sleeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT 9 25 nqs6 figs-activepassive ὅτε δὲ ἐξεβλήθη ὁ ὄχλος 1 But when the crowd had been put outside If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But after Jesus had sent the crowd outside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 9 25 r7zs grammar-connect-time-sequential ὅτε δὲ ἐξεβλήθη ὁ ὄχλος 1 Here, **when** is showing that Jesus did not enter the house until after he made the family leave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus made the family go out of the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
MAT 9 25 mm3q figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη τὸ κοράσιον 1 was raised up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus raised the girl from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 9 26 rxs4 figs-personification καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ φήμη αὕτη εἰς ὅλην τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην 1 And this report went out into all that region Here, **this report** is said to have **gone out** as a person might go out from a place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “People reported what Jesus had done to the whole region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MAT 9 26 pfq3 figs-synecdoche εἰς ὅλην τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην 1 Jesus refers to the **region** to mean the people who live in that region. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “to many of the people in that region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT 9 27 d8bu figs-explicit ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς 1 Have mercy on us Here, **have mercy** means that they want Jesus to heal them from their blindness. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Heal us from our blindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 9 27 dh5d translate-kinship Υἱὲ Δαυείδ 1 Son of David Jesus was not David’s literal **Son**, but his descendant. The title **Son of David** is also an important messianic title. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “Descendant of King David, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
MAT 9 28 e81f figs-ellipsis ναί, Κύριε 1 Yes, Lord The two blind men are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Yes, Lord, we believe you can heal us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 9 29 w92e figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν γενηθήτω ὑμῖν 1 Let it happen to you according to your faith If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will heal you it based on how much you have believed in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 9 30 uk2a figs-idiom ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί 1 their eyes were opened Here, **their eyes were opened** is an idiom that means they were able to see. Their eyes were already physically open. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they were made able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 9 30 qa39 figs-activepassive ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί 1 their eyes were opened If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus made them able to see” or “Jesus caused them to be able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 9 30 t6p8 figs-idiom ὁρᾶτε μηδεὶς γινωσκέτω 1 See that no one knows about this Here, **See** is figurative, meaning to be sure to do something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Be sure no one finds out about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 9 32 sh32 translate-unknown ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν 1 mute A person who is **mute** is someone who is not able to talk. Use an expression from your language that describes someone who is unable to see. Alternate translation: “a person who was unable to see anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 9 32 n6fs figs-activepassive ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν δαιμονιζόμενον 1 a mute, demon-possessed man If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a man whom a demon was controlling and making him mute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 9 33 y4l5 figs-activepassive οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη οὕτως 1 Such as this has never been seen If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one has ever seen anything such as this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 9 34 z2r7 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων 1 he casts out the demons Here, **the ruler of the demons** would have been understood by Jesus’ audience as being Satan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “By Satan, who rules the demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 9 35 x9ck figs-hyperbole τὰς πόλεις πάσας 1 all the cities The word **all** is an exaggeration to emphasize how many **cities** Jesus went to. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “many of the cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 9 35 uz5e figs-abstractnouns κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 the gospel of the kingdom Here the abstract noun **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. See how you translated this in [4:23](../04/23.md). Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will make them one of his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT 9 35 e7at figs-hendiadys πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 every disease and every sickness This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use and. Alternate translation: “many different kinds of illnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
MAT 9 36 t47i figs-simile ὡσεὶ πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα 1 like sheep not having a shepherd Jesus compares the people sheep to who do not have a shepherd to lead them and take care of them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “they did not have someone to lead them and take care of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT 9 37 al89 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. In this chapter, the historic present occurs in verses 12, 21, 30, 37, 40 and 44. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])” To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])”
MAT 9 37 mur4 writing-proverbs ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι 1 The harvest is plentiful, but the laborers are few Jesus uses a proverb to respond to what he is seeing. Jesus means there are a lot of people who are ready to believe God but only few people to teach them God’s truth. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT 9 37 kxap translate-unknown ἐργάται 1 Here, **laborers** is a word that refers to people who work in a field to bring in food. Use a term in your language for this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 9 38 vz8y figs-possession δεήθητε…τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ 1 beg the Lord of the harvest Here, **of** means that the harvest belongs to the Lord, and that he has control over it. If this is not clear in your language, you could state this in a clearer way. Alternate translation: “beg the Lord, who is in charge of the harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
MAT 9 38 s7ir ἐργάτας 1 See how you translated **laborers** in the previous verse.
MAT 10 intro m5iu 0 # Matthew 10 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The sending of the twelve disciples
Many verses in this chapter describe how Jesus sent the twelve disciples out. He sent them to tell his message about the kingdom of heaven. They were to tell his message only in Israel and not to share it with the Gentiles.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### The twelve disciples
The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:
In Matthew:
Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.
In Mark:
Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.
In Luke:
Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.
Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.
### “The kingdom of heaven has come near”
No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
MAT 10 1 nhp2 writing-newevent καὶ 1 Connecting Statement: This verse begins the account of Jesus sending his disciples out to share his message with the people in the surrounding towns. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 10 1 x1er figs-abstractnouns ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν 1 he gave them authority If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “he made able to have power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT 10 2 t59v writing-background δὲ 1 Now **Now** is used to add needed background information about the twelve apostles. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT 10 2 sc7b translate-ordinal πρῶτος 1 first This is **first** in order, not in rank. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a way in your language for marking the first thing in a list. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MAT 10 4 n4st translate-unknown Σίμων ὁ Καναναῖος 1 the Zealot The word **Zealot** describes a group of people who were desiring to see the Jewish people freed from the rule of the Roman Empire. This likely means that **Simon** was a part of this group. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Simon, who was a part of the group called the Zealots” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 10 4 kmp2 grammar-connect-time-background ὁ καὶ παραδοὺς αὐτόν 1 who also betrayed him Matthew writes **who also betrayed him** to give some extra information to the readers about what Judas did later to Jesus. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “This is the one who led the people to Jesus to arrest and kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
MAT 10 5 sn9v figs-events τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς παραγγείλας αὐτοῖς λέγων 1 General Information: Although this verse begins by saying that Jesus sent out the twelve, he gives these instructions before sending them out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the order of events clear. Alternate translation: “Before Jesus sent the Twelve out, he instructed them, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
MAT 10 5 c46d τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 These Twelve Jesus sent out See how you translated this in [10:2](../010/02.md)
MAT 10 5 yix4 figs-explicit ἀπέστειλεν 1 sent out Jesus **sent** them **out** to teach people his message. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “sent out…to teach people his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 10 6 oxi3 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what was before it. Jesus prefers the disciples to go to the people of Israel instead of the non-Jewish people. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MAT 10 6 q1pb figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 the lost sheep of the house of Israel This is a metaphor comparing the people of the nation of Israel who are not obeying God to **lost sheep** who have strayed from their shepherd. If your readers would not understand what **sheep** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “those of the people of Israel who have strayed from God like lost sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 10 6 b6i2 figs-metonymy οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 of the house of Israel This refers to the people who live in **Israel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “of the people of Israel” or “of the descendants of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 10 7 w59i figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of the heavens has come near See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 10 8 bb4d figs-idiom νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε 1 raise the dead Here, **raise the dead** is an idiom meaning to bring people who are dead back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “cause the dead to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 10 8 kk2m figs-litany ἀσθενοῦντας θεραπεύετε, νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε, λεπροὺς καθαρίζετε, δαιμόνια ἐκβάλλετε 1 Here, Jesus uses a repetitive series of sentences to tell his disciples what they ought to go out and do. These are all ways that the disciples can help people. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone should go and do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
MAT 10 8 ilj9 figs-ellipsis δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε 1 Freely you have received, freely give Jesus did not state what the disciples had **received** or were to **give**. Some languages may require this information in the sentence. This is referring to the abilities which Jesus gave to the disciples in [4:2](../04/02.md). If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I have given these abilities to you without cost, so you should use them to help others without cost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 10 9 b4m7 translate-unknown μὴ κτήσησθε χρυσὸν, μηδὲ ἄργυρον, μηδὲ χαλκὸν εἰς τὰς ζώνας ὑμῶν 1 purses A **belt** is a long strip of cloth or leather worn around the waist. It was often wide enough that it could be folded and used to carry money. lf your readers would not use a belt for this purpose, you can express this with the word for whatever you use to carry money. Alternate translation: “Do not carry money with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 10 9 a4xx figs-metonymy χρυσὸν, μηδὲ ἄργυρον, μηδὲ χαλκὸν 1 gold, or silver, or copper **gold**, silver** and **copper** are metals out of which coins were made. This list is a metonym for money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “valuable metals” or “money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 10 10 kia9 translate-unknown πήραν 1 a bag A **bag** is something that is worn that a person can carry their belongings in. If your language does not have a word for this, you can use something in your culture that you put things in to carry them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 10 10 i2ex translate-unknown δύο χιτῶνας 1 two tunics Use the same word you used for **tunic** in [5:40](../05/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 10 10 m97h writing-proverbs ἄξιος γὰρ ὁ ἐργάτης τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ 1 of his food The proverb **for the laborer {is} worthy of his food** is giving the reason why Jesus’ disciples should not bring anything with them. Jesus is saying that God will provide his disciples, the **laborer**, with what they need. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “For God will provide the laborer with what he needs to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT 10 11 a41d figs-explicit κἀκεῖ μείνατε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε 1 and stay there until you might leave In this sentence, **there** means the **worthy** person’s house. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and stay at that person’s house until you leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 10 12 n6cm figs-metonymy εἰσερχόμενοι δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν 1 But entering into the house, greet it 1The word **it** refers to the **house**. Here, **house** represents the people who live in the house. So, Matthew is saying to great the people in the house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “As you enter the house, greet the people who live in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 10 13 kc9m figs-metonymy μὲν ᾖ ἡ οἰκία ἀξία…μὴ ᾖ ἀξία 1 the house might be worthy … it might not be worthy Here, **the house** represents those who live in the house. A **worthy** person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples into their house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the people who live in that house receive you well…the people who live in that house do not receive you well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 10 14 wpjk translate-symaction ἐκτινάξατε τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **shake off the dust from your feet** was an expression of strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the dust of a town to remain on them. If there is a similar gesture in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT 10 15 sg3c figs-metonymy γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων 1 for the land of Sodom and Gomorrah Here, **the land of Sodom and Gomorrah** refers to the people who lived in **Sodom and Gomorrah**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the people who lived in the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 10 15 p8t4 figs-explicit γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων 1 Jesus would have expected his hearers to know that Sodom and Gomorrah were cities filled with many wicked people, and that God would judge these people harshly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 10 15 zmm2 figs-explicit τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ 1 for that city Here, **that city** is referring to the city which does not accept Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the city that does not receive you and listen to your words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 10 16 b262 figs-simile ὡς πρόβατα ἐν μέσῳ λύκων 1 as sheep in the midst of wolves Sheep are defenseless animals that **wolves** often attack. Jesus is stating that people who are as dangerous as **wolves** may harm the disciples, who are defenseless like **sheep**. Jesus is not using the same sheep metaphor as he used in [10:6](../10/06.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “as defenseless sheep among people who are like dangerous wolves” or “to dangerous places where people might attack you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT 10 16 s21a figs-simile γίνεσθε…φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις καὶ ἀκέραιοι ὡς αἱ περιστεραί 1 be wise as the serpents and harmless as the doves Jesus is telling the disciples they must be cautious like a **snake** and **harmless** like *doves** around the dangerous the people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “act with wisdom and caution, as well as with innocence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT 10 17 fct4 translate-unknown συνέδρια 1 councils The **councils** were groups of leaders who helped solve issues among people in their community. They acted like a court. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you could use term in your language for something like this, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “members of their community who were in authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 10 18 pe3d figs-activepassive ἀχθήσεσθε 1 you will even be brought If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “the men” mentioned in the previous verse did it. Alternate translation: “the men will bring you” or “people will bring you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 10 18 p74k grammar-connect-logic-result ἐπὶ ἡγεμόνας δὲ καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the first phrase. Alternate translation: “Because you are my disciples, they will bring you before rulers and kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MAT 10 19 e5t6 ὅταν δὲ παραδῶσιν ὑμᾶς 1 But when they may deliver you up Here, **they** are the same people as in [10:17](../10/17.md). Alternate translation: “But when people take you to the councils”
MAT 10 19 ien3 figs-hendiadys πῶς ἢ τί λαλήσητε 1 how or what you should speak This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “what you might say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
MAT 10 19 l7rb figs-activepassive δοθήσεται γὰρ ὑμῖν…τί λαλήσητε 1 for what you should say will be given to you in that hour If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for God will give to you what you should say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 10 19 gosj figs-idiom δοθήσεται…ὑμῖν 1 Here, **will be given to you** is figurative for God telling the disciples what to say in this situation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “God will tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 10 19 cm7h figs-metonymy ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 in that hour Here, **in that hour** means “at that time”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 10 20 vjlm grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what was before it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MAT 10 20 v9tm figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 the Spirit of your Father Here, **the Spirit of your Father** is referring to the Holy Spirit, and not a spirit of an earthly father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit, who is of your Heavenly Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 10 20 k3xr guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 of your Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 10 20 zxd8 ἐν ὑμῖν 1 in you Alternate translation: “through you”
MAT 10 21 lh6z figs-abstractnouns παραδώσει…ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον 1 will deliver up brother to death If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “A man will have his brother killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT 10 21 p8w9 figs-ellipsis πατὴρ τέκνον 1 a father his child Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “a father will have his child killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 10 21 j5jl figs-idiom ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα 1 Here, **to rise up against** is an idiom meaning to rebel against an authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “children will rebel against their parents ἐπὶ γονεῖς” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 10 22 sp6p figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 you will be hated by everyone If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Many people will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 10 22 c7jk figs-hyperbole πάντων 1 Here, **everyone** is figurative for many people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this. Alternate translation: “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 10 22 n3xn figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here, **name** refers to the Jesus himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 10 22 k5w9 figs-genericnoun ὁ…ὑπομείνας 1 the one who endures Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “If a person remains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 10 22 qn7j figs-activepassive οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 he will be saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 10 23 m42z figs-genericnoun ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ 1 in this city Here, **this** does not refer to a specific **city**, but cities in general. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “in a city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 10 23 jjd4 figs-ellipsis φεύγετε εἰς τὴν ἑτέραν 1 flee to the next Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “run away to the next city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 10 23 dk4u figs-123person Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man Here, Jesus is referring to himself when he says “Son of Man”. If it would be helpful in your language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 10 23 tm8z guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 may come **Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 10 24 p8mr writing-proverbs οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον, οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ 1 A disciple is not above his teacher, nor a slave above his master Jesus is using a proverb to teach his disciples a general truth. Jesus is emphasizing that the disciples should not expect people to treat them any better than the people treat Jesus, who is more important than them. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT 10 24 syb2 figs-ellipsis οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ 1 A disciple is not above his teacher Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “nor is a slave above his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 10 25 e6z3 figs-ellipsis ὁ δοῦλος ὡς ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ 1 the slave like his master Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “it is enough for a slave to be like his master” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 10 25 pu5y figs-metaphor εἰ τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐπεκάλεσαν 1 the master of the house Jesus refers to himself as **the master of the house**. This is figurative, meaning that he is the most important person among the group of him and disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “If they call me, who is like the master of the house, Beelzebul” or “If they call me, who is more important, Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 10 25 y5md translate-transliterate Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 Beelzebul The name **Beelzebul** could be translated: (1) as “Beelzebul” or (2) with its original, intended meaning of “Satan”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
MAT 10 25 r5ll figs-metaphor τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 the members of his household Here, **the members of his household** is referring to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “Jesus’ disciples, who are like the members of his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 10 26 x4o8 figs-parallelism οὐδὲν…ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται 1 there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed, and hidden, that will not be made known Here, **there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed** means the same thing as **hidden, that will not be made known**. If it would be helpful in your language, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “there is nothing hidden that will not be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT 10 26 cnzb writing-proverbs οὐδὲν γάρ ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται 1 Here, Jesus uses a proverb to teach his disciples. Jesus is explaining that all of the evil which people have done in secret, God will reveal when he judges people. you can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT 10 26 xqs4 figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν…ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται 1 there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed, and hidden, that will not be made known If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything which is hidden will be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MAT 10 26 j86e figs-activepassive οὐδὲν…ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται 1 there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed, and hidden, that will not be made known If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has not concealed anything which he will not reveal, nor hidden anything which he will not cause other people to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 10 27 fa1s figs-parallelism ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί; καὶ ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε, κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων 1 What I tell you in the darkness, say in the daylight, and what you hear in your ear, proclaim upon the housetops Both of these statements mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that the disciples should tell everyone what he tells the disciples in private. Alternate translation: “Tell everyone in public what I tell you privately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT 10 27 kw75 figs-metonymy ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί 1 What I tell you in the darkness, say in the daylight Here, **darkness** is a metonym for “private, and **daylight** is a metonym for “public.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “What I tell you privately, say in public” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 10 27 fc49 figs-idiom ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε 1 what you hear in your ear Here, **what you hear in {your} ear** is a way of referring to whispering. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “what I whisper to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 10 27 v1b7 figs-metonymy κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων 1 Here, **housetops** refers to any high place where all people can hear a person speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “speak loudly in a public place where many people can hear you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 10 28 pk7k grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 2 But instead, fear the one who is able Matthew contrasts people with God by using the word **but**. People are only able to kill our physical bodies, but God **is able** to kill both our physical bodies and our spiritual souls. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MAT 10 28 w5rq figs-metaphor Γεέννῃ 1 Jesus uses the name of **Gehenna**, where refuse was thrown and fires burned continually, to mean hell. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “Hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 10 28 x3y1 translate-names Γεέννῃ 1 Gehenna is the name for a place, the Valley of Hinnom just outside Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT 10 29 tm3s writing-proverbs οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται? καὶ ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 Are not two sparrows sold for an assarion? Jesus uses this proverb to express that even though sparrows are worth very little money, God still watches over them because he created them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT 10 29 glbl figs-rquestion οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται? 1 Are not two sparrows sold for an assarion? Jesus uses this question to teach his disciples about how much God cares about them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Sparrows have so little value that you can buy two of them for only one small coin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 10 29 q22l translate-unknown στρουθία 1 sparrows These **sparrows** are very small, seed-eating birds. Alternate translation: “small birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 10 29 i399 translate-unknown ἀσσαρίου 1 for an assarion An **assarion** refers to a copper coin worth about one-sixteenth of a day’s wage for a laborer. This is often translated as the least valuable coin available in your country. Alternate translation: “very little money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 10 29 zayd figs-activepassive οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do people not sell two sparrows for an assarion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 10 29 wxt4 figs-doublenegatives ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 not one of them will fall to the ground without the knowledge of your Father If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “your Father knows when even one sparrow dies and falls to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MAT 10 29 id3c figs-euphemism πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 1 Here, **fall upon the ground** is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “does not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) Here, **will fall to the ground** is a polite way of referring to the sparrow dying. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT 10 29 fe8z guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 of your Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 10 30 cih3 figs-activepassive ὑμῶν…καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς πᾶσαι ἠριθμημέναι εἰσίν 1 even the hairs of your head are all numbered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God knows even how many hairs are on your head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 10 32 n1nb guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 10 32 lo11 figs-gendernotations ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MAT 10 32 b8cl figs-metonymy ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 10 33 d15s figs-gendernotations ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 would deny me before men See how you translated **before men** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MAT 10 33 p2wm figs-metonymy ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 10 34 l5ad figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 1 upon the earth Here, **upon the earth** refers to the people who live on **the earth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to the people of the earth” or “among people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 10 34 uaap figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ μάχαιραν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I have come to bring a sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 10 34 jq6d figs-metonymy μάχαιραν 1 a sword The **sword** is figurative for division and fighting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “division among people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 10 35 xx5m figs-ellipsis καὶ θυγατέρα κατὰ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς, καὶ νύμφην κατὰ τῆς πενθερᾶς αὐτῆς 1 to set a man against Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and to set a daughter against her mother, and to set a daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 10 37 fb3p οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος…οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος 2 worthy of me See how you translated **worthy** in [10:10](../10/10.md).
MAT 10 38 ye95 figs-metonymy οὐ λαμβάνει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ ὀπίσω μου 1 does not take up his cross and follow after me Here, the **cross** is figurative for people harming or killing you because you belong to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “does not suffer because they belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 10 38 ai2r οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος 1 does not take up See how you translated **worthy** in the previous verse.
MAT 10 39 u4jh writing-proverbs ὁ εὑρὼν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσει αὐτήν; καὶ ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ εὑρήσει αὐτήν 1 The one who found his life will lose it, and the one who lost his life for my sake will find it Jesus uses a proverb to teach his disciples about following him. Since Jesus does not explain its meaning, you can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “Those who desire to not have people hurt them because they belong to me will not spend eternity with God. But those who accept harm from people because they belong to me will spend eternity with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT 10 39 jwf2 figs-metaphor ὁ εὑρὼν…εὑρήσει 1 The one who found Here, **found** and **find** are figurative for obtaining something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “The one who retains…will gain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 10 39 pbf3 figs-explicit ἀπολέσει αὐτήν 1 will lose it Here, Jesus is saying that if a person tries to save his physical life from people who want to kill him for belonging to Jesus, God will punish him after he dies. But if a person suffers during his life on earth because he belongs to Jesus, God will not punish him after he dies. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 10 40 c77e figs-explicit ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς ἐμὲ δέχεται 1 The one receiving Jesus says that people **receive me** when they receive the disciples because Jesus is always with his disciples, and so it is like they receive him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “The one who receives you, my disciples, it will be like he also receives me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 10 40 y9ck figs-metaphor ὁ ἐμὲ δεχόμενος δέχεται τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με 1 the one receiving me receives the one who sent me Here, **the one receiving me receives the one who sent me** means that when someone **receives** Jesus, it is like **receiving** God the Father, who sent Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “the one who receives me, it is like he receives my Father who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 10 41 f9pv writing-proverbs ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου, μισθὸν προφήτου λήμψεται; καὶ ὁ δεχόμενος δίκαιον εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου, μισθὸν δικαίου λήμψεται 1 in the name of a prophet Jesus tells this proverb to show how important it is for people to receive his disciples. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “People who welcome one of God’s prophets, God will reward him as a he rewards the prophets. And people who welcome someone who obeys God, God will reward him like that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT 10 41 yj1q figs-explicit ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου, μισθὸν προφήτου λήμψεται; καὶ ὁ δεχόμενος δίκαιον εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου, μισθὸν δικαίου λήμψεται 1 a reward of a prophet This **reward** is referring to living with God forever. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “To the one who receives the prophet, God will give him the reward of living with him forever, as he gives to the prophets. And to the one who receives the person who obeys God, God will give to him the reward of living with him forever, which he gives to those who obey him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 10 42 v6jg figs-genericnoun ὃς ἐὰν ποτίσῃ 1 whoever might give … to drink Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “If a person gives…to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 10 42 z8tk ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 to one of these little ones The phrase **these little ones** refers to Jesus’ disciples. If your readers would not understand what **little ones** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “one of my disciples, who are like my children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 10 42 d61l figs-explicit τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ 1 he may certainly not lose See the note on **reward** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 11 intro puf4 0 # Matthew 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 11:10.
Some scholars believe that [Matthew 11:20](../mat/11/20.md) begins a new stage in the ministry of Christ because of Israel’s rejection of him.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Hidden revelation
After [Matthew 11:20](../mat/11/20.md), Jesus begins to reveal information about himself and about the plans of God the Father, while hiding this information from those who reject him ([Matthew 11:25](../mat/11/25.md)).
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “The kingdom of heaven is near”
No one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use The phrase **at hand**, but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.”
MAT 11 1 z2y7 writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 General Information: **And it happened** is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of how Jesus responded to disciples of John the Baptist. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 11 1 dr3u figs-doublet τοῦ διδάσκειν καὶ κηρύσσειν 1 It came about that when Here, the phrases **to teach** and **to preach** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus was teaching the people there. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “to proclaim many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MAT 11 2 f3j7 figs-extrainfo ὁ…Ἰωάννης, ἀκούσας ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ 1 John, having heard in the prison about Matthew had not yet told his audience why **John** was **in prison**. Since Matthew explains the story of how John ended up in prison in [14:4-5](../14/4-5.md), you do not need to tell your reader why here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
MAT 11 3 w2im figs-explicit ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 said to him Here, **the one coming** is referring to the prophet whom God promised to send. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one whom God promised to send” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 11 3 q89t figs-ellipsis ἢ ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν 1 Are you the one coming John’s disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “or should we expect someone else to come after you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 11 3 hrk5 figs-exclusive ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν 1 are we expecting another? Here, the word **we** is referring to either (1) John’s disciples, or (2) the Jewish people in general. It is not including Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MAT 11 5 dyxy figs-litany τυφλοὶ ἀναβλέπουσιν, καὶ χωλοὶ περιπατοῦσιν, λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται, καὶ κωφοὶ ἀκούουσιν, καὶ νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, καὶ πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται 1 Here, Jesus lists all of the things which he has done to the people during his ministry. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that they have done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
MAT 11 5 tjuc figs-nominaladj τυφλοὶ…χωλοὶ…λεπροὶ…κωφοὶ…νεκροὶ…πτωχοὶ 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **blind**, **lame**, **lepers**, **deaf**, **dead**, and **poor** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT 11 5 sd6c figs-activepassive λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται 1 lepers are cleansed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I am making lepers clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 11 5 v274 figs-idiom νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται 1 the dead are raised Here, the word **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am causing people to become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 11 5 k796 figs-activepassive νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται 1 the dead are raised If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that he did it. Alternate translation: “I am raising dead people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 11 5 g3k4 figs-activepassive πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται 1 the poor are being told the gospel If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that he did it. Alternate translation: “I am telling the poor good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 11 7 d4lo figs-explicit τούτων δὲ πορευομένων 1 Here, the word **these** refers to John’s disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “As John’s disciples left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 11 7 ysq6 figs-rquestion τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον? 1 What did you go out in the wilderness to see—a reed being shaken by the wind? Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you did not go out to the wilderness to see a reed being shaken by the wind!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 11 7 ydn2 figs-metaphor κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον 1 Here, the phrase **reed being shaken by the wind** is referring to a person who is easily affected by the people around them as a reed is affected by the wind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile, as in the UST. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “a man who is easily affected by other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 11 7 w269 figs-activepassive κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον 1 being shaken by the wind If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a reed which the wind is blowing around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 11 8 n5hx figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον? 1 But what did you go out to see—a man dressed in soft clothing? Jesus uses these questions to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Likewise, surely you did not go out to see a man clothed in expensive clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 11 8 y24r figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν 1 dressed in soft clothing Here, Jesus leaves out the word “desert” from the previous verse. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “But what did you go out to the desert to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 11 9 gm97 figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε? προφήτην ἰδεῖν 1 But what did you go out to see—a prophet? Jesus uses a question to make the people think about what kind of man John the Baptist is. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “But surely you went out to the desert to see a prophet!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 11 9 fb75 figs-ellipsis περισσότερον προφήτου 1 much more than a prophet Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you went out to see a much more important prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 11 10 de17 figs-activepassive οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται 1 This is he concerning whom it has been written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is the one whom the prophets wrote about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 11 10 fi5e figs-idiom πρὸ προσώπου σου 1 before your face Here, the phrase **before your face** is an idiom which means that “the messenger” was sent first, and then the second person came after them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify. Alternate translation: “first” or “before you”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 11 10 kva7 figs-metaphor κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 will prepare your way before you That the messenger will **prepare your way** represents preparing the people for the Lord’s arrival. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who will prepare the people for your arrival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 11 11 z5yq figs-idiom ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 among those born of women The phrase those born of women is an idiom that refers to all people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “of all the people who have ever lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 11 11 r9ws figs-activepassive ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 If you would like to retain the idiom but your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among those whom women have borne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 11 11 c093 figs-litotes οὐκ ἐγήγερται ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν μείζων Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ 1 Jesus uses a negative figure of speech to express how great John the Baptist is. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Among those who have been born of human origin, John the Baptist is the greatest that has arisen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
MAT 11 11 cag4 figs-metonymy ὁ…μικρότερος ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 the least important in the kingdom of the heavens See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md) Alternate translation: “but those who are the least important among the people whom God rules over are greater than he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 11 12 mb4v figs-idiom ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ 1 But from the days of John the Baptist The word **days** is an idiom referring to a specific time period. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “from the time of John the Baptist’s preaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 11 12 inr2 ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν 1 the kingdom of heaven suffers violence, and violent men take it by force This verse is difficult to understand, and many scholars disagree on its meaning. The different options are (1) that it refers to people attacking God’s kingdom and the people who are his. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens is attacked violently, and many violent people try to conquer it” or (2) It also be understood instead as referring to the God’s kingdom triumphing in the world. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens triumphs forcefully, and powerful men have control over it”.
MAT 11 13 g1i6 figs-metonymy πάντες…οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος ἕως Ἰωάννου ἐπροφήτευσαν 1 all the prophets and the law have prophesied until John Here, **the prophets and the law** refer to the things that the prophets and Moses wrote in scripture. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “these are the things that the prophets and Moses have prophesied through the scriptures until the time of John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 11 14 yg2f figs-you εἰ θέλετε 1 if you are willing Here, **you** is plural and refers to the crowd, and is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 11 14 rdsw grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical καὶ εἰ θέλετε δέξασθαι, αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλείας, ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι 1 Awaiting Perry’s comment
MAT 11 15 z97x figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 The one having ears to hear, let him hear The phrase **has ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 11 15 w4cc figs-123person ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 The one having ears to hear, let him hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 11 16 mp8g figs-rquestion τίνι δὲ ὁμοιώσω τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην? 1 But to what will I compare this generation? Jesus uses a question to introduce a comparison between the people he was speaking to and children who are in the marketplace. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But I will tell you what this generation is like.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 11 16 yat1 figs-synecdoche τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην 1 this generation The phrase **this generation** is likely referring to either, (1) the crowd around him (2) the religious leaders of Israel, or (3) the group of Israelites in general who have rejected Jesus and John. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “you in this crowd” or “the rebellious group of religious leaders” or “Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT 11 16 l7km translate-unknown ταῖς ἀγοραῖς 1 the marketplace A **marketplace** is a large, open-air area where people buy and sell items such as food and clothing. Use a term in your language that expresses this meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 11 17 ai4e figs-parables λέγουσιν, ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε; ἐθρηνήσαμεν καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε 1 saying … you did not weep Jesus continues the parable from the previous verse, describing the people who he referred to as “this generation”. They are like a group of children who will not listen to another group of children. The first group of children who are speaking are Jesus and John. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this explicitly, or in a way that is meaningful in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT 11 17 d916 writing-pronouns ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν 1 We played a flute for you **We** refers to the children sitting in the marketplace, and **you** is plural and refers to the other group of children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We children played a flute for all of you kids” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MAT 11 17 t723 figs-explicit ἐθρηνήσαμεν 1 We mourned The phrase **We mourned** has to do with the mourning ceremonies that they performed during that time. If a person died, they would hire a group of people to help them mourn. If it would be helpful for your readers, you can state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 11 18 qe7y figs-explicit μήτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων 1 neither eating nor drinking This does not mean that John never ate food. It means he fasted often, and when he ate, he did not eat expensive food or drink. If it would be helpful for your readers, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “frequently fasting from food and wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 11 18 p4ql figs-quotations λέγουσιν, δαιμόνιον ἔχει. 1 they say, ‘He has a demon.’ If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “they say that he has a demon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT 11 19 iwk8 figs-123person ἦλθεν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man came Jesus uses the title **Son of Man** to referring to himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can can change it to first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 11 19 dsak guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The phrase **Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 11 19 gs6z grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἦλθεν…ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων 1 came eating and drinking The phrase **The Son of Man came eating and drinking** is comparing what Jesus did with what John the Baptist did. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But the Son of Man came eating and drinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MAT 11 19 x4ec figs-quotations λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος, φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν! 1 they say, ‘Behold a man, a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and sinners!’ If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “they say that he is a man who is a glutton and a drunkard, and a friend of tax collectors and those who disobey God’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT 11 19 pv4n translate-unknown φάγος…οἰνοπότης 1 a drunkard The word **glutton** refers to a person who eats too much food. The word **drunkard** refers to a person who drinks too much wine and gets drunk because of it. Use words in your language that refer to these things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 11 19 vwk4 writing-proverbs καὶ ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 But wisdom has been justified by her children The proverb **wisdom has been justified by her children** is figurative, where **wisdom** is referring to Jesus and John the Baptist teaching about God’s wisdom, which causes people to be saved. The word **children** is referring to those who are influenced by their ministry. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “But God’s wisdom is proven right by its work in the peoples lives who John and I minister to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT 11 19 o3zh figs-activepassive ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 wisdom has been justified by her children If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God proves his wisdom by his children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 11 20 w4g8 figs-metonymy ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις 1 to rebuke the cities Here, **the cities** refers to the people who live in the cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to scold the people of the cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 11 20 t51a figs-activepassive ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ 1 in which most of his miracles were done If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in which he did most of his miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 11 21 xxb3 figs-apostrophe οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν! 1 Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the cities of **Chorazin** and **Bethsaida**, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about these two cities. Alternate translation: “It will not be good for the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
MAT 11 21 y2hr figs-exclamations οὐαί σοι…οὐαί σοι 2 The phrase **Woe to you** is a common exclamation which brings a charge of judgement against a person or group of people. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “Judgement is coming against you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
MAT 11 21 y9d3 figs-metonymy Χοραζείν…Βηθσαϊδάν…Τύρῳ…Σιδῶνι 1 Chorazin … Bethsaida … Tyre … Sidon Here, the words **Chorazin**, **Bethsaida**, **Tyre and Sidon** refers to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 11 21 lh46 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν 1 if the miracles … they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes Jesus is using this hypothetical situation to rebuke the people in those cities. Alternate translation: “suppose the miracles were done among Tyre and Sidon which I did among you. Then they surely would have repented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
MAT 11 21 tm59 figs-activepassive εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 if the miracles had been done in Tyre and Sidon which were done in you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Tyre and Sidon that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 11 21 k3in figs-you αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 which were done in you Here the **you** is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 11 22 mr18 figs-metonymy Χοραζείν…Βηθσαϊδάν…Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι 1 it will be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judgment than for you See how you translated **Tyre** and **Sidon** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 11 22 ibpo figs-explicit ἢ ὑμῖν 1 than for you The reason why it will be **more tolerable** is because Chorazin and Bethsaida did see Jesus’ miracles, and they still did not repent. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “than for you, because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 11 23 vpz6 figs-you καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ; ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον 1 And you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? You will be brought down to Hades. For if the miracles that were done in you had been done in Sodom, it would have remained until today The pronoun **you** is singular and refers to Capernaum throughout this verse and the next. If it is more natural to refer to the people of the city, you could translate with a plural **you**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 11 23 h8e4 figs-apostrophe καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ 1 Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Jerusalem, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. If this is confusing in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “I am very upset with the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Capernaum, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about Capernaum. Alternate translation: “Certainly Capernaum will not be lifted up to heaven, will it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
MAT 11 23 fj7d figs-metonymy Καφαρναούμ…Σοδόμοις 1 Capernaum … Sodom Here the words **Capernaum** and **Sodom** are referring to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people of Capernaum…people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 11 23 aa7t figs-activepassive μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “God will not raise you up to heaven, will he?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 11 23 nddz figs-rquestion μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? Jesus uses a rhetorical question to rebuke the people of Capernaum for their pride, because the think they deserve to be taken straight to heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “God will certainly not bring you up to heaven like you think he will!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 11 23 vk57 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον 1 For if the miracles that were done in you had been done in Sodom, it would have remained until today Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to rebuke the people who live in the city of Capernaum. This could have happened in the past, but it did not happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can mark the second event with the word “then”. Alternate translation: “If I had done all of these powerful deeds in the presence of the people of Sodom, then they would have turned from their sinful ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
MAT 11 23 z279 figs-activepassive εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί 1 if the miracles that were done in you had been done in Sodom If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if I had done the miracles among the people of Sodom that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 11 24 e3pa figs-metonymy γῇ Σοδόμων 1 it will be more tolerable for the land of Sodom in the day of judgment than for you See how you translated Sodom in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 11 24 yk3z figs-explicit ἢ σοί 1 than for you Jesus is saying that it will be **more tolerable** for the people of Sodom because they did not have the chance to see Jesus’ miracles, while the people of Capernaum did, and still did not repent. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 11 25 h5x4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 11 25 u9cy figs-merism Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς 1 Lord of heaven and earth The phrase **heaven and earth** is figurative for everything which God has created in the entire universe. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “ruler over the entire universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
MAT 11 25 qw5c figs-nominaladj ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 from the wise and discerning Jesus is using the adjectives **wise** and **intelligent** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “from people who are smart and knowledgeable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT 11 25 w9hx figs-doublet σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the officials knew how important it was to obey the king’s command and to honor Haman as he said. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “were bowing down all the way to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) The words **wise** and **intelligent** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how smart these people thought they were. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the discerning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MAT 11 25 las9 figs-irony σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 the wise and discerning Jesus calls them **wise** and **intelligent**, even though he does not actually believe that they are wise or intelligent. If your readers would misunderstand this, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people who think they are wise and intelligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MAT 11 25 b6w5 figs-metaphor νηπίοις 1 to little children Here, the phrase **little children** is referring to people who are not wise. Jesus uses the figurative language to emphasize that one does not need to be wise to be one of his followers. If your readers would not understand what **little children** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “you who are as wise as little children” or “you who are not very wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 11 26 qp7t figs-idiom ὅτι οὕτως εὐδοκία ἐγένετο ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 for thus it was well-pleasing in your sight The phrase **before you** is an idiom which refers to how someone considers something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for you considered it good to do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 11 27 yk5w figs-activepassive πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 All things have been entrusted to me from my Father If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “My Father has given everything over to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 11 27 gd67 πάντα 1 All things The phrase **All things** could mean: (1) God the Father has revealed everything about himself and his kingdom to Jesus. Alternate translation: “All knowledge of himself” or (2) God has given all authority to Jesus. Alternate translation: “All authority”
MAT 11 27 j3vk guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 11 27 s1as figs-doublenegatives οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν Υἱὸν, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ οὐδὲ τὸν Πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς, καὶ ᾧ ἐὰν βούληται ὁ Υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι 1 no one knows the Son except the Father If these double negatives would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate them as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only the Father knows who the Son is, and only the Son and those to whom he reveals the Father know the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MAT 11 27 esp4 figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν…ὁ Υἱὸς 1 the Son Jesus was referring to himself as the **Son** in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could write it in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 11 27 l8xe guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν 1 the Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 11 28 x978 figs-you πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι, κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς 1 all you who are laboring and are heavy burdened, and I will give you rest Here, **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 11 28 t2jj figs-metaphor οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι 1 who are laboring and are heavy burdened Jesus speaks of people being discouraged in their attempts to obey all the laws as if those laws were **heavy** burdens and the people were **laboring** to carry them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Come to me, all of your who are feeling burdened by how many laws you are trying to keep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 11 28 f1w4 figs-metaphor κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς 1 and I will give you rest Here, the word **rest** is figurative for no longer feeling the obligation to keep every law, especially laws that were created by the Pharisees. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “I will give you relief from feeling the need to be perfect before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 11 29 q1ya figs-exmetaphor ἄρατε τὸν ζυγόν μου ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 Take my yoke on you Jesus continues the metaphor of burden that he began in the last verse. Jesus uses the image of a yoke, something which is put on large animals to carry heavy burdens, to encourage his listeners to let him carry their burdens with them. If your readers would not understand what **yoke** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “Let me help you carry your burden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
MAT 11 29 t1rh figs-doublet πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 I am gentle and humble in heart Here, **gentle** and **humble in heart** mean basically the same thing. Jesus combines them to emphasize that he is much kinder than the religious leaders who burdened the people with the many laws. Alternate translation: “I am very gentle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MAT 11 29 i3qs figs-idiom ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 humble in heart The phrase **humble in heart** is an idiom meaning that he is a humble person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 11 29 i3ls figs-synecdoche εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν 1 you will find rest for your souls Here, **souls** is figurative for the entire person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “you will be able to rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT 11 30 hlv3 figs-exmetaphor ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν 1 You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the demon finds that the person it left is like a house that someone has swept clean and organized by putting everything where it belongs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) Here, Jesus continues the burden metaphor from the previous verses. You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “When I help you, it will be like I am carrying most of the weight of the yoke. I will also be like I am only making you carry a little bit of the burden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
MAT 11 30 ynf1 figs-parallelism ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν 1 For my yoke is easy and my burden is light Both of these phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that it is easier to obey him than it is the Jewish law. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “For what I place on you, you will be able to carry because it is light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT 12 intro y7z6 0 # Matthew 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:18-21, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The Sabbath
This chapter has much to say about how God’s people are to obey the Sabbath. Jesus said that the rules that the Pharisees made up did not help people obey the Sabbath the way God wanted them to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])
### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”
No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Brothers and sisters
Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])
MAT 12 1 m2n1 writing-newevent ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ 1 At that time This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 12 1 tvt9 translate-unknown τῶν σπορίμων 1 the grainfields A grainfield is a place where grain is grown and harvested. This grain is usually turned into bread. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a field where grain is grown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 12 1 y5vr figs-explicit στάχυας 1 heads of grain The **heads** are the topmost part of the wheat plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant. The disciples were picking the heads of grain to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, think of a type of food that you have to remove from a shell or casing. Alternate translation: “picking the tops of grain and eating the seeds”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 12 2 swl7 figs-explicit ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 do what is not lawful to do on the Sabbath According to the law of Moses, people are not allowed to work on the Sabbath in order to focus on worshipping God. The Pharisees considered even the small action of plucking and rubbing heads of grain to be work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are harvesting grain, and that is work that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 12 3 d712 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ, ὅτε ἐπείνασεν καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Have you never read what David did, when he was hungry, and those who were with him— This begins a question that continues into the next verse. See the note in the next verse for how to address this rhetorical question. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 12 4 u3ye figs-rquestion πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως ἔφαγεν, ὃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἦν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν, οὐδὲ τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις 1 Jesus asks this question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly you have read what David did when he and those with him were hungry, how he went into the God’s house and ate the bread of the presence, which they was not allowed to do. Only the priests were allowed to do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 12 4 blm5 figs-metaphor τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the house of God Jesus is describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “David went into the tabernacle” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
MAT 12 4 ue7l figs-explicit τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 the loaves of the presence This refers to the 12 loaves of bread that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the 12 loaves of the bread of the presence which were in the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 12 4 lkx9 figs-ellipsis εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις 1 except only for the priests Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but it was only lawful for the priests to eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 12 5 f79q figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι τοῖς Σάββασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν, καὶ ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν? 1 have you not read in the law that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent? Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read in the law of Moses that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 12 5 dqe9 figs-explicit τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν 1 profane the Sabbath The priests are said to **profane the Sabbath** because they had to fulfill their priestly duties on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile the Sabbath by working their priestly duties” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 12 6 k4mn figs-123person τοῦ ἱεροῦ μεῖζόν 1 greater than the temple Jesus was referring to himself as the one who is **greater than the temple** If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I am someone who is more important than the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 12 7 ypj7 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 But if you had known what this is, ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice,’ you would not have condemned the innocent Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Pharisees about why they were wrong for accusing Jesus’ disciples of working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “Suppose you had understood what the phrase ‘I desire you to have mercy and not to sacrifice’ meant, then you certainly would not have condemned my innocent disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
MAT 12 7 e1ju ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 I desire mercy and not sacrifice In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This verse is saying that God would prefer the Israelites to have **mercy** than for them to have to offer a **sacrifice** for their sins. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “I would rather you be merciful to others than for you to continually offer sacrifices for your wrongful deeds.
MAT 12 7 s23l figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 the innocent Jesus is using the adjective **innocent** as a noun in order to describe his disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT 12 8 l7g3 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself as the **Son of Man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use the first person here to clarify, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 12 8 nca0 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 **Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 12 9 y4me writing-pronouns εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν 1 their synagogue The word **their** likely refers to the Pharisees who Jesus was just speaking to. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into those Pharisees synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MAT 12 10 xb13 translate-unknown ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν 1 there was a man having a withered hand This means that the man’s hand was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it look smaller. State this in a way that would be understandable to your readers. Alternate translation: “his hand was shriveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 12 10 c1cc writing-background καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν …ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 so that they might accuse him Here, Matthew is giving background information to help to reader understand why the Pharisees **questioned** Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “and they were questioning him … to try to find fault in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT 12 11 ng4j figs-rquestion τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς Σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ? 1 What man will there be among you, who, will have one sheep, and if it might fall into a pit on the Sabbaths, would not grasp hold of it and lift it out? Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, if you only had one sheep, and it fell into a pit on the Sabbath, would certainly grab the sheep and lift it out.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 12 12 s2tu figs-rquestion πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου? 1 How much more valuable, then, is a man than a sheep? Jesus asks this question to prove the point that the Pharisees would be willing to help a sheep, but not a person, on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A person is certainly more valuable than a sheep!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 12 13 be8u figs-imperative τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα. 1 Then he says to the man, “Stretch out your hand.” This is an imperative, but this was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “Stretch out your hand! Be healed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
MAT 12 13 jry3 figs-activepassive ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς 1 it was restored to health If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed his hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 12 15 lbo1 figs-hyperbole ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτοὺς πάντας 1 Here the word **all** is figurative, meaning that Jesus healed many people. Jesus likely did not heal everyone. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) Here, the word **all** is figurative meaning “many”. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “he healed many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 12 17 mcd7 figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 what had been said through Isaiah the prophet If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God spoke through the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 12 18 zkt7 figs-abstractnouns ὁ ἀγαπητός μου 1 Connecting Statement: If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **beloved**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “one who I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT 12 18 s6a4 figs-synecdoche εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 in whom my soul is well pleased Here, **soul** refers to the person as a whole. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “with whom I am very pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT 12 18 jh8p figs-abstractnouns κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ 1 he will announce justice to the Gentiles If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **justice**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he will proclaim that God will act justly towards the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT 12 19 gj1p figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἐρίσει, οὐδὲ κραυγάσει 1 He will not strive … his Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “He will not strive with people, nor will he cry out loud to people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 12 19 jr87 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις 1 in the streets Here, the phrase **in the streets** is an idiom that means in public. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the cities and towns where people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 12 20 cdk2 figs-metaphor κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 He will not break a bruised reed; and he will not quench a smoking flax Both of the phrases **He will not break a bruised reed** and **and he will not quench a smoking flax** are metaphors emphasizing that God’s servant will be gentle and kind. Both **bruised reed** and **smoking flax** represent weak and hurting people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “He will be kind to weak people, and he will be gentle to those who are hurting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 12 20 kbu9 figs-parallelism κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 He will not break a bruised reed; and he will not quench a smoking flax Both of the phrases **He will not break a bruised reed** and **and he will not quench a smoking flax** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “He will not destroy something already very weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT 12 20 y8mn translate-unknown λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 he will not quench a smoking flax Here, **flax** refers to a burning wick, or a small flame. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a small flame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 12 20 b6tw figs-abstractnouns ἕως ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν 1 he may lead justice to victory If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **justice** or **victory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “until he would cause people to be justified before God, and cause them to be victorious over death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT 12 21 w3rq figs-synecdoche τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his name Here, the word **name** refers to God himself. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT 12 22 nba2 writing-newevent τότε 1 General Information: This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 12 22 e1g4 figs-activepassive προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος 1 Then someone was brought to him, blind and mute, demon-possessed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people brought one who was demon possessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 12 22 k2vt figs-nominaladj τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός 1 someone was brought to him, blind and mute Jesus is using the adjectives **blind** and **mute** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “a person who was blind and mute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT 12 23 ink7 translate-unknown ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 the Son of David **Son of David** is a an important title for the Messiah, who was supposed to come and rule on David’s throne. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Messiah, the Son of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 12 23 h8kf figs-metonymy υἱὸς 1 Son Here, the word **Son** is figurative for a descendant of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “offspring (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 12 24 p1mi figs-doublenegatives οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 He does not cast out demons except by Beelzebul If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “He throws out demons only by the Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MAT 12 25 ckth figs-explicit εἰδὼς δὲ τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he know their thoughts. So he said to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 12 25 i1sd writing-proverbs πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand Jesus uses a proverb to respond to the Pharisees saying that he casts out demons by Beelzebul. Translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “If the people of a nation are fighting against each other, they will certainly cause its destruction. Similarly, if people of a city or even a house are fighting against each other, they will will not be united together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT 12 25 ll42 figs-parallelism πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται…πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand The phrases **Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate** and **every city or house divided against itself will not stand** mean the same thing. Jesus says the same thing to show that if any group of people fights against each other, it will eventually loose its unity. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Any group of people fighting against each other will eventually fall apart and no longer be united” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT 12 25 g9ec figs-metonymy βασιλεία…πόλις ἢ οἰκία 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate Here, the words **kingdom**, **city**, refer to the people who live in them. The word **house** refers to a family, who would all live in the same house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people who live in a nation … people who live in a city or house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 12 25 rvzh figs-activepassive πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People living in a country who fight against each other destroy their own country” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 12 26 i42r figs-metonymy Σατανᾶν 1 if Satan casts out Satan The second word **Satan** is figurative, referring to the demons that serve Satan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the demons who serve Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 12 26 ah7t figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ 1 How then will his kingdom stand? Jesus uses this question to show the Pharisees that accusing Jesus of casting out demons by Satan is foolish. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “His kingdom will surely not stand!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 12 27 gee9 figs-rquestion οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? 1 by whom do your sons cast them out? Jesus uses another question to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly your sons also cast out demons by the same person as me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 12 27 x9je figs-metaphor οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν 1 your sons The phrase **your sons** refers to their the disciples of the Pharisees. If your readers would not understand what **sons** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “your disciples” or “your followers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 12 27 jja2 διὰ τοῦτο, αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν 1 For this reason they will be your judges The phrase **For this reason they will be your judges** could mean (1) that they will judge the Pharisees’s accusations against Jesus to be wrong. Alternate translation: “Because of this your disciples will show that you are wrong”. Or (2) they will stand with God at the end of time to judge the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “Because of this yours sons will be your judges”
MAT 12 28 zb4d grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ ἐν Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 But if I Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “But since I throw out demons by the Spirit of God, the kingdom of God has come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
MAT 12 28 r5dg figs-metonymy ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 then the kingdom of God has come upon you See how you translated **kingdom** in [3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “then God is make people a part of his people over whom he will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 12 29 t4vu figs-parables ἢ 1 how is anyone able to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings unless first he might have tied up the strong man? And then he will plunder his house This parable tells about how Jesus is binding Satan and his evil spirits, and saving the people whom he had controlled previously. Make sure it is clear to your readers that this is a story. Alternate translate: “Then Jesus told them a story, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT 12 29 w54c figs-rquestion πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? 1 how is anyone able to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings unless first he might have tied up the strong man? Jesus uses a question to teach the Pharisees and the crowd that he is more powerful than Satan. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly, no one can enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings without tying up the strong man first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 12 29 b2et figs-genericnoun τις 1 The word **anyone** is a generic noun, and is not referring to any specific person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 12 29 tsrk figs-metaphor πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι 1 To **enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings** is figurative. The **strong man** is referring to Satan. So to enter into his house and steal his belongings means to throw out his demons from people who they controlled. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Someone cannot take from Satan the demons the belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 12 29 zluo figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν 1 When someone **ties up** the strong man, who is Satan, it means either to defeat him or restrain him. This means that he is no longer able to rule over his demons. If your readers would not understand what it means to **bind** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “unless he first restrains him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 12 30 ivp9 figs-idiom ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 The one not being with me The phrase **with me** is an idiom which means to support someone or be on their side. In this instance, the religious leaders were not supporting Jesus’ ministry because they thought we was controlled by Satan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The one not supporting my work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 12 30 ek1h figs-metaphor ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει 1 the one not gathering with me scatters Jesus is using a metaphor that refers to a person either **gathering** the flock of sheep to a shepherd or making them scatter away from the shepherd. Jesus means that a person is either helping to make people become disciples of Jesus or he is making people reject Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 12 31 hy38 figs-activepassive πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 every sin and blasphemy will be forgiven men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will commit every sin that a person commits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 12 31 t280 grammar-connect-exceptions πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις; ἡ δὲ τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται 1 If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid confusing your reader. Alternate translation: “God will forgive many sins and blasphemies, but he will not forgive the blasphemy of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
MAT 12 31 ezx8 figs-activepassive ἡ…τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται 1 the blasphemy against the Spirit will not be forgiven If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But God will not forgive blasphemy of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 12 31 kqx0 figs-abstractnouns βλασφημία…ἡ δὲ…βλασφημία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blasphemy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “but the blasphemous word one speaks…but when one blasphemes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]
MAT 12 32 gwx2 figs-metonymy ὃς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 whoever might speak a word against the Son of Man Here, the word **word** is figurative, referring to what someone says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “If a person says anything bad about the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 12 32 h79z figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Here, Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 12 32 z3ma figs-activepassive ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ…οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 it will be forgiven him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive that person…God will not forgive that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 12 32 lw5j figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι 1 neither in this age, nor in the one coming Here, the phrases **this age** and **the one coming** are idioms referring to the present life and the next life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the time we now live…in eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 12 33 bi8z writing-proverbs ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν; ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται 1 Either make a tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad The proverb **Either make the tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad** is making a figurative comparison. It is comparing the actions of a good person to the good fruit of a healthy tree. It is also comparing the bad works of an evil person to the bad fruit of an unhealthy tree. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “A person is considered to be a good person if they act in a good way. But a person is considered to be a bad person if they act in an evil way. Nevertheless, you can judge whether a person is good or bad by how they act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT 12 33 kl16 figs-idiom καλὸν…σαπρὸν 1 good … bad The words **good** and **bad** are figurative for healthy and unhealthy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 12 33 nx9n figs-activepassive ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται 1 for the tree is recognized by its fruit If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people know whether a tree is good or bad by looking at its fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 12 34 r1uv figs-metaphor γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 You offspring of vipers Here, **You offspring of vipers** is a metaphor which is describing the behavior of the Pharisees. Vipers are poisonous snakes who can harm and kill people. The Pharisees are compared to vipers because their teaching was harming people spiritually. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “You are behaving like dangerous snakes!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 12 34 e7x3 figs-rquestion πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν, πονηροὶ ὄντες? 1 being evil, how are you able to say good things? Jesus uses a question to rebuke how evil the Pharisees behave. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you are certainly not able to say good things to people because you are so evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 12 34 i7c6 figs-synecdoche ἐκ…τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ 1 out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaks Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that represents a person as a whole. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “A person speaks from all that is in their heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT 12 34 e9bg figs-metonymy ἐκ…τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ 1 out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaks Here, **heart** is a metonym for the thoughts or intentions a person has. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what a person says with his mouth reveals what he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 12 35 r3uw writing-proverbs ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει ἀγαθά; καὶ ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει πονηρά 1 The good man from his good treasure brings forth good things, and the evil man from his evil treasure brings forth evil things Jesus uses this proverb to speak about where people’s behavior comes from. Jesus speaks of the heart as **treasure**. He is saying that good people say good things out of their good desires. Similarly, evil people do evil things out of their evil desires. Translate this proverb in a way that would be meaningful in your language, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “People who have good desires do things, but people who have evil desires do bad things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT 12 36 t2pj figs-genericnoun οἱ ἄνθρωποι 1 men will give an account concerning it Jesus is speaking about **men** in general, and not about any specific men. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 12 36 ay18 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of boldness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “we may be bold” or “we may act boldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgement**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the day when God will judge the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT 12 37 qw5e figs-activepassive δικαιωθήσῃ…καταδικασθήσῃ 1 you will be justified … you will be condemned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will justify you … God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 12 38 ikg2 figs-explicit ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν 1 to see a sign from you The religious leaders wanted to see a sign in order to prove that God sent Jesus as his messenger. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to see a sign from you that shows us that you are from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 12 39 d8b9 figs-123person γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 An evil and adulterous generation seeks a sign, but no sign will be given to it Jesus is speaking to the people who are right in front of him in the third person. If your readers would find it helpful, you could make this second person. Alternate translation: “A wicked and unfaithful generation like you seeks a sign, but a sign will not be given to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 12 39 a5di figs-metaphor γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς 1 An … adulterous generation Here, **adulterous** is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God in their relationship with him like a person who is not faithful in their relationship with a spouse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “An evil and unfaithful generation” or “an evil and unloving generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 12 39 j21p grammar-connect-exceptions καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου 1 except the sign of Jonah the prophet If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “but the only sign that I will give will be the sign of the prophet Jonah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
MAT 12 39 c6hy figs-activepassive σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 no sign will be given to it If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will not give them a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 12 40 vh9i figs-merism τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας…τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας 2 three days and three nights The phrase **three days and three nights** is referring to three entire days If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “three complete days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
MAT 12 40 hzem figs-explicit ὥσπερ γὰρ ἦν Ἰωνᾶς ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ τοῦ κήτους τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας, οὕτως 1 The phrase **three days and three nights** refers to three entire day. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “three full days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) Jesus is assuming that his audience is familiar with the story of Jonah, which tells about how the prophet Jonah was swallowed by a fish because he disobeyed God. But once he repented, after three days, the fish spit him out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could reference this story explicitly. Alternate translation: “Think about the story of Jonah the prophet in the Scriptures. He was swallowed by a large fish for three days because he disobeyed God. After he repented, three days later, the fish spit him out. Similarly,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 12 40 iuv8 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself here in the third person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 12 40 gg65 figs-idiom ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς 1 in the heart of the earth The phrase **the heart of the earth** is referring to being deep in the ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 12 41 sn8j grammar-connect-logic-result ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται ἀναστήσονται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν; ὅτι μετενόησαν εἰς τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰωνᾶ; καὶ ἰδοὺ, πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “The men of Ninevah repented when Jonah came to them, and behold, something greater than Jonah is here before you. Therefore, the men of Ninevah will stand up at the time of judgment with this generation and condemn it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MAT 12 41 gnh1 figs-gendernotations ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται 1 The men of Nineveh The phrase **men of Nineveh** is referring to both men and women. Alternate translation: “Citizens of Ninevah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MAT 12 41 b94i ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 at the judgment The phrase **will stand up at the judgement** could either mean (1) that God will resurrect them, as in the UST. Or it could mean (2) that they will stand up with God as fellow judges over Israel. Alternate translation: “they will stand with God at the judgement”
MAT 12 41 x8gm τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 this generation See how you translated the word **generation** in [12:39](../12/39.md)
MAT 12 41 qg29 καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 and behold The word **behold** emphasizes what Jesus says next.
MAT 12 41 dbs3 figs-ellipsis πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε 1 something greater Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “something greater than Jonah is here and you have not repented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 12 41 zb6a figs-123person πλεῖον 1 something greater Jesus is speaking about himself here in the third person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 12 42 zwv7 translate-names βασίλισσα νότου 1 The Queen of the South This refers to the **Queen** of the country called Sheba. Sheba was a land south of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT 12 42 kku7 ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 will rise up at the judgment See the note on this phrase in the previous verse.
MAT 12 42 z46e ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 at the judgment See how you translated this phrase in [12:41](../12/41.md).
MAT 12 42 zc72 τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 this generation See how you translated **generation** in the previous verse.
MAT 12 42 q8q8 figs-idiom ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς 1 she came from the ends of the earth Here, the phrase **the ends of the earth** is an idiom that means “very far away.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “she came from very far away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 12 42 t521 grammar-connect-logic-result βασίλισσα νότου ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν; ὅτι ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος; καὶ ἰδοὺ, πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε 1 for she came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “The Queen of Sheba came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon, and behold, I am much greater than her. Therefore, she will be raised in the judgement with this generation and will judge it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MAT 12 42 aj1x πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε 1 something greater Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “something greater than Solomon is here, and you will not come and listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 12 42 uf5k figs-123person πλεῖον 1 something greater Jesus is speaking about himself here in the third person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 12 43 tnea figs-parables δὲ 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “Suppose a demon goes out of a person. And suppose it then wanders through the desert looking for another place to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) In this verse Jesus begins telling a parable that go through [12:45](../12/45.md). Jesus is teaching the people the dangers of not allowing the Holy Spirit to live in them, and how this allows demons to control them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “No I am going to teach you through telling you a story” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT 12 43 f5jr figs-metonymy ἀνύδρων τόπων 1 waterless places Jesus is describing the desert by reference to the lack of water there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the desert” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]
MAT 12 44 ty9b figs-metaphor εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου…ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον 1 to my house from which I departed Here, **my house** is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living and controlling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to the person I left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 12 44 cd4f figs-activepassive εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον 1 it finds it empty, having been swept out and put in order If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the spirit finds that it was empty, and someone swept it and left it organized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 12 44 s6jf figs-metaphor σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον 1 empty and swept out and put in order Here, the phrase **empty, having been swept out and put in order** is figurative language referring to a house that has been cleaned and moved out of so no one lives there. Similar to this, the spirit found this person to not have any spirit living in it. Jesus is saying that the person did not have the Holy Spirit living within them so the demon came back. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “the spirit finds that the person did not have the Holy Spirit living in them, but that there was no spirit living in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 12 47 qd32 figs-quotations εἶπεν δέ τις αὐτῷ, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι. 1 Someone said to him, “Behold, your mother and your brothers stand outside, seeking to speak to you.” If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “now someone said to him that his mother and brothers were standing outside seeking to speak to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT 12 48 e535 figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἀδελφοί μου? 1 Who is my mother and who are my brothers? Jesus asks this question to teach the crowd about which people are a part of his spiritual family. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I will tell you who the people are that are my mother and brothers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 12 49 rxe8 translate-kinship ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου 1 my mother and my brothers The phrase **my mother and my brothers** is not here referring to Jesus’ actual brothers and mother, but he is referring to his disciples as his brothers and mother. Jesus says this because he considers them a part of his spiritual family. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these are like like a mother and brothers to me” or “these are like family to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
MAT 12 50 e25c ὅστις…ἂν ποιήσῃ 1 whoever may do The word **For** here tells the reader that Jesus is explaining the previous thing he said. He is explaining that he considers as family those who obey God. Alternate translation: “For I consider the one that obeys my Father in the heavens to be my mother or my brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
MAT 12 50 mq9r guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 of my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 12 50 s0yb figs-metonymy ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated the phrase **in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) See how you translated the phrase **in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 12 50 gn31 figs-metaphor αὐτός μου ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν 1 he is my brother, and sister, and mother This is a metaphor meaning that those who obey God belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 13 intro s3lu 0 # Matthew 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:14-15, which are words from the Old Testament.
This chapter begins a new section. It contains some of Jesus’ parables about the kingdom of heaven.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metonymy
Jesus often says The word **heaven** when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven ([13:11](../mat/13/11.md)).
### Implicit information
Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When Matthew wrote that Jesus “sat beside the sea” ([Matthew 13:1](../mat/13/01.md)), he probably expected his hearers to know that Jesus was about to teach the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
### Metaphor
Speakers often use words for things that can be touched to speak of things that cannot be touched. Jesus spoke of a bird eating a seed to describe how Satan kept people from understanding Jesus’ message ([13:19](../mat/13/19.md)).
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Passive voice
Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, “they were scorched” ([13:6](../mat/13/06.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
### Parables
The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth ([13:11-13](./11.md)).
MAT 13 1 vx5y writing-newevent ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 On that day This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later that same day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]
MAT 13 1 cy1t writing-background ἐξελθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῆς οἰκίας, ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν 1 having gone out of the house Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus went out of the house and was sitting by the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT 13 2 d16z figs-activepassive συνήχθησαν πρὸς αὐτὸν ὄχλοι πολλοί 1 so that, having stepped into a boat, he sat down If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Many crowds gathered around him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 13 2 d0v5 grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 The word crowd is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
MAT 13 3 o5f9 figs-parables ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς 1 Jesus teaches the crowd a parable about what happens when different people hear his teaching. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT 13 3 f5mv writing-quotations ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς λέγων 1 And he spoke many things to them in parables Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he said many things to them in parables, and this is what he said:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MAT 13 4 qr2d figs-explicit καὶ ἐν τῷ σπείρειν αὐτὸν, ἃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν 1 devoured them Many cultures, when they plant seeds, bury them after planting them to protect them from animals that eat seeds. The seeds on path did not have a chance to be hidden from the birds, so they ate them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As he was scattering the seeds, some of them fell onto the path where they were unprotected from animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 13 4 v7r8 figs-ellipsis ἃ μὲν ἔπεσεν 1 beside the road Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “some seeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 13 5 ql87 figs-ellipsis καὶ εὐθέως ἐξανέτειλεν 1 And immediately they sprang up In this verse and in the following verses, the word **others** is referring to seeds that fell in different areas as the sower was planting. If this would be misunderstood, see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 13 6 qq5x figs-activepassive ἐκαυματίσθη 1 they were scorched If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it scorched the plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 13 6 pz44 figs-idiom ἡλίου δὲ ἀνατείλαντος 1 the sun rose is an idiom which means when the sun got to its highest and hottest point in the sky. If this would be misunderstood, you state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the hottest time of the day came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) The phrase**the sun had risen** is an idiom which means when the sun got to its highest and hottest point in the sky. If this would be misunderstood, you state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the hottest time of the day came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 13 7 k69q figs-ellipsis ἄλλα 1 See the note on **others** in [13:5](../13/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 13 7 vt8z figs-explicit ἀνέβησαν αἱ ἄκανθαι καὶ ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτά 1 choked them The phrase **the thorns grew up and choked them** might be confusing to come readers. What this means is that the weeds grew much faster than the crops which the sower planted did, and so they did not allow the crops to grow. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state this explicitly with an example from your culture. Alternate translation: “the thorns grew much faster and overwhelmed the plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 13 8 iwv2 figs-ellipsis ἄλλα 1 produced fruit See the note in [13:5](../13/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 13 8 e91e figs-ellipsis ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα 1 some one 100 times as much, and some 60, and some 30 The amount of grain each plant produced is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. Ellipsis is used here to shorten the phrases but they can be written out. Alternate translation: “Some plants bore 100 times as much grain, some produced 60 times as much grain, and some produced 30 times as much grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 13 9 q2e2 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 The one having ears, let him hear See the note in [11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 13 9 gkv1 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 The one having ears, let him hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 13 11 fc5n figs-activepassive ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται 1 To you has been given to understand the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but to those it has not been given If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God has given to you to understand mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but God has not given it to these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 13 11 xq2v figs-ellipsis ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται 1 To you has been given to understand the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but to those it has not been given Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but to those it has not been given to know the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 13 11 rcd3 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 To you has been given to understand The word **you** is plural here and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 13 11 ah6u figs-metonymy Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 13 12 x34s writing-proverbs ὅστις γὰρ ἔχει, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ καὶ περισσευθήσεται; ὅστις δὲ οὐκ ἔχει, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 This proverb draws a figurative comparison: Jesus talks about understanding as if it were a physical item which could either be given or taken away. He is saying that whoever is able to understand, God will allow them to understand even more. But whoever does not understand, he will take away even whatever little understanding they have. Alternate translation: “For whoever understands, God will allow that person to understand even more, and it will be plenty. But whoever does not have understanding, God will take away what understanding they do have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]
MAT 13 12 j3rl ὅστις…ὅστις 1 whoever has The word **whoever** is referring to people in general, and not to any specific person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “if a person … if a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 13 12 v61y figs-activepassive δοθήσεται…ἀρθήσεται 1 it will be given If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will give … God will take it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 13 14 jz9n figs-quotesinquotes καὶ ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου ἡ λέγουσα ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 And to them the prophecy of Isaiah is being fulfilled, which says Matthew is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the prophet Isaiah. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to them the prophecy of Isaiah is being fulfilled which says that though they hear, they will not understand, and though they see, they will not perceive” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes)
MAT 13 14 a1im figs-metaphor ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 In hearing you will hear, but you may certainly not understand See how you translated the words **see** and **hear** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 13 15 tfl1 figs-metonymy ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου…καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν 1 Here, the word **heart** is used to refer to a persons mind or inner intentions. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 13 15 ps56 ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 they might turn back The phrase **they might turn back** is figurative, referring to someone who repents of their sins and asks God for forgiveness. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they might repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 13 15 q1h9 figs-metaphor ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 I will heal them The phrase **I will heal them** is figurative, meaning that he will forgive them for the sins that they have confessed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “I will forgive their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 13 16 glp8 figs-synecdoche ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν 1 But blessed are your eyes, for they see Here, **see** and **hear** are referring to the disciples ability to understand what Jesus is saying and doing. These words refer to the ability to understand what a person sees and hears. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “You are blessed because you understand what you see with your eyes and what you hear with your ears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT 13 16 rlt3 figs-you ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν 1 your … your Both occurrences of **your** are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 13 16 xczh figs-ellipsis καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν 1 your ears, for they hear Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and blessed are your ears, for they hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 13 17 bsj7 figs-you ὑμῖν…βλέπετε…ἀκούετε 1 to you … you see … you hear All occurrences of **you** are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 13 17 e6ci figs-explicit ἃ βλέπετε 1 the things you see The phrase **the things you see** is referring to the healings and miracles which Jesus did. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the miracles you have seen me do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 13 17 lslf figs-explicit καὶ οὐκ εἶδαν 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why the prophets and kings **did not see** these things. Alternate translation: “but could not see them because they lived before my time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 13 17 q14w figs-explicit ἃ ἀκούετε 1 the things you hear The phrase what you hear probably refers to the teachings of Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the things that you have heard me teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 13 18 w35t figs-parables ὑμεῖς οὖν ἀκούσατε τὴν παραβολὴν τοῦ σπείραντος 1 Connecting Statement: Jesus is not retelling the parable again, but is now explaining it to the disciples. Make sure this is clear to your audience. See the note in the chapter introduction for more information about this parable. Alternate translation: “Therefore, hear me explain the parable of the one who sowed the seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT 13 19 v2d7 figs-genericnoun παντὸς ἀκούοντος 1 the word of the kingdom Jesus is speaking of people in general, and not about any specific person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “people who hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 13 19 suhi figs-synecdoche τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας 1 Jesus refers to bread, one common food, to mean food in general. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) The phrase **the word** is referring to the entire message about **the kingdom**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message of the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT 13 19 het1 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας 1 Here the word **kingdom** is referring to how God is making people his people to rule over them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message about how God is making people his people to rule over them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 13 19 uo3l figs-ellipsis τῆς βασιλείας 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 13 19 a8nu figs-metaphor ἔρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς καὶ ἁρπάζει τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 the evil one comes and snatches away what has been sown in his heart Jesus is speaking about Satan as if he were a bird who **snatches away** seeds. God’s message is spoken of as if it **has been sown** in a person’s heart. If your readers would not understand what it means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “the evil one comes and takes away their understanding of God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 13 19 sb7u figs-explicit ὁ πονηρὸς 1 the evil one Here, **the evil one** refers to Satan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Satan, who is the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 13 19 r9u6 figs-activepassive τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 what has been sown in his heart If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the seed which God sowed in his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 13 19 xi8f figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 in his heart Here, the word **heart** is referring to the mind of the person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 13 19 wfd3 figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς 1 This is what was sown beside the road Jesus speaks about what happens to these people as if it were what happens when seed is thrown alongside the road. The seed is referring to God’s message. The road is referring to the persons **heart**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “when this happens, it is like what happened to seed being sown along the path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 13 19 xgz5 παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν 1 beside the road See how you translated this in [13:4](../13/04.md).
MAT 13 20 l5iv figs-explicit ὁ…σπαρείς 1 Now that sown on the rocky ground The phrase **the one having been sown** is talking about the the seed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the seed which was sown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 13 20 rnct figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων καὶ εὐθὺς μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν 1 Jesus is comparing **the one hearing the word and immediately receiving it with joy** with the seed which is sown on rocky ground. In the same way that the seed sown on rocky soil does not have deep roots, so the person who immediately receives it has not fully believed in God’s message. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “this is like the person who hears the word and quickly receives it with joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 13 20 w4f9 figs-synecdoche τὸν λόγον 1 Now that sown on rocky ground, this is See how you translated **word** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT 13 20 cl6g figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 the word Here, **the word** represents God’s message. Alternate translation: “the message” or “God’s teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 13 20 z76f figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων καὶ εὐθὺς μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν 1 receiving it with joy Jesus is speaking, speaking about believing as if they were **receiving** God’s message. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “this seed is like the person who quickly receives God’s message with joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 13 21 zg9q figs-idiom οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν 1 But he has no root in himself, but is temporary The expression **but he has no root in himself, but is temporary** means that the plant does not have deep enough roots to stay alive. Alternate translation: “but he does not have deep roots to stay alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 13 21 ixil grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **but** is in contrast to what precedes it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MAT 13 21 lxuy figs-abstractnouns γενομένης δὲ θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ διὰ τὸν λόγον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **tribulation** and **persecution**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “people afflicted and persecuted them because of the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT 13 21 xv50 figs-synecdoche τὸν λόγον 1 See how you translated **word** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT 13 21 lim9 figs-metaphor εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται 1 immediately he is caused to stumble The expression **to stumble** means that he no longer believes God’s message. Alternate translation: “immediately he stops believing God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 13 22 d4h5 figs-explicit ὁ…σπαρείς 1 that which has been sown Here, Jesus is talking about the story of seed which was **sown** among the thorns, If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the seed having been sown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 13 22 rcj8 ὁ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς 1 Now that which has been sown among the thorn plants See how you translated **thorns** in [13:7](../13/07.md)
MAT 13 22 a3u1 figs-synecdoche τὸν λόγον…τὸν λόγον 2 the word See how you translated **the word** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT 13 22 q2nh figs-explicit ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου συνπνίγει τὸν λόγον 1 the cares of this age and the deceitfulness of riches choke the word The phrase **the cares of this age** is likely referring to caring about what a person will eat or drink. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “worrying about what you need to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 13 22 wwf5 figs-personification ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου 1 the deceitfulness of riches Jesus speaks of **riches** as if it were a living thing that could deceive. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “finding all of their pleasure in riches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MAT 13 22 gn6z figs-metaphor ἄκαρπος γίνεται 1 it becomes unfruitful The person is spoken of as if he were a plant. Being **unfruitful** represents being unproductive. Alternate translation: “he becomes unproductive” or “he does not do what God wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 13 23 xw4b figs-explicit ὁ…ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν σπαρείς 1 that which has been sown on the good soil Here Jesus is referring to the story of the seed which fell on the **good soil**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the seed having been sown on the good soil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 13 23 ptb8 figs-metaphor ὃς δὴ καρποφορεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ 1 who indeed bears fruit, and some yield Here the phrase **who indeed produces a crop and yields** means “a person who does many good things that please God”. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who does many good things that please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 13 23 wm3p figs-ellipsis ποιεῖ, ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα 1 some yield 100 times, and some 60, and some 30 This refers to the grain that the plants produce. Alternate translation: “some produce 100 times the grain that was sown, some produce 60 times the grain that was sown, and some produce 30 times the grain that was sown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 13 23 i4t0 translate-numbers ἑκατὸν…ἑξήκοντα…τριάκοντα 1 You can state the numbers as text. Alternate translation: “a hundred … sixty … thirty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MAT 13 24 l5yx figs-parables ἄλλην παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς λέγων, 1 Connecting Statement: To help the people understand his message, Jesus tells a story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told a story to help them understand:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT 13 24 xkov figs-metaphor ἄλλην παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς 1 Here the phrase **set before** means that Jesus told the people another story. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus told them another parable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here the term **set before them** means that Jesus told the disciples another parable. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus told them another parable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 13 24 iiv7 writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MAT 13 24 k8pu figs-simile ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἀνθρώπῳ σπείραντι καλὸν σπέρμα ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ αὐτοῦ 1 The kingdom of the heavens is like a man Jesus is comparing **the kingdom of the heavens** with the entire story through [13:30](../13/30.md). See the note in the chapter introduction for more information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT 13 24 f8j5 figs-metonymy ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of the heavens is like See how you translated **The kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 13 24 u21k figs-explicit καλὸν σπέρμα 1 good seed Here **good seed** is referring to seed that produces edible crops. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “seed for food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 13 25 zn8v ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ὁ ἐχθρὸς 1 his enemy came Alternate translation: “his enemy came to the field”
MAT 13 25 q4tv ζιζάνια 1 darnel The **darnel** that was sown looks like food plants when it is young, but its grain is poison. Alternate translation: “bad seed” or “weed seeds”
MAT 13 26 lea1 ὅτε δὲ ἐβλάστησεν ὁ χόρτος 1 But when the blades sprouted Alternate translation: “But when the wheat seeds sprouted” or “But after the plants came up”
MAT 13 26 jgv9 καρπὸν ἐποίησεν 1 produced fruit Alternate translation: “produced grain” or “produced the wheat crop”
MAT 13 26 tu4q τότε ἐφάνη καὶ τὰ ζιζάνια 1 then the darnel became visible also Alternate translation: “then people could see there were weeds in the field also”
MAT 13 27 h51x τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου 1 of the landowner The **landowner** is the same person who sowed good seed in his field.
MAT 13 27 gr7d figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα ἔσπειρας ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ? 1 did you not sow good seed in your field? The servants used a question to emphasize their surprise. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “you sowed good seed in your field!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 13 27 fb86 figs-metonymy οὐχὶ…ἔσπειρας 1 did you not sow The landowner probably had his servants plant the seeds. Alternate translation: “did we not sow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 13 28 r83z ὁ δὲ ἔφη αὐτοῖς 1 But he was saying to them Alternate translation: “But the landowner said to the servants”
MAT 13 28 num8 θέλεις οὖν 1 Therefore, do you want us The word **us** refers to the servants.
MAT 13 29 c9jc ὁ δέ φησιν 1 But he says Alternate translation: “But the landowner said to his servants”
MAT 13 30 z36a figs-quotations ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς, συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτά; τὸν δὲ σῖτον συναγάγετε εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην μου. 1 I will say to the reapers, “First gather up the darnel and tie them in bundles to burn them up, but gather the wheat into my barn.” You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “I will tell the reapers to first gather up the darnel and tie them in bundles to burn them, and then gather the wheat into my barn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT 13 30 ll14 τὴν ἀποθήκην 1 barn A **barn** is a farm building that can be used for storing grain, animals, and other farm items.
MAT 13 31 tdf4 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a very small seed that grows into a very big plant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT 13 31 jw7u figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of the heavens is like See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 13 31 qby8 translate-unknown κόκκῳ σινάπεως 1 a mustard seed A **mustard seed** is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. If this is unknown in your culture, use a similar type of seed in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 13 32 gyi1 figs-explicit ὃ μικρότερον μέν ἐστιν πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων 1 which is indeed the smallest of all the seeds The phrase **which is indeed the smallest of all the seeds** shows how small the seed it compared with how big it grows. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This seed was the smallest of any seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT 13 32 g6v8 figs-idiom γίνεται δένδρον 1 becomes a tree Here, the phrase **becomes a tree** is an idiom meaning it grows until it becomes the size of a tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “grows to be a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 13 33 z94k figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ 1 The kingdom of heaven is like yeast In this passage, Jesus is comparing **the kingdom of the heavens** with **yeast**. Jesus is saying that, Just as yeast is mixed into flour and causes it to grow, so the kingdom of the heavens will grow. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT 13 33 w8sb figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of the heavens is like See how you translated **The kingdom of the heavens** in [4:2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 13 33 xc9t translate-unknown ζύμῃ, ἣν λαβοῦσα, γυνὴ ἐνέκρυψεν εἰς ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία, ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον 1 The word **yeast** is something used in making bread that causes it to grow. If this would not be understood in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “yeast, which is used to make bread grow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 13 33 r88g translate-bvolume ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία 1 three measures of flour You can translate this phrase as “a large amount of flour” or use a term that your culture uses for measuring large amounts of flour. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
MAT 13 34 nt7u figs-parallelism ταῦτα πάντα ἐλάλησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν παραβολαῖς τοῖς ὄχλοις, καὶ χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς 1 All these things Jesus spoke to the crowds in parables; and he was speaking nothing to them without a parable The phrases **All these things Jesus spoke in parables to the crowds** and **he was speaking nothing to them without a parable** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Jesus spoke all of these things in parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT 13 34 n54e figs-explicit ταῦτα πάντα 1 All these things The phrase **all these things** is referring to the parables which Jesus just taught. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “All of the things Jesus taught” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 13 34 a5c7 figs-doublenegatives χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς 1 he was speaking nothing to them without a parable If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “he spoke only with parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MAT 13 35 ybq5 figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 what had been said through the prophet might be fulfilled, saying If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God said through the prophet might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 13 35 p3tb writing-quotations διὰ τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος, 1 saying Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “through the prophet … and this is what he said:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MAT 13 35 f9gl figs-metonymy ἀνοίξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὸ στόμα μου 1 Jesus is using the phrase **I will open my mouth in parables** to mean speaking. Alternate translation: “I will speak in parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 13 35 yx6y figs-activepassive κεκρυμμένα 1 what has been hidden If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what I have hidden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 13 35 th8t figs-abstractnouns ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 from the foundation of the world If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **foundation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “since God founded the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT 13 36 pq2h writing-newevent τότε 1 Connecting Statement: Jesus is using the word translated **Then** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 13 37 r9wr ὁ σπείρων τὸ καλὸν σπέρμα ἐστὶν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The phrase **the Son of Man** is explaining what the phrase **The one sowing the good seed** means which Jesus used in [13:24](../13/24.md).
MAT 13 37 xj4s figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself as the **Son of Man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express this in the first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 13 38 eea8 ὁ δὲ ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος; τὸ δὲ καλὸν σπέρμα, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας; τὰ δὲ ζιζάνιά εἰσιν οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 The phrase **the world** is explaining what the phrase **the field** means which Jesus used in [13:24](../13/24.md). The phrase **the sons of the kingdom** is explaining what the phrase **the good seed** means which Jesus used in [13:24](../13/24.md). The phrase **the sons of the evil one** is explaining what the phrase **the darnel** means which Jesus used in [13:25](../13/25.md).
MAT 13 38 h9iz figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας…οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 the sons of the kingdom Here, the phrase **sons of the kingdom** is an idiom meaning “people over whom God rules.” The phrase **sons of the evil one** is an idiom meaning “people over whom Satan rules.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the people over whom God rules … the people over whom Satan rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 13 38 eni3 figs-metonymy τῆς βασιλείας 1 of the kingdom See how you translated **the kingdom** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 13 39 sgx2 ὁ…ἐχθρὸς, ὁ σπείρας αὐτά ἐστιν ὁ διάβολος; ὁ δὲ θερισμὸς συντέλεια αἰῶνός ἐστιν; οἱ δὲ θερισταὶ ἄγγελοί εἰσιν. 1 the enemy who sowed them The phrase **the devil** is explaining what the phrase **the enemy** means which Jesus used in [13:25](../13/25.md). The phrase **the end of the age** is explaining what the phrase **the harvest** means which Jesus used in [13:30](../13/30.md). The word **angels** is explaining what the phrase **the reapers** means which Jesus used in [13:30](../13/30.md)
MAT 13 40 rn64 figs-simile ὥσπερ οὖν συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ πυρὶ κατακαίεται, οὕτως ἔσται ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 Therefore, just as the darnel are gathered up and burned with fire Jesus is comparing the parable to what is actually going to happen in the end times. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Therefore, similar to how the weeds were gathered up, this is what God is going to do with evil doers in the final days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT 13 40 hzih grammar-connect-words-phrases οὕτως ἔσται ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 The word **thus** tells the reader that Jesus is going to explain what the parable is similar to in the following passage. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “here is a description of what it will be like in the end days for evil people:”
MAT 13 41 fiy4 figs-123person ἀποστελεῖ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ 1 The Son of Man will send out his angels See how you translated **Son of Man** in [13:37](../13/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 13 41 p5p9 figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is using the term **kingdom** here to refer to the whole world. If it would be helpful to your readers, make sure they understand this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the world which he rules over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 13 41 ptw9 figs-metaphor πάντα τὰ σκάνδαλα 1 those doing lawlessness Here, the phrase **stumbling blocks** is speaking about people who cause other people to sin. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all of the people who cause others to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 13 42 d9md figs-metaphor τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός 1 the furnace of fire Here, Jesus is referring to hell as a **furnace of fire**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “hell, which is hot like a fiery furnace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 13 42 zu3j translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 weeping and grinding of teeth Here, **grinding of the teeth** is a symbolic act, representing extreme pain and suffering. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “weeping and extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT 13 43 azqy figs-nominaladj οἱ δίκαιοι 1 Jesus is using the adjective righteous as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT 13 43 u6sm figs-simile ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος 1 will shine as the sun Here, Jesus is comparing **the righteous** as if they were shining like **the sun**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT 13 43 j487 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ 1 Jesus is using the term **kingdom** to mean where God dwells and where the righteous will dwell with him. Alternate translation: “in heaven where God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 13 43 sea2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτῶν 1 of their Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 13 43 zxh2 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 The one having ears, let him hear See how you translated a similar phrase in [11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 13 44 fjm1 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: In [13:44-46](../13/44-46.md), Jesus describes **the kingdom of heaven** by telling two parables about people who sold their possessions to purchase something of great value. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT 13 44 tac2 figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν θησαυρῷ κεκρυμμένῳ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ 1 Here, Jesus is comparing **the kingdom of the heavens** with a **treasure**. He is saying that it is as valuable to a person as a very expensive treasure which someone might find. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens is similar to a very valuable item which is found in a field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT 13 44 e9cv figs-metonymy ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of the heavens is like See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 13 44 wg6a figs-activepassive κεκρυμμένῳ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which someone hid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 13 44 k9rh translate-unknown θησαυρῷ 1 a treasure A **treasure** is a very valuable and precious thing or collection of things. If your readers would not know this, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “a very valuable item” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 13 44 hu7f κεκρυμμένῳ…ἔκρυψεν 1 hid Alternate translation: “buried … buried”
MAT 13 45 c633 figs-explicit ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 like a man, a merchant, seeking fine pearls The author is implying here that the man is **seeking fine pearls** because he wants to buy them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “seeking to buy fine pearls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 13 45 znbs figs-simile πάλιν ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 Here, Jesus is comparing **the kingdom of God** with **fine pearls**. He is saying that it is very valuable to a person just like pearls are to a person who buys them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way, as expressed in the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT 13 45 auj6 figs-metonymy ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 13 45 khy6 translate-unknown ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ 1 a man, a merchant A **merchant** is a trader who often obtains merchandise from distant places and sells them to other people. If your readers would not understand the word **merchant**, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a person who sells items” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 13 45 b88q translate-unknown καλοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 fine pearls These pearls are beautiful and valuable mineral balls that people use as jewelry. They are formed inside the shell of a small animal that lives in the ocean. If your readers would not be familiar with pearls, you could express this idea in a more general way. Alternate translation: “decorations made from valuable materials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 13 47 vw24 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus describes **the kingdom of heaven** by telling a parable about fishermen who use a large net to catch fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT 13 47 s2dd figs-extrainfo 0 Jesus explains the meaning of this parable in [13:49](../13/49.md) so you do not need to explain the meaning here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) Jesus explains the meaning of the parable in [13:49](../13/49.md), so you do not need to explain the meaning here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
MAT 13 47 g79n figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγαγούσῃ 1 the kingdom of the heavens is like a net Here, Jesus compares **the kingdom of the heavens** with how a **net** catches many different kinds of fish. In this sentence, Jesus is not comparing the kingdom of the heavens with the net itself. He is rather comparing the kingdom of the heavens with what the net is doing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens is comparable to how a net is cast into the see, and gathers every kind of fish in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT 13 47 rjm4 figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of the heavens is like Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 13 47 vrp4 figs-activepassive ὁμοία…σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 like a net having been cast into the sea If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is like a net which fisherman threw into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 13 48 aqhl figs-activepassive ἐπληρώθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fish filled the net” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 13 48 cnp7 figs-nominaladj τὰ καλὰ…τὰ…σαπρὰ 1 the good things Jesus is using the adjectives **good** and **worthless** as a noun here in order to describe a group of as either good for eating or not good for eating. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “good fish … worthless fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT 13 49 zawv figs-explicit ἐξελεύσονται οἱ ἄγγελοι 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Jesus does not say where the angels **go out** from. Jesus and his audience would have known that the angels went out from God’s presence.If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The angels will go out from God’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 13 49 ah2k figs-nominaladj τοὺς πονηροὺς ἐκ μέσου τῶν δικαίων 1 the wicked from among the righteous Jesus is using the adjectives **wicked** and **righteous** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are wicked … people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT 13 50 j8nf καὶ βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός. ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 the furnace of fire See how you translated this verse in [13:42](../13/42.md).
MAT 13 51 p5ej figs-quotations συνήκατε ταῦτα πάντα? λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, ναί. 1 Have you understood all these things?” They say to him, “Yes.” If it would be more natural in your language, you could express these as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “Jesus asked them if they had understood all this, and they said that they did understand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT 13 52 g4dd figs-metonymy μαθητευθεὶς τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 who has been discipled for the kingdom of the heavens See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 13 52 gr36 figs-parables is like a man, an owner of a house, who draws out new things and old things from his treasure Jesus speaks another parable. In this parable, he talks about a man who gives people treasures out of his old and new belongings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT 13 52 ip6e figs-simile πᾶς γραμματεὺς…ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅστις ἐκβάλλει ἐκ τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ καινὰ καὶ παλαιά 1 Here, Jesus is comparing a **scribe** who obeys Jesus with **a man** who gives people new and old things from his treasure. Here, the treasure is referring to both old teachings of the law as well as new teachings which Jesus is brought. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “every scribe … is comparable to a person who gives old and new things from their valuable items” or ”every scribe … teaches both new and old teachings, which are like treasures to the people to whom they teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT 13 52 g59c translate-unknown τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ 1 his treasure See how you translated **** in [13:44](../13/44.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 13 53 jwv2 writing-endofstory καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὰς παραβολὰς ταύτας, μετῆρεν ἐκεῖθεν 1 And it happened that when This verse tells the reader that the story about Jesus telling many parable to his disciples is ending. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
MAT 13 54 qnh9 writing-newevent 0 General Information: Jesus is using the phrase **And having entered into his hometown** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a way in your language that people use to introduce a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 13 54 q3ml figs-explicit τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ 1 his hometown Here, **his hometown** refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his hometown, Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 13 54 it1f ἐκπλήσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς 1 they were astonished Alternate translation: “they were amazed”
MAT 13 54 b3d2 figs-explicit πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία αὕτη καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις? 1 From where to this one is this wisdom and these miracles? The people asked this question because they did not believe that Jesus had the power to do miracles and heal people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “How can it be that this man has such great wisdom and does these miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 13 55 rk5e figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός? οὐχ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται Μαριὰμ, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, Ἰάκωβος, καὶ Ἰωσὴφ, καὶ Σίμων, καὶ Ἰούδας? 1 Is not this the son of the carpenter? Is not his mother called Mary, and his brothers, James, and Joseph, and Simon, and Judas? The crowd uses these questions to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He is just the son of a carpenter. We know his mother Mary, and his brothers James, Joseph, Simon, and Judas.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 13 55 rpj9 translate-unknown ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός 1 the son of the carpenter The word **carpenter** here is referring to someone who works with wood. If your readers would not understand the word **carpenter**, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the son of the man who builds with wood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 13 55 qspg figs-metonymy ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός 1 Jesus is using the phrase **the carpenter** to mean Jospeh, Jesus’ father. Alternate translation: “the son of Joseph, the carpenter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 13 56 m9pn figs-rquestion αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσιν? 1 are not all his sisters with us? The crowd uses this question to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “all his sisters are with us, too.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 13 56 bnv1 figs-rquestion πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ ταῦτα πάντα? 1 From where therefore to this one are all these things? The crowd uses this question to show their doubt concerning where Jesus got his abilities from. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We do not know where he got these abilities!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 13 56 pqf1 ταῦτα πάντα 1 all these things Here, **all these things** refers to Jesus’ wisdom and ability to do miracles mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “are his wisdom and ability to do miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 13 57 f5md figs-activepassive ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ 1 they were offended by him If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus offended them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 13 57 azn4 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος 1 A prophet is not without honor Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “A prophet is always honored, except” or “The only place a prophet is not honored is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MAT 13 57 sq8j τῇ πατρίδι 1 his hometown See how you translated **hometown** in [4:2](../04/02.md).
MAT 13 57 w4x8 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 in his own family Jesus uses the phrase **in his house** to refer to his closest relatives, like his father, mother, or siblings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among his closest family members” or “by his father, mother, and siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 13 58 e2cp grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς, διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν 1 he did not do many miracles there If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since they did not believe, Jesus did not do many miracles in that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MAT 14 intro g5mc 0 # Matthew 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Verses 1 and 2 continue the account from chapter 13. Verses 3-12 stop the account and speak of things that happened earlier, possibly soon after Satan tempted Jesus (see [4:12](../mat/04/12.md)). Verse 13 continues the account from verse 2. Be sure to have words in verses 3-12 that tell the reader that Matthew has stopped his account to give new information before he continues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Passive voice
Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, the writer does not tell who brought John’s head to Herodias’s daughter ([14:11](../mat/14/11.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 14 2 pd1b figs-quotesinquotes καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς παισὶν αὐτοῦ, οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστής; αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 he said If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And he said to his servants that this is John the Baptist, and that he has been raised from the dead. Because of this, great powers are working in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MAT 14 2 nx7x figs-activepassive αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 has been raised from the dead If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 14 2 vve7 figs-personification διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 because of this, miraculous powers are at work in him Jesus speaks of **the miraculous powers** as if it were a living thing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This is why God has given him great power to do miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
MAT 14 3 zgp9 writing-background γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: From here until [14:12](../14/12.md), Jesus gives the reader background information explaining why Herod said that John was raised from the dead. He is explaining how John died. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “For John died in this way:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT 14 3 zsvz grammar-connect-logic-result ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because of Herodias, Herod’s brother’s wife, John was arrested, bound, and thrown into prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MAT 14 3 d3gp grammar-connect-time-sequential ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο 1 For John was saying to him, “It is not lawful for you to have her.” The events described by **arrested**, **bound** and **put in prison** happened in that order. Make sure this is understandable to your audience. Alternate translation: “For Herod first arrested him. Then he bound him and then threw him and prison”
MAT 14 3 h466 figs-metonymy ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο 1 For Herod, having arrested John, bound him, and put him in prison Jesus is using the term **Herod** to mean the soldiers who work for him. If it would be helpful to your reader, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John, bind him, and throw him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 14 3 lr92 translate-names τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου 1 the wife of Philip **Philip** was Herod’s brother, and the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT 14 4 n1t6 figs-quotations ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν. 1 For John was saying to him, “It is not lawful for you to have her.” If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For John was saying that it was not lawful for him to have her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MAT 14 6 fvs5 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ μέσῳ 1 in the midst If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express who she was dancing **in the midst** of explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the midst of the guests attending the birthday celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 14 6 vdik translate-unknown γενεσίοις δὲ γενομένοις τοῦ Ἡρῴδου 1 In some cultures, people celebrate the day that someone was born. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state what it means explicitly. Alternate translation: “And they were celebrating Herod’s birthday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 14 8 rhk5 figs-activepassive ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς 1 But having being urged beforehand by her mother If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now her mother urged her beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 14 8 ruy4 translate-unknown πίνακι 1 a platter If it would be helpful in your language, you can state what **platter** means explicitly. Alternate translation: “a large plate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 14 9 s8zp figs-activepassive καὶ ἐλυπήθη ὁ βασιλεὺς 1 And the king, having been grieved If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The king grieved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 14 9 j6nu figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν δοθῆναι 1 commanded it to be granted to her If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “Herod” did it. Alternate translation: “Herod commanded that it be given to her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 14 11 nd5r figs-activepassive ἠνέχθη ἡ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πίνακι, καὶ ἐδόθη τῷ κορασίῳ 1 his head was brought on a platter and given to the girl If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought his head on a platter and gave it to the girl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 14 11 pba6 πίνακι 1 a platter See how you translated **platter** in verse [14:8](../14/08.md).
MAT 14 12 mq89 figs-explicit ἐλθόντες, ἀπήγγειλαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 having come, they reported it to Jesus If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John went and told Jesus what had happened to John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 14 13 id97 writing-background ἀκούσας δὲ, ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν ἐν πλοίῳ εἰς ἔρημον τόπον κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 General Information: Here, Matthew is providing the reader with background information for what Jesus is about to do. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “After hearing about this, Jesus was going away from there in a boat to a desert place by himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT 14 13 ia39 figs-explicit ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus withdrew Matthew implies here that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 14 13 ipm9 figs-idiom πεζῇ 1 on foot Here, **on foot** is an idiom meaning “walked.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “walking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 14 14 d8n3 καὶ ἐξελθὼν 1 And having come out Alternate translation: “And when Jesus got off the boat”
MAT 14 15 otp3 figs-idiom ἡ ὥρα ἤδη παρῆλθεν 1 This phrase means it was late in the day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “it is already late in the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 14 16 r5gd figs-you δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς 1 You give them The word **You** is plural, referring to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 14 17 ih48 grammar-connect-exceptions πέντε ἄρτους 1 five loaves If it would appear in your language that the disciples are making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “we only have five loaves and two fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
MAT 14 19 i34u translate-symaction ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 having broken it, he gave the loaves Here, **looked up to heaven** is symbolic for praying that God would provide enough food for the crowd. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT 14 19 bf1a figs-ellipsis εὐλόγησεν καὶ κλάσας 1 the loaves Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he blessed them, and having broken the food into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 14 19 t7ei figs-ellipsis οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις 1 Having looked up Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the disciples gave the loaves to the crowds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 14 20 l2h8 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν 1 and were filled If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your languages in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 14 21 als7 translate-numbers ἄνδρες…πεντακισχίλιοι 1 5,000 men Alternate translation: “five thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MAT 14 22 yp8l writing-background ἠνάγκασεν τοὺς μαθητὰς ἐμβῆναι εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, καὶ προάγειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πέραν, ἕως οὗ ἀπολύσῃ τοὺς ὄχλους 1 General Information: Matthew is providing background information for the next story about Jesus walking on the water. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus was making the disciples to get into the boat to the other side before him while he was sending away the crowds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT 14 24 vzd1 writing-background τὸ δὲ πλοῖον ἤδη μέσον τῆς θαλάσσης ἦν βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων, ἦν γὰρ ἐναντίος ὁ ἄνεμος 1 was being tossed about by the waves Matthew provides more information to help the reader understand the follow verses. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The boat was already in the middle of the sea, and was being tossed around by waves because of a strong opposing wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT 14 25 pmw8 translate-unknown τετάρτῃ δὲ φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτὸς 1 Now in the fourth watch of the night If it would be helpful in your language, you can state what **fourth watch** means explicitly. Alternate translation: “some time just before the sun rose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 14 26 h7df figs-quotations λέγοντες, ὅτι φάντασμά 1 a ghost If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that he is a ghost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT 14 30 sk3j βλέπων…τὸν ἄνεμον ἰσχυρὸν 1 seeing the strong wind Here, **seeing** the **wind** means he “he became afraid” because he became aware of the wind and the large waves that it caused. Alternate translation: “when Peter saw that the wind was tossing the waves back and forth” or “when he realized how strong the wind was”
MAT 14 31 ia1d figs-explicit εἰς τί ἐδίστασας? 1 why did you doubt? Here, **doubt** is referring to Peter doubting that Jesus could help him from sinking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “why did you doubt that I could keep you from sinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 14 31 cr9i figs-rquestion εἰς τί ἐδίστασας? 1 why did you doubt? Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you certainly should not have doubted!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 14 33 u8pu guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Υἱὸς 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 14 34 cv3f figs-explicit καὶ διαπεράσαντες 1 And having crossed over Matthew implies that they **crossed over** the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after crossing over the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 14 34 x9nu translate-names Γεννησαρέτ 1 Gennesaret **Gennesaret** is a small town on the northwest shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT 14 35 xd7c figs-hyperbole πάντας 1 sent Here, **all** does not mean every single person, but it means many people who were sick. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language to express this. Alternate translation: “many of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 14 36 mw8n figs-activepassive διεσώθησαν 1 were healed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “Jesus” did it. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 15 intro i9a5 0 # Matthew 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:8-9, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The “traditions of the elders”
The “traditions of the elders” were oral laws that the Jewish religious leaders developed because they wanted to make sure that everyone obeyed the law of Moses. However, they often worked harder to obey these rules than to obey the law of Moses itself. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for this, and they became angry as a result. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
### Jews and Gentiles
The Jews of Jesus’ time thought that only Jews could please God by the way they lived. Jesus healed a Canaanite Gentile woman’s daughter to show his followers that he would accept both Jews and Gentiles as his people.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Sheep
The Bible often speaks of people as if they were sheep because sheep need someone to take care of them. This is because they do not see well and they often go to where other animals can kill them easily. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 15 1 q6af writing-newevent τότε 1 General Information: Jesus is using the word translated **Then** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 15 2 j1b8 figs-rquestion διὰ τί οἱ μαθηταί σου παραβαίνουσιν τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων? 1 Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders? The Pharisees are using the question form to challenge Jesus about why his disciples are not following the traditions of the elders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your disciples certainly violate the traditions of the elder!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 15 2 yn6l translate-unknown τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 the traditions of the elders Here, **the traditions of the elders** is not referring to the law of Moses, but to man-made laws. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “traditional teachings which previous people created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 15 2 gfn6 figs-explicit οὐ…νίπτονται τὰς χεῖρας 1 they do not wash their hands This washing is not only to clean the hands of filth, but also to rid the body of impurities. It is one which the Pharisees participated in, and often they compelled other people to do so as well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they do not wash their hands of their impurities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 15 3 ia1e figs-rquestion διὰ τί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν? 1 Why do you also violate the commandment of God because of your traditions? Jesus is using the question form to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You are violating the commandment of God because of your traditions!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 15 4 srz6 figs-quotesinquotes τίμα τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα…ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα, θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 General Information: If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For Moses said to honor your father and mother. He also said that the person who speaks evil against his father or mother deserves to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MAT 15 5 ql75 figs-explicit δῶρον 1 But you say It might be necessary in your language to say who the gift is for. This gift is given to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is a gift for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 15 5 l8t0 figs-quotesinquotes ὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε, ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί, δῶρον ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But you say that whoever says to his father or mother ‘Whatever from might have been helpful is a gift’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MAT 15 6 q3kt figs-explicit πατέρα 1 he will certainly not honor his father Here, the word **father** implies the idea of both the father and the mother. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “father and mother” or “parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 15 6 znt9 figs-explicit ἠκυρώσατε τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 you have made void the word of God Here, the phrase **the word of God** is referring to God’s commandments in the Old Testament. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you have made void the God’s commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 15 7 t4fq figs-exclamations ὑποκριταί 1 General Information: Jesus calls them **hypocrites** in an exclamatory way to emphasize his anger with them. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “You are hypocrites!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
MAT 15 7 n4ti writing-quotations λέγων 1 saying Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MAT 15 8 qw69 figs-metonymy ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ 1 This people honors me with their lips Isaiah, who Jesus is quoting, is using the term **lips** to mean when someone is speaking. Alternate translation: “This people honors me when they speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 15 8 bz91 writing-pronouns με…ἐμοῦ 1 me … me Here, the words **me** are referring to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “me, God … me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MAT 15 8 wuw3 figs-metonymy ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far from me Jesus is using the term **heart** to mean a person’s inner thoughts or emotions. Alternate translation: “desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 15 8 q7vm figs-idiom ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far away from me Here, the phrase **far from me** is an idiom meaning that they do not love him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “but they are not love me in their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 15 8 hr29 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, **but** contrasts what is before it to what comes after it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MAT 15 9 vvb9 figs-possession ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων 1 the commandments of men James is using the possessive form to describe these **commandments** as something which are created by people instead of God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “man-made” instead of the noun “men.” Alternate translation: “man-made commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
MAT 15 11 s28y figs-metonymy οὐ τὸ εἰσερχόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος, τοῦτο κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 enters into the mouth … what comes out of the mouth Jesus is using the phrase **enters into the mouth** to mean what a person eats. He is using the phrase **comes out from the mouth** to mean what a person says. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Nothing that a person eats defiles them, but what a person says, this is what defiles them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 15 12 l2uj figs-activepassive οἱ Φαρισαῖοι…ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν 1 the Pharisees, having heard this word, were offended If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Pharisees … were upset” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 15 13 n5ij figs-metaphor πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται 1 Every plant that my heavenly Father has not planted will be uprooted Here, Jesus refers to the Pharisees as if they were plants. He also speaks of God as if he is a farmer who **uproots** the plants, or judges them. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The Pharisees are like plants that my Heavenly Father will pull up because he did not plant them” or “The Pharisees will be judged severely by my Heavenly Father because they do not obey him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 15 13 j49e guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος 1 my heavenly Father **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 15 13 hs4t figs-activepassive ἐκριζωθήσεται 1 will be uprooted If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will uproot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 15 14 r167 writing-pronouns ἄφετε αὐτούς 1 Let them go! The word **them** refers to the Pharisees. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MAT 15 14 ai9x figs-metaphor ὁδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοί τυφλὸς, δὲ τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται 1 They are blind guides. But if the blind might guide the blind, both will fall into a pit Jesus speaks of the Pharisees as if they were blind people trying to **guide** other **blind** people. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand how to help people obey God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “They are like blind guides. But if the blind lead the blind along, both will fall into a hole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 15 15 shg6 writing-pronouns ἡμῖν 1 to us Here, **us** refers to the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to us disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MAT 15 16 al9z figs-rquestion ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? 1 Are you also still without understanding? Jesus is using the question form to challenge the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I am amazed that you still do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 15 17 l5nt figs-rquestion οὔπω νοεῖτε ὅτι πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα, εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ, καὶ εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκβάλλεται? 1 Do you not yet understand that everything that enters into the mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the latrine? Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You ought to understand that everything that go into a persons mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the toilet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 15 17 s9z6 translate-unknown ἀφεδρῶνα 1 the latrine Here, **latrine** is a word which means the place where you bury your bodily waste. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 15 18 ca1w figs-metonymy τὰ…ἐκπορευόμενα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 1 the things that proceed out from the mouth Jesus is using the phrase **proceeding out of the mouth** to mean speaking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the things which a person speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 15 18 jt6o figs-metonymy τῆς καρδίας 1 Jesus is using the term **heart** to mean a persons inner desires or thoughts. If it would it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this in a plain way. Alternate translation: “a persons inner thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 15 20 bme7 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον…ἄνθρωπον 1 to eat with unwashed hands Although the term **man** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “people” to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MAT 15 21 e5gv writing-newevent 0 General Information: Here, Matthew is introducing a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 15 21 t81u figs-explicit ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν 1 Jesus withdrew It is implied that the disciples went with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples withdrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 15 22 x1wm writing-participants ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα 1 behold, a Canaanite woman having come out Matthew is using the phrase **behold, a Canaanite woman having come out** to introduce the **Canaanite woman** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Behold, there was a woman from the people called the Canaanites who was coming from the region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
MAT 15 22 xs64 translate-kinship Υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 Son of David Jesus was not David’s literal **Son**, but his descendant. The title **Son of David** is also an important messianic title. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “Descendant of King David, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
MAT 15 22 j6rt figs-activepassive ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται 1 My daughter is severely demon-possessed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “a demon” did it. Alternate translation: “A demon is controlling my daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 15 23 hd2i figs-metonymy οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον 1 did not answer her a word Matthew is using the phrase **he did not answer her a word** to mean that he did not respond to her cries for help. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 15 24 t9ga figs-activepassive οὐκ ἀπεστάλην 1 I was not sent If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God did not send me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 15 24 wfnx grammar-connect-exceptions οὐκ ἀπεστάλην εἰ μὴ εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 If it would in appear your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “I was sent only for the lost sheep of the house of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
MAT 15 24 u9t4 figs-metaphor εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 to the lost sheep of the house of Israel Here, Jesus is referring to the people of **Israel** who have gone astray as **lost sheep**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people of Israel who have wandered like lost sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 15 25 u3jj translate-symaction προσεκύνει αὐτῷ 1 bowed down to him Here, **bowing down to him** was a sign of honor which was often shown in their culture. If it would be helpful to your readers, use a similar action from your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT 15 26 ihz4 writing-proverbs οὐκ ἔστιν καλὸν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων καὶ βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις 1 It is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw it to the little dogs This proverb draws a figurative comparison: The people of Israel are like the children of a house because they are the offspring of the parents. But non-Israelite people are like dogs because they are not the offspring. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “It is not good to share the message intended for the people of Israel with those from other places” or “It is not good to give something to a person for whom it was not intended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT 15 26 a5bc figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων 1 the bread of the children Jesus is using **bread** to represent food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT 15 27 yvw1 figs-metaphor καὶ…τὰ κυνάρια ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν 1 even the little dogs eat from the crumbs that fall from the tables of their masters The woman responds by using the same imagery as Jesus used in the metaphor he just spoke. She means non-Jews should be able to have a small amount of the good things Jews are throwing away. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 15 27 i5tt τὰ κυνάρια 1 the little dogs See how you translated **little dogs** in the previous verse.
MAT 15 28 tea2 figs-activepassive γενηθήτω 1 let it be done If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that Jesus did it. Alternate translation: “I will do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 15 28 n229 figs-activepassive ἰάθη ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς 1 her daughter was healed If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 15 28 wwq3 figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 from that hour Here, **from that hour** is an idiom that means “at that moment”. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 15 29 np6e writing-newevent 0 General Information: Matthew is using this verse to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 15 30 c8td figs-nominaladj χωλούς, τυφλούς, κυλλούς, κωφούς 1 the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute Jesus is using the adjectives **the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase as demonstrated in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT 15 30 yf7i figs-idiom ἔρριψαν αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 they laid them at his feet Here, the phrase **they laid them at his feet** is an idiom meaning “they laid them in front of him”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they laid them in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 15 30 gy3h writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς 1 Here, the word **them** is referring to the many sick people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MAT 15 31 be52 figs-nominaladj κωφοὺς…κυλλοὺς…χωλοὺς…τυφλοὺς 1 the crippled … the lame … the blind See the note in the previous verse for how to translate these adjectives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT 15 33 uhi3 figs-rquestion πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον? 1 From where would be to us in a wilderness enough bread to satisfy so large a crowd? The disciples are using the question form to challenge Jesus. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is certainly no place in the wilderness where we can get enough food to feed this large crowd!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]).
MAT 15 34 k86l figs-ellipsis ἑπτά 1 Seven, and a few small fish The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “seven loaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 15 36 a9s4 figs-ellipsis οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις 1 was giving them Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the disciples were giving them to the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 15 38 z66m translate-numbers τετρακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 4,000 men Alternate translation: “four thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MAT 15 39 m8dp translate-names Μαγαδάν 1 of Magadan This region is sometimes called “Magdala.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT 16 intro za2k 0 # Matthew 16 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Yeast
Jesus spoke of the way people thought about God as if it were bread, and he spoke of what people taught about God as if it were the yeast that makes bread dough become larger and the baked bread taste good. He did not want his followers to listen to what the Pharisees and Sadducees taught. This was because if they did listen, they would not understand who God is and how he wants his people to live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metaphor
Jesus told his people to obey his commands. He did this by telling them to “follow” him. It is as if he were walking on a path and they were walking after him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Background information
Matthew continues his account from chapter 15 in verses 1-20. The account stops in verse 21 so Matthew can tell the reader that Jesus told his disciples again and again that people would kill him after he arrived in Jerusalem. Then the account continues in verses 22-27 with what happened the first time Jesus told the disciples that he would die.
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Matthew 16:25](../mat/16/25.md)).
MAT 16 1 t7p5 πειράζοντες 1 testing him Here, **testing** is used in a negative sense. Alternate translation: “challenging him” or “wanting to trap him”
MAT 16 4 jl3e figs-123person γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς 1 An evil and adulterous generation See how you translated this in [12:39](../12/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 16 4 fhx6 figs-metaphor γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς 1 An evil and adulterous generation Here, **adulterous** is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. See how you translated this in [12:39](../12/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 16 4 d9eq figs-activepassive σημεῖον…οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 2 a sign will not be given to it Jesus would not give them **a sign** because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 16 4 dep2 εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ 1 except the sign of Jonah See how you translated this in [12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: “except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet”
MAT 16 5 ii6j writing-newevent 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus is using the word translated **and** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 16 5 si9k figs-ellipsis τὸ πέραν 1 the other side Matthew is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 16 6 hfz2 figs-metaphor τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων 1 the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees Here, **yeast** is a metaphor that refers to evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate it as **yeast** here and do not explain its meaning in your translation. This meaning will be made clear in [16:12](../16/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 16 8 mg8s ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 You of little faith 2See how you translated this in [6:30](../06/30.md).
MAT 16 8 zz4i figs-rquestion τί διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, ὀλιγόπιστοι, ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε? 1 why do you reason among yourselves that it is because you do not have bread? Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you think it was because you forgot to bring bread that I talked about the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 16 9 h5bg figs-rquestion οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ μνημονεύετε τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους τῶν πεντακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσους κοφίνους ἐλάβετε? 1 Do you not yet perceive nor remember the five loaves of the 5,000, and how many baskets you gathered up? Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you remember the five loaves of the 5,000, and how many baskets you gathered up!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 16 9 ux51 translate-numbers τῶν πεντακισχιλίων 1 of the 5,000 Alternate translation: “of the five thousand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MAT 16 10 ejm5 figs-rquestion οὐδὲ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους τῶν τετρακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσας σπυρίδας ἐλάβετε? 1 Or the seven loaves of the 4,000, and how many baskets you took up? Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you also remember the seven loaves of the 4,000, and how many baskets you took up!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 16 10 b11x translate-numbers τῶν τετρακισχιλίων 1 of the 4,000 Alternate translation: “of the four thousand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MAT 16 11 mb2z figs-rquestion πῶς οὐ νοεῖτε, ὅτι οὐ περὶ ἄρτων εἶπον ὑμῖν? 1 How do you not understand that I did not speak to you about bread? Jesus uses this question to rebuke the disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have understood that I was not really speaking about bread.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 16 11 i7x6 figs-metaphor τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων 1 the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees Here, **yeast** represents evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate as “yeast” here and do not explain the meaning in your translation. In the next verse, Jesus will tell the disciples the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 16 12 f73l writing-pronouns συνῆκαν 1 they understood The pronoun **they** refers to the disciples. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MAT 16 13 e5cm writing-newevent δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: Jesus is using the word translated **now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 16 13 e1jh figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 16 16 n5wi guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 the Son of the living God ddddddd**Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 16 16 r1h7 figs-explicit τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 of the living God Here, Peter uses the phrase **living God** to speaking about God as if he is alive. This is to contrast God as the only true God with the other gods who are not real. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the only true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 16 17 yh0s grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριος εἶ, Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ, ὅτι σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν σοι, ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since flesh and blood did not reveal this to you, but my Father who is in heaven, you are blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MAT 16 17 le6a translate-names Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ 1 Simon Bar Jonah The word **Bar** here is another way of saying “son of”. If it would be helpful in your language, could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “son of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT 16 17 g8s5 grammar-connect-logic-contrast σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν σοι, ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
MAT 16 17 dfw5 figs-synecdoche σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν 1 flesh and blood did not reveal this Jesus is using **flesh and blood** to represent a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT 16 17 wix3 writing-pronouns οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν 1 did not reveal this The pronoun **this** refers to Peter’s pronouncement in the previous phrase about Jesus being the Christ, the Son of the living God. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “did not reveal to you that I am the Christ, the Son of the living God” or “did not give you the knowledge to say this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MAT 16 17 v5lw figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 but my Father who is in the heavens Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but my Father in the heavens revealed it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 16 17 gi3l guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 my Father **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 16 18 z897 translate-names ὅτι σὺ εἶ Πέτρος, καὶ ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 And I also say to you Here, Jesus uses the imagery of **Peter** as a **rock**. The name **Peter** means **rock**. It might be helpful to state this explicitly in your language to make this imagery and wordplay clear to your readers. See how this is demonstrated in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT 16 18 x43d figs-metaphor ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 upon this rock I will build my church Here, **build my church** is a metaphor for uniting the people who believe in Jesus into a community. The phrase **this rock** could represent: (1) Peter himself. Alternate translation: “upon this rock, which is you” or (2) the truth that Peter had just said in [16:16](../16/16.md). Alternate translation: “upon what you have said, which is like a foundation of rock” If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 16 18 vu9u figs-metonymy πύλαι ᾍδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς 1 the gates of Hades will not prevail against it Jesus is using the term **Hades** to mean death. He is using the term **gate** to mean the power which death has over people. Once a gate is shut, people can no longer leave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the imprisoning power of death will not overpower it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 16 19 ysk8 figs-you δώσω σοι 1 I will give to you Here, **you** is singular and refers to Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 16 19 pp5d figs-metaphor τὰς κλεῖδας τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν καὶ 1 the keys of the kingdom of the heavens Here, Jesus is using the term **keys** to refer to someone having authority in God’s kingdom. There is some debate about how much authority Peter is given here. (1) Some interpret the second half of the verse describing the authority that Peter is given. Alternate translation: “the keys of the kingdom, so that” (2) Some say that Peter is given authority to decide who can and can not live with God forever. Alternate translation: “authority to decide who can come to live with me forever, and”. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 16 19 k09j translate-unknown τὰς κλεῖδας 1 Here, **keys** are things used to open a door or gate so that people are able to enter or exit a place. They can also be used to make it so that a door cannot be opened and the people inside cannot get out. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 16 19 kc3k figs-metonymy τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of the heavens See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md).
MAT 16 19 ef9c figs-metaphor ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς; καὶ ὃ ἐὰν λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 whatever you may have bound on the earth will be bound in the heavens, and whatever you may have loosed on the earth will be loosed in the heavens Here, **bound** is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and **loosed** is a metaphor meaning to allow something. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whatever you forbid to happen on the earth, it will be forbidden in heaven. And whatever you allow on the earth, it will be allowed in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 16 19 dy4p figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς…ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 2 whatever you may have bound on the earth will be bound in the heavens, and whatever you may have loosed on the earth will be loosed in the heavens Jesus is using the phrase **in the heavens** to mean God himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by God who is in the heavens … by God who is in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 16 21 yile grammar-connect-time-sequential εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπελθεῖν, καὶ πολλὰ παθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, καὶ ἀρχιερέων, καὶ γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι 1 Here, Jesus predicts that **to go to Jerusalem**, **to suffer much from the elders and chief priests and scribes**, **to be killed**, **to be raised on the third day** will happen one after another. Make sure this is clear in your language. Alternate translation: “to go to Jerusalem. Then, to suffer much from the elders and the chief priests and the scribes. Then to be killed and afterwards to be raised on the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
MAT 16 21 es1l figs-idiom ἐγερθῆναι 1 scribes, and to be killed, and to be raised on the third day Here, **to be raised** is an idiom that means that God made Jesus alive again after he died. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God will bring back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 16 21 r5hj figs-activepassive γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι 1 scribes, and to be killed, and to be raised on the third day If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will raise me on the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 16 21 jjx5 translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on day three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MAT 16 22 guz8 figs-idiom ἵλεώς σοι 1 Merciful to you **Merciful to you** is an idiom that means “May God be merciful to you”. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “May God be merciful to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 16 23 f28i figs-metaphor ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ! σκάνδαλον εἶ ἐμοῦ 1 Get behind me, Satan! You are a stumbling block to me Here, Jesus calls Peter **Satan**. This is because he is behaving as Satan behaved by trying to get Jesus not to obey God. He also calls him a **stumbling block**, which is a rock which someone might trip over. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are acting like Satan! Get out of my sight! You are like a stumbling block to me, trying to get me to disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 16 24 t0zn figs-genericnoun εἴ τις θέλει 1 The word **anyone** represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 16 24 ck1a figs-idiom ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν 1 to come after me Here, **to come after me** is an idiom that means to be Jesus’ disciple. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 16 24 pg9h figs-metonymy ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ 1 let him deny himself The **cross** here represents suffering and death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “he must be willing to suffer and die for my sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 16 25 tp9k figs-genericnoun ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ 1 By using the word **whoever**, Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “For if a person desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
MAT 16 25 y9kc figs-euphemism ἀπολέσει αὐτήν 1 will lose it Here, **lose** it is a polite way to say that God will judge the person who tries to save their own soul. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will forfeit his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT 16 25 xz98 figs-metaphor εὑρήσει αὐτήν 1 will find it Here, **find it** means to obtain life with God forever. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will live with God forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 16 26 eqe8 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος, ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ? 1 For what will it profit a man if he would have gained the whole world but would have forfeited his life? Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not benefit him if he forfeits his soul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 16 26 g0xo figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπος 1 Jesus is using the phrase a man here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MAT 16 26 q7x1 figs-hyperbole ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ 1 if he would have gained the whole world The phrase the whole world is an exaggeration meaning that the person might gain great riches and fame. Alternate translation: “if he gains everything he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 16 26 eck5 figs-rquestion ἢ τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? 1 Or what will a man give in exchange for his life? Jesus asks this question to emphasize the value of the soul of each person. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is nothing a person can give in exchange for his life” or “No one can give anything in exchange for his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 16 27 iyu1 figs-123person μέλλει…ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…αὐτοῦ…ἀποδώσει 1 the Son of Man is about … his … he will repay Here Jesus refers to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of man, am about … my … I will repay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 16 27 vk5y guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 of his Father **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and the Son of Man, Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 16 28 k2d1 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 to you Here, **you** is plural and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 16 28 wq13 figs-idiom οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου 1 may certainly not have tasted death The phrase taste death is an idiom which means “to experience death.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “who will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 16 28 p1d4 figs-abstractnouns θανάτου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun death by using the verb form. Alternate translation: “who may certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT 16 28 b2pb figs-metonymy ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 until they may see the Son of Man coming in his kingdom Jesus is using the term **coming in his kingdom** to mean when Jesus will come to rule over his people forever. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “until they see the Son of Man coming to rule over his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 16 28 etk2 figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated **the Son of Man** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 17 intro yb4k 0 # Matthew 17 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Elijah
The Old Testament prophet Malachi lived many years before Jesus was born. Malachi had said that before the Messiah came a prophet named Elijah would return. Jesus explained that Malachi had been talking about John the Baptist. Jesus said this because John the Baptist had done what Malachi had said that Elijah would do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
### “transfigured”
Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Matthew says in this chapter that Jesus’ body shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
MAT 17 1 u6dw grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ μεθ’ ἡμέρας ἓξ 1 General Information: The phrase translated **And six days later** indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “And six days after these things happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
MAT 17 2 kq4l figs-activepassive μετεμορφώθη 1 he was transfigured If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God changed how he looked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 17 2 uxg3 figs-idiom ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 1 before them Here, **before them** is an idiom that means in front of them. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 17 2 i1mp figs-simile ἔλαμψεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος, τὰ δὲ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο λευκὰ ὡς τὸ φῶς 1 his face shone like the sun, and his garments became brilliant as the light The phrases **his face shone like the sun** and **his garments became brilliant as the light** are similes describing Jesus’ appearance when it changed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “his face shone very brightly, and his garments were very bright” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT 17 4 r41c figs-exclusive Κύριε, καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι 1 answering, Peter said By **us**, Peter means himself and the other two disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MAT 17 4 d231 translate-unknown σκηνάς 1 it is good for us to be here Here, **shelters** are temporary places where people live. These are not full houses. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 17 5 an8j ἐπεσκίασεν αὐτούς 1 overshadowed them Here, **overshadowed** could mean: (1) That the light from the cloud made them invisible to people not on the mountain. Alternate translation: “blocked peoples view of them” (2) The cloud descended so that they themselves were inside the cloud. Alternate translation: “enveloped them”
MAT 17 5 kc8t figs-metonymy φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης 1 there was a voice from the cloud Matthew is using the term **voice** to mean God himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 17 6 wd76 καὶ ἀκούσαντες, οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 And having heard that, the disciples Alternate translation: “And when the disciples heard God speak, they”
MAT 17 6 a87e figs-idiom ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν 1 fell on their face Here, **fell on their face** is an idiom that means that the 3 disciples fell down with their faces to the ground. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fell down with their faces to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 17 7 iw4l figs-quotations ἁψάμενος αὐτῶν εἶπεν, ἐγέρθητε καὶ μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “and having touched them, he told them to get up and to not be afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT 17 8 i9gt grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδένα εἶδον εἰ μὴ αὐτὸν Ἰησοῦν μόνον 1 If it would in appear your language that Matthew was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “they only saw Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
MAT 17 9 y9rq figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form as demonstrated in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 17 12 a4h7 writing-pronouns ἐποίησαν…αὐτῶν 1 they did … them The pronouns **they** and **them** refer to the religious leaders. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the religious leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]
MAT 17 12 i74i figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man See how you translated **Son of Man** in [17:9](../17/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 17 13 cskj writing-background τότε συνῆκαν οἱ μαθηταὶ ὅτι περὶ Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 Matthew provides this background information to show how the disciples reacted to what Jesus has just said. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT 17 15 ufb4 figs-explicit ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν 1 have mercy on my son See how you translated **have mercy** in [15:22](../15/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 17 15 hs55 translate-unknown σεληνιάζεται 1 he is epileptic Here, **epileptic** is a condition where someones body moves without their ability to control it. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 17 17 lyu5 figs-nominaladj ἄπιστος 1 O unbelieving and perverse generation, how long Jesus is using the adjective **unbelieving** as a noun to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “unbelieving people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT 17 17 su3r figs-rquestion ἕως πότε μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? 1 how long will I be with you? How long will I bear with you? Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 17 18 i8kd figs-activepassive ἐθεραπεύθη ὁ παῖς 1 the boy was healed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “Jesus” did it. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed the boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 17 18 h2gc figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 from that hour Here, **from that hour** is an idiom that means the boy was healed instantly. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “instantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 17 19 pz9f figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we By **we**, the speaker means himself and the rest of the disciples, but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MAT 17 19 sz7d writing-pronouns αὐτό 1 The pronoun **it** refers to the demon which Jesus threw out of the boy. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the demon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
MAT 17 20 uy78 figs-simile ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως 1 if you would have faith as a mustard seed Here, Jesus is comparing the size of a **mustard seed** with the amount of **faith** necessary to move a mountain. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “if you have even very small faith, like a small seed” or “if you have even a very small amount of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT 17 20 x48i figs-doublenegatives οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν 1 nothing will be impossible for you If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative pronoun **nothing** and the negative word **impossible**. Alternate translation: “everything will be possible for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MAT 17 22 r2cu writing-newevent δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: Jesus is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 17 22 jzq8 writing-newevent ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form, as demonstrated in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 17 22 ff8x figs-activepassive μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι 1 The Son of Man is about to be delivered If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone is about to hand the Son of Man over ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 17 22 mmk2 figs-metonymy μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 to be delivered into the hands of men The word **hands** here is a metonym expression possession and control. People will hand Jesus over into other people’s possession so that men will have control over him. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The Son of Man is about to be handed over into the control of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 17 23 hl6j figs-123person αὐτόν…ἐγερθήσεται 1 him … he will be raised up Jesus is continuing to speak about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “me … I will be raised up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 17 23 b6g3 translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “three days afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MAT 17 23 fni4 figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται 1 he will be raised up Here, **he will be raised up** is an idiom that means God will bring him back from being dead. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will be brought back from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 17 23 fjac figs-activepassive ἐγερθήσεται 1 he will be raised up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 17 24 jli6 writing-newevent δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: Jesus is using the word translated **now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
MAT 17 24 b953 figs-explicit τὰ δίδραχμα 1 the two-drachma tax Here, **the two-drachma tax** is a tax that people payed to help support the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the two-drachma tax in order to support the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 17 24 cths translate-bmoney τὰ δίδραχμα 1 the two-drachma tax A **drachma** was a coin equivalent to one day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “one day’s wage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MAT 17 25 yp5h translate-kinship ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν 1 What do you think, Simon? From whom do the kings of the earth receive taxes or tolls? From their sons or from strangers? Jesus is using the term **sons** to mean citizens who live within a king’s kingdom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “From their citizens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 17 26 u6xx translate-kinship οἱ υἱοί 1 the sons See how you translated **sons** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
MAT 17 27 uhk5 figs-explicit βάλε ἄγκιστρον 1 throw in a hook Fishermen tied **a fishhook**, a sharp object used to catch fish, to the end of a line. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that in a way that you catch fish in your culture. Alternate translation: “go fishing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 17 27 t9t8 translate-bmoney στατῆρα 1 a shekel A **shekel** was a silver coin equivalent to four days’ wages. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “four days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MAT 17 27 km3v figs-you ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ 1 on behalf of me and you Here, **you** is singular and refers to Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 18 intro m4y6 0 # Matthew 18 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### What should Jesus’ followers do when other followers sin against them?
Jesus taught that his followers must treat each other well and not be angry with each other. They should forgive anyone who is sorry for his sin, even if he has committed the same sin before. If he is not sorry for his sin, Jesus’ followers should speak with him alone or in a small group. If he is still not sorry after that, then Jesus’ followers can treat him as guilty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
MAT 18 1 f7zv 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [18:35](../18/35.md), where Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of heaven. Here, Jesus uses a little child to teach the disciples.
MAT 18 1 iri5 τίς ἄρα μείζων ἐστὶν 1 Who therefore is greatest Alternate translation: “Who therefore is the most important” or “Who then among us will be the most important”
MAT 18 1 pp31 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 in the kingdom of the heavens The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “in God’s kingdom” or “when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 18 3 qb44 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
MAT 18 3 fs1e figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε καὶ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε 1 unless you would turn and would become like little children, you may certainly not enter You can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “you must change and become like little children in order to enter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MAT 18 3 ewj5 figs-simile γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία 1 would become like little children Jesus uses a simile to teach the disciples that they should not be concerned with who is most important. They should be concerned with becoming humble like a child. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT 18 3 ch9p figs-metonymy οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 you may certainly not enter into the kingdom of the heavens The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “you will certainly not enter God’s kingdom” or “you will never belong to our God in heaven when he establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 18 4 ta7z figs-simile 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues teaching the disciples that they need to be humble like a child if they want to be important in God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT 18 4 f9t5 ἐστιν ὁ μείζων 1 is the greatest Alternate translation: “is the most important” or “will be the most important”
MAT 18 4 gf8l figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 in the kingdom of the heavens The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “in God’s kingdom” or “when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 18 5 dz1i figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here, **my name** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because he is my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 18 5 ik3r ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται 1 in my name receives me Jesus means that receiving the child is the same as welcoming Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “in my name, it is like he is welcoming me” or “in my name, it is as if he were welcoming me”
MAT 18 6 ghp3 figs-activepassive ἵνα κρεμασθῇ μύλος ὀνικὸς περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταποντισθῇ ἐν τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάσσης 1 that a millstone of a donkey would have been hung about his neck and he would have been sunk into the depth of the sea If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “if someone put a great millstone around his neck and threw him into the deep sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 18 6 w3uz μύλος 1 a millstone A **millstone** is a large, heavy, circular stone used for grinding wheat grain into flour. Alternate translation: “a very heavy stone”
MAT 18 7 ees6 figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 to the world Here, **world** refers to people. Alternate translation: “to the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 18 7 y7vh figs-metaphor τῶν σκανδάλων…ἐλθεῖν τὰ σκάνδαλα…τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ δι’ οὗ τὸ σκάνδαλον ἔρχεται 1 the stumbling blocks … that those stumbling blocks come … to the man through whom those stumbling blocks come Here, **stumbling** is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: “things that cause people to sin … that things come that cause people to sin … to any person who causes others to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 18 8 vad7 figs-hyperbole εἰ δὲ ἡ χείρ σου ἢ ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 But if your hand or your foot causes you to stumble, cut it off and throw it away from you Jesus exaggerates here to emphasize that people must do anything necessary to remove from their lives what causes them to sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 18 8 gqi3 figs-you σου…σε…σοῦ…σοί 1 your … you … you … for you All occurrences of **your** and **you** are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 18 8 pc4d εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 into life Alternate translation: “into eternal life”
MAT 18 8 lhk9 figs-activepassive ἢ δύο χεῖρας ἢ δύο πόδας ἔχοντα, βληθῆναι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον 1 than to be thrown into the everlasting fire having two hands or two feet If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “than to have both hands and feet when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 18 9 xad4 figs-hyperbole καὶ εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 And if your eye causes you to stumble, pluck it out and throw it away from you The command to destroy the **eye**, perhaps the most important part of the body, is probably an exaggeration for his hearers to do anything necessary to remove from their lives anything that causes them to sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 18 9 q7tw figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζει σε 1 causes you to stumble Here, **stumble** is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 18 9 eii2 figs-you σου…σε…σοῦ…σοί 1 your … you … you … for you All occurrences of **your** and **you** are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 18 9 m8as εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 into life Alternate translation: “into eternal life”
MAT 18 9 r1ie figs-activepassive ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός 1 than to be thrown into fiery hell having two eyes If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “than to have both eyes when God throws you into the eternal fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 18 10 qnc6 ὁρᾶτε 1 See that Alternate translation: “Be careful that” or “Be sure that”
MAT 18 10 e9uf μὴ καταφρονήσητε ἑνὸς τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 you would not despise one of these little ones If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not despise**, you can express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “you show respect to these little ones” or “you do not think of these little ones as being unimportant”
MAT 18 10 j4l5 λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν 1 For I say to you This phrase add emphasis to what Jesus says next.
MAT 18 10 xdl9 figs-explicit οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς, διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 in heaven their angels always look on the face of my Father who is in the heavens Jewish teachers taught that only the most important **angels** could be in God’s presence. Jesus means that the most important angels speak to God about these little ones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 18 10 y6n9 figs-idiom διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 always look on the face of my Father This is an idiom that means they are in God’s presence. Alternate translation: “are always close to my Father” or “are always in the presence of my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 18 10 iq8j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 of my Father **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 18 12 idl5 figs-rquestion τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ? 1 What do you think? Jesus uses this question to get people’s attention. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Think about how people act.” or “Think about this.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 18 12 dm8u figs-you ὑμῖν 1 you Here, **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 18 12 t5h4 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἀφείς τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη, καὶ πορευθεὶς ζητεῖ τὸ πλανώμενον? 1 having left the 99 on the hillside and having gone out, does he not seek the one wandering? Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “he will always leave the 99 where they are and go out so seek the one that has gone astray.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 18 13 hk59 figs-you ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. The word **you** is plural. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 18 14 kcy2 οὐκ ἔστιν θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 it is not the will before your Father who is in the heavens that one of these little ones would perish Alternate translation: “your Father in heaven does not want any of these little ones to die” or “your Father in heaven does not want even one of these little ones to die”
MAT 18 14 usa4 figs-you ὑμῶν 1 your Here, **your** is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 18 14 fmm2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 18 15 k6t7 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach his disciples about forgiveness and reconciliation.
MAT 18 15 kpe2 ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 your brother Here, **your brother** refers to a fellow believer in God, not a physical brother. Alternate translation: “your fellow believer”
MAT 18 15 yh3t ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου 1 you will have gained your brother Alternate translation: “you will have made your relationship with your brother good again”
MAT 18 16 i25x figs-metonymy ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 so that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word might be verified Here, **mouth** and **word** refer to what a person says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 18 16 xv1w figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων ἢ τριῶν, σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 so that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word might be verified If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “so that two or three witnesses may verify that what you say about your brother is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 18 17 g3aj ἐὰν…παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν 1 if he might refuse to listen to them Alternate translation: “if your fellow believer refuses to listen to the witnesses who came with you”
MAT 18 17 kx28 τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 the church Alternate translation: “the whole community of believers”
MAT 18 17 xf1a figs-explicit ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης 1 let him be to you even as the Gentile and the tax collector This implies that they should remove him from the community of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 18 18 u2kl ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
MAT 18 18 qzq7 figs-you ὑμῖν…δήσητε…λύσητε 1 to you … you may bind … you may release All occurrences of **you** are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 18 18 bu6i figs-metonymy ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 whatever you may bind on the earth will be bound in heaven; and whatever you may release on the earth will be released in heaven Here, **in heaven** is a metonym that represents God himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 18 18 qrfh figs-metaphor ὅσα ἐὰν δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν λύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 whatever you may bind on the earth will be bound in heaven; and whatever you may release on the earth will be released in heaven Here, **bind** is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and **release** is a metaphor meaning to allow something. See how you translated similar phrases in [16:19](../16/19.md). Alternate translation: “God in heaven will approve whatever you forbid or allow on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 18 18 l7na λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
MAT 18 19 cal4 figs-explicit ἐὰν δύο…ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 if two of you It is implied that Jesus means “if at least two of you” or “if two or more of you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 18 19 c3lf ἐὰν αἰτήσωνται…αὐτοῖς 1 they might ask … for them These refer to the “two of you.” Alternate translation: “you might ask … for you”
MAT 18 19 gs8w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 18 20 kv9z figs-explicit δύο ἢ τρεῖς 1 two or three It is implied that Jesus means “two or more” or “at least two.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 18 20 s5rx συνηγμένοι 1 gathered together Alternate translation: “meeting together”
MAT 18 20 l7vu figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα 1 in my name Here, **name** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because they are my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 18 22 b19x translate-numbers ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά 1 seventy times seven This could mean: (1) 70 times 7. (2) 77 times. If using a number would be confusing, you can translate it as “more times than you can count” or “you must always forgive him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MAT 18 23 rqp1 figs-parables ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of the heavens may be compared to This introduces a parable. See how you translated a similar parable introduction in [13:24](../13/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT 18 23 bp72 συνᾶραι λόγον μετὰ τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ 1 to settle accounts with his slaves Alternate translation: “his slaves to pay him what they owed”
MAT 18 24 d6ne figs-activepassive προσηνέχθη εἷς αὐτῷ 1 one was brought to him If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought one of the king’s servants to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 18 24 w3nr translate-numbers μυρίων ταλάντων 1 of 10,000 talents Alternate translation: “of ten thousand talents” or “more money than the servant could ever repay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MAT 18 24 bihe translate-bmoney μυρίων ταλάντων 1 of 10,000 talents A “talent” was equal to one day’s wage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MAT 18 25 nmz8 figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος πραθῆναι, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ τὰ τέκνα, καὶ πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν, καὶ ἀποδοθῆναι 1 the master commanded him to be sold, together with his wife and children and everything that he had, and repayment to be made If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the king commanded his servants to sell the man along with his wife and children and everything that he had, and to pay the debt with the money from the sale” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 18 26 thl3 translate-symaction πεσὼν οὖν ὁ δοῦλος προσεκύνει 1 So the slave, having fallen down, was bowing down before This shows that the **slave** approached the king in the most humble way possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT 18 26 cx5z προσεκύνει αὐτῷ 1 was bowing down before him Alternate translation: “was bowing down before the king”
MAT 18 27 j5vp σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 having felt compassion Alternate translation: “feeling compassion for the slave”
MAT 18 27 vn7l ἀπέλυσεν αὐτόν 1 released him Alternate translation: “let him go”
MAT 18 28 zyie translate-bmoney ἑκατὸν δηνάρια 1 one hundred denarii Alternate translation: “one hundred days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MAT 18 28 uy32 κρατήσας αὐτὸν 1 having grasped him Alternate translation: “when first slave had grasped his fellow slave”
MAT 18 28 b7u9 κρατήσας 1 having grasped Alternate translation: “having taken hold of” or “having seized”
MAT 18 29 i21c translate-symaction πεσὼν 1 having fallen down This shows that the fellow slave approached the first slave in the most humble way possible. See how you translated this in [18:26](../18/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT 18 30 t8wb ἀπελθὼν, ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακὴν 1 having gone out, he threw him into prison Alternate translation: “the first slave went and threw his fellow slave into prison”
MAT 18 31 w9n2 οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτοῦ 1 his fellow slaves Alternate translation: “the other slaves”
MAT 18 31 nx9k διεσάφησαν τῷ κυρίῳ ἑαυτῶν 1 they fully explained to their master Alternate translation: “they told the king”
MAT 18 32 txr7 τότε προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ 1 Then, having called him, his master Alternate translation: “Then the king called the first slave and”
MAT 18 33 jw37 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἔδει καὶ σὲ ἐλεῆσαι τὸν σύνδουλόν σου, ὡς κἀγὼ σὲ ἠλέησα? 1 Was it not necessary for you to also have had mercy on your fellow slave, just as I also had mercy on you? The king uses a question to scold the first servant. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have had mercy on your fellow slave, just as I also had mercy on you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 18 34 big9 ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ 1 his master Alternate translation: “the king”
MAT 18 34 e95u figs-explicit παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν 1 handed him over Most likely the king himself did not take the first slave to the torturers. Alternate translation: “he ordered his slaves to give him over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 18 34 j7s3 τοῖς βασανισταῖς 1 to the torturers Alternate translation: “to those who would torture him”
MAT 18 34 e14m figs-activepassive τὸ ὀφειλόμενον 1 that is owed If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that the first slave owed the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 18 35 pm1d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος 1 my heavenly Father **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 18 35 q8p9 figs-you ὑμῖν…ἕκαστος…ὑμῶν 1 to you … each of you … your All occurrences of **you** and **your** are plural. Jesus is speaking to his disciples, but this parable teaches a general truth that applies to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 18 35 c4fw figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν 1 from your heart Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 18 35 mzn6 figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν 1 from your heart The phrase **from your heart** is an idiom that means “sincerely.” Alternate translation: “sincerely” or “completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 19 intro ewl5 0 # Matthew 19 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Divorce
Jesus taught about divorce because the Pharisees wanted people to think Jesus’ teachings about divorce were wrong ([19:3-12](./03.md)). Jesus talked about what God had first said about marriage when he created it.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Metonymy
Jesus often says the word “heaven” when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven ([1:12](../mat/01/12.md)).
MAT 19 1 nj6t writing-background 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [22:46](../22/46.md), which tells of Jesus ministering in Judea. These verses provide background information of how Jesus came to be in Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT 19 1 c5j9 figs-metonymy ἐτέλεσεν…τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 had finished these words Here, **these words** refers to what Jesus taught starting in [18:1](../18/01.md). Alternate translation: “had finished teaching these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 19 3 kg12 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach about marriage and divorce.
MAT 19 3 gl85 προσῆλθον αὐτῷ 1 approached him Alternate translation: “came to Jesus”
MAT 19 3 s8jq πειράζοντες αὐτὸν καὶ λέγοντες 1 testing him and saying Here, **testing** is used in a negative sense. Alternate translation: “and challenged him by asking him” or “and wanted to trap him by asking him”
MAT 19 4 ncb6 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, ἐποίησεν αὐτοὺς 1 Have you not read that the one who made them from the beginning made them male and female, This rhetorical question continues to the end of the next verse. Jesus uses this question to remind the Pharisees of what the scripture says about men, women, and marriage. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read that in the beginning when God created people he made them male and female,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 19 5 n8zn ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν? 1 In this verse, Jesus quotes from Genesis to show that a husband and wife should not divorce.
MAT 19 5 xc7a figs-rquestion καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν? 1 and said, ‘For the sake of this, a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh’? This verse is the second part of the rhetorical question that Jesus began in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 19 5 q71w figs-quotations καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν? 1 and said, ‘For the sake of this, a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh’? The direct quotation can be expressed as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “and said that this is the reason that a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh’?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT 19 5 phz3 ἕνεκα τούτου 1 For the sake of this This phrase is a part of the quotation from Genesis story about Adam and Eve. In that context the reason a man will leave his father and mother is because God created a woman to be the man’s companion.
MAT 19 5 af1r κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ 1 will be joined to his wife Alternate translation: “will stay close to his wife” or “will live with his wife”
MAT 19 5 m83j figs-metaphor ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν 1 the two will be one flesh This is a metaphor that emphasizes the unity of a husband and a wife. Alternate translation: “they will become like one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 19 6 m4b7 figs-metaphor ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ σὰρξ μία 1 So then, they are no longer two, but one flesh This is a metaphor that emphasizes the unity of a husband and a wife. Alternate translation: “So a husband and wife are no longer like two persons, but they are like one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 19 7 jxs2 λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 They say to him Alternate translation: “The Pharisees said to Jesus”
MAT 19 7 ugf4 Μωϋσῆς ἐνετείλατο 1 has Moses commanded us Alternate translation: “has Moses command us Jews”
MAT 19 7 xml9 βιβλίον ἀποστασίου 1 a certificate of divorce A **certificate of divorce** is a document that legally ends a marriage.
MAT 19 8 zu87 figs-metaphor πρὸς τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 For your hardness of heart The phrase **hardness of heart** is a metaphor that means “stubbornness.” Alternate translation: “Because of your stubbornness” or “Because you are stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 19 8 ve9e figs-you τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν…ἐπέτρεψεν ὑμῖν…τὰς γυναῖκας ὑμῶν 1 your hardness of heart … allowed you … your wives Here, **you** and **your** are plural. Jesus is speaking to the Pharisees, but Moses gave this command many years earlier to their ancestors. Moses’ command applied to all Jewish men in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 19 8 mgx9 figs-metonymy ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς δὲ 1 but from the beginning Here, **the beginning** refers to when God first created man and woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 19 9 eq8z λέγω…ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
MAT 19 9 yl3x figs-ellipsis γαμήσῃ ἄλλην 1 may marry another You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “may marry another woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 19 9 ps45 translate-textvariants καὶ ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσας μοιχᾶται 1 and the one having been divorced, having married, commits adultery Many early texts do not include these words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
MAT 19 11 h3a3 figs-activepassive οἷς δέδοται 1 to whom it has been given If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God allows” or “those whom God enables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 19 12 yvb8 figs-explicit εἰσὶν γὰρ εὐνοῦχοι, οἵτινες ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς ἐγεννήθησαν οὕτως 1 For there are eunuchs who were born thus from their mother’s womb You can make explicit the implicit information. Alternate translation: “For there are different reasons that men do not marry. For instance, there are men who were born eunuchs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 19 12 m1r9 figs-activepassive εἰσὶν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 there are eunuchs who were made eunuchs by men If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “there are men whom other men have made eunuchs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 19 12 g4bw figs-metaphor εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς 1 eunuchs who made themselves eunuchs This could mean: (1) Jesus is referring to men who have **made themselves eunuchs** by removing their private parts. (2) Jesus is referring to men who choose to remain unmarried and sexually pure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 19 12 r78n figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 for the sake of the kingdom of the heavens Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “so they can better serve our God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 19 12 hqu1 χωρεῖν, χωρείτω 1 to accept this, let him accept it Alternate translation: “to accept this teaching, let him accept it”
MAT 19 13 wjb5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus receives and blesses little children.
MAT 19 13 wu52 figs-activepassive προσηνέχθησαν αὐτῷ παιδία 1 little children were brought to him If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “some people brought little children to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 19 14 m219 μὴ κωλύετε αὐτὰ ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 do not forbid them to come to me Alternate translation: “do not stop them from coming to me”
MAT 19 14 l1bq figs-metonymy τῶν γὰρ τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 for the kingdom of the heavens is of such as these Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “for when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth, he will be king over such as these” or “for God will allow such as these into his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 19 14 za2g figs-simile τῶν…τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of the heavens is of such as these This is a simile that means those who are humble like children will enter God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens belongs to those who are like children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT 19 16 g9us 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to a different time when Jesus explains to a rich man what it will cost to follow him.
MAT 19 16 vj7t ἰδοὺ, εἷς 1 behold The word **behold, a man** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
MAT 19 16 bw9n ἀγαθὸν 1 good thing Here, **good thing** means a thing that pleases God.
MAT 19 17 sce3 figs-rquestion τί με ἐρωτᾷς περὶ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ? 1 Why do you ask me about what is good? Jesus uses this rhetorical question to encourage the man to think about his reason for asking Jesus about what is good. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You ask me about what is good” or “Think about why you ask me about what is good.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 19 17 d4sh εἷς ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαθός 1 One is good Alternate translation: “God alone is completely good”
MAT 19 17 d7fd εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν 1 to enter into life Alternate translation: “to receive eternal life”
MAT 19 19 zv5n ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου 1 love your neighbor The Jewish people believed that their neighbors were only other Jews. Jesus is extending that definition to include all people.
MAT 19 21 zic9 figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς 1 to the poor If your readers would misunderstand the nominal adjective **poor**, you can express it as an adjective. Alternate translation: “to those who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT 19 21 e4vs figs-metaphor ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 you will have treasure in the heavens The phrase **treasure in the heavens** is a metaphor that refers to a reward from God. Alternate translation: “God will reward you in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 19 23 ass2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus explains to his disciples the rewards of giving up material possessions and relationships to follow him.
MAT 19 23 r93j ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
MAT 19 23 ean2 figs-metonymy δυσκόλως εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 will enter … into the kingdom of the heavens Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “to accept with difficulty our God in heaven as their king” or “to enter with difficulty into God’s kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 19 24 c8l5 figs-hyperbole εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρήματος ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν ἢ πλούσιον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ 1 it is easier for a camel to pass through the eye of a needle than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom of God Jesus uses an exaggeration to illustrate how very difficult it is for **rich** people to enter the **kingdom of God**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 19 24 dip3 τρήματος ῥαφίδος 1 the eye of a needle The **eye** is the hole near one end of a needle, through which thread is passed.
MAT 19 25 sl38 figs-explicit ἐξεπλήσσοντο σφόδρα 1 they were very astonished It is implied that they were astonished because they believed having riches was proof that God approved of someone. Alternate translation: “the disciples were amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 19 25 d389 figs-rquestion τίς ἄρα δύναται σωθῆναι? 1 Who then is able to be saved? The disciples use a question to emphasize their surprise. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 19 25 x1at figs-activepassive τίς ἄρα δύναται σωθῆναι? 1 Who then is able to be saved? If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Then there is no one whom God will save!” or “Then there is no one who will receive eternal life!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 19 27 yp3h ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα 1 we have left everything Alternate translation: “we have left all our wealth” or “we have given up all our possessions”
MAT 19 27 sp61 τί ἄρα ἔσται ἡμῖν? 1 What then will there be for us? Alternate translation: “What good thing will God give us?”
MAT 19 28 pm6v ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
MAT 19 28 j89c figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ 1 in the renewal This refers to when God restores all things. Alternate translation: “at the time when God makes all things new” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 19 28 gey2 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 19 28 sx2j figs-metonymy καθίσῃ…ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 may sit on his glorious throne Sitting on his **throne** represents ruling as a king. His throne being **glorious** represents his rule being glorious. Alternate translation: “may sit as king on his glorious throne” or “will rule gloriously as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 19 28 rx2u figs-metonymy καθήσεσθε καὶ…ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους 1 will also sit upon 12 thrones Here sitting on **thrones** refers to ruling as kings. The disciples will not be equal to Jesus who is also on a throne. They will receive authority from him. Alternate translation: “will also sit as kings on 12 thrones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 19 28 ci3t figs-metonymy τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 the 12 tribes of Israel Here, **tribes** refers to people from those tribes. Alternate translation: “the people of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 19 29 gq8p figs-metonymy ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀνόματός 1 for the sake of my name Here, **name** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because he believes in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 19 29 bzt3 ἑκατονταπλασίονα λήμψεται 1 will receive 100 times as much Alternate translation: “will receive from God one hundred times as many good things as they gave up”
MAT 19 29 z8wb figs-idiom ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει 1 will inherit eternal life This is an idiom that means “God will bless them with eternal life” or “God will cause them to live forever.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 19 30 u8p3 πολλοὶ δὲ ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 But many who will be first will be last, and the last, first Here, **first** and **last** refer to people’s status or importance. Jesus is contrasting people’s status now with their status in the kingdom of heaven. Alternate translation: “But many who seem to be important now will be the least important, and many who seem to be unimportant now will be very important”
MAT 20 intro z39h 0 # Matthew 20 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The parable of the landowner and his vineyard
Jesus tells this parable ([20:1-16](./01.md)) to teach his disciples that what God says is right is different from what people say is right.
MAT 20 1 k7sw 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells a parable about a landowner who hires workers, to illustrate how God will reward those who belong to the kingdom of heaven.
MAT 20 1 q9qc figs-parables ὁμοία γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 For the kingdom of heaven is like This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated the introduction to the parable in [13:24](../13/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT 20 2 wd43 συμφωνήσας 1 After he had agreed Alternate translation: “after the landowner had agreed”
MAT 20 2 iwk5 translate-bmoney δηναρίου 1 a denarius A **denarius** was a coin equal to the daily wage at that time. Alternate translation: “one day’s wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MAT 20 2 w9hq ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν ἀμπελῶνα αὐτοῦ 1 he sent them into his vineyard Alternate translation: “he sent them to work in his vineyard”
MAT 20 3 s8ha καὶ ἐξελθὼν 1 He went out again Alternate translation: “The landowner went out again”
MAT 20 3 bki1 translate-ordinal τρίτην ὥραν 1 the third hour The **third hour** is around 9 AM. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MAT 20 3 xk4i ἑστῶτας ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ ἀργούς 1 standing idle in the marketplace Alternate translation: “standing in the marketplace not doing anything” or “standing in the marketplace with no work to do”
MAT 20 3 q3b7 τῇ ἀγορᾷ 1 the marketplace A **marketplace** a large, open-air area where people buy and sell food and other items.
MAT 20 5 j3zh πάλιν ἐξελθὼν 1 Again he went out Alternate translation: “Again the landowner went out”
MAT 20 5 pip4 translate-ordinal περὶ ἕκτην καὶ ἐνάτην ὥραν 1 about the sixth hour and again the ninth hour The **sixth** hour is around noon. The **ninth** hour is around 3 PM. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MAT 20 5 y513 ἐποίησεν ὡσαύτως 1 did the same This means the landowner went to the marketplace and hired workers.
MAT 20 6 t8uu translate-ordinal τὴν ἑνδεκάτην 1 the eleventh hour The **eleventh hour** is about 5 PM. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MAT 20 6 up1w ἑστῶτας 1 having stood Alternate translation: “not doing anything” or “not having any work”
MAT 20 8 x6iv ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἕως τῶν πρώτων 1 having begun from the last to the first You can make explicit the understood information. Alternate translation: “beginning with the workers who started working last, then the workers who started working earlier, and finally the workers who started working first” or “first paying the workers I hired last, then paying the workers I hired earlier in the day, and finally paying the workers I hired first”
MAT 20 10 d2bn translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 a denarius A **denarius** was a coin equal to the daily wage at that time. Alternate translation: “one day’s wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MAT 20 11 z9sz λαβόντες 1 having received it Alternate translation: “when the workers who had worked the longest had received a denarius”
MAT 20 11 d6sy τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου 1 the landowner Alternate translation: “the vineyard owner”
MAT 20 12 qpz4 ἴσους ἡμῖν αὐτοὺς ἐποίησας 1 you have made them equal to us Alternate translation: “you have paid them the same amount of money as you paid us”
MAT 20 12 vy87 figs-idiom τοῖς βαστάσασι τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τὸν καύσωνα 1 who have borne the burden of the day and the scorching heat The phrase **borne the burden of the day** is an idiom that means “worked the entire day.” Alternate translation: “who have worked the entire day, even during the hottest part” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 20 13 r9f3 ἑνὶ αὐτῶν 1 to one of them Alternate translation: “to one of the workers who had worked the longest”
MAT 20 13 f5mb ἑταῖρε 1 Friend Translate **Friend** a word that one man would use to address another man whom he is politely rebuking.
MAT 20 13 qbu1 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ δηναρίου συνεφώνησάς μοι 1 Did you not agree with me for a denarius? The landowner uses a question to rebuke the workers who were complaining. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We already agreed that I would give you one denarius.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 20 13 qxn3 translate-bmoney δηναρίου 1 for a denarius A **denarius** was a coin equal to the daily wage at that time. Alternate translation: “for one day’s wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MAT 20 15 h3uh figs-rquestion ἢ οὐκ ἔξεστίν μοι, ὃ θέλω ποιῆσαι ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς? 1 Or is it not lawful for me to do what I desire with what is mine? The landowner uses a question to correct the workers who were complaining. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I can do what I want with my own possessions.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 20 15 dus3 figs-rquestion ἢ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρός ἐστιν, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἀγαθός εἰμι? 1 Or is your eye evil because I am good? The landowner uses a question to rebuke the workers who were complaining. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not be jealous when I am generous to other people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 20 16 k5fe οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι, καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι 1 In the same way, the last will be first, and the first last Here, **first** and **last** refer to people’s status or importance. Jesus is contrasting people’s status now with their status in the kingdom of heaven. See how you translated a similar statement in [19:30](../19/30.md). Alternate translation: “So those who seem to be unimportant now will be the most important, and those who seem to be the most important now will be the least important”
MAT 20 16 bhr5 οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 In the same way, the last will be first Here the parable has ended and Jesus is speaking. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus said, ‘In the same way, the last will be first’”
MAT 20 17 iu9d 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus foretells his death and resurrection a third time as he and his disciples travel to Jerusalem.
MAT 20 17 b6ia ἀναβαίνων ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 Jesus, going up to Jerusalem **Jerusalem** was on top of a hill, so people had to travel **up** to get there.
MAT 20 18 d3ig ἰδοὺ, ἀναβαίνομεν 1 Behold, we are going up Jesus uses the word **Behold** to tell the disciples the must pay attention to what he is about to tell them.
MAT 20 18 nf34 figs-exclusive ἀναβαίνομεν 1 we are going up Here, **we** refers to Jesus and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
MAT 20 18 b2f2 figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται 1 the Son of Man will be delivered If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone will deliver the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 20 18 rbl4 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…αὐτὸν 1 the Son of Man … him Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate these in the first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 20 18 s8uh κατακρινοῦσιν 1 they will condemn The chief priests and scribes will condemn Jesus.
MAT 20 19 rjq7 καὶ παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, εἰς τὸ ἐμπαῖξαι 1 and will deliver him to the Gentiles for them to mock The chief priests and scribes will deliver Jesus to the **Gentiles**, and the Gentiles will **mock** him.
MAT 20 19 a9k5 μαστιγῶσαι 1 to flog Alternate translation: “to whip him” or “to beat him with whips”
MAT 20 19 pn84 translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day The word **third** is the ordinal form of “three.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MAT 20 19 c6q1 figs-123person αὐτὸν…σταυρῶσαι…ἀναστήσεται 1 him … to crucify him … he will be raised up Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate these in the first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 20 19 kr7a figs-activepassive ἀναστήσεται 1 he will be raised up The words **be raised up** are an idiom for “be made alive again.” If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” or “God will make him alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 20 20 sx75 τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου 1 of the sons of Zebedee The **sons of Zebedee** were James and John.
MAT 20 21 b8xs figs-metonymy ἐκ δεξιῶν…ἐξ εὐωνύμων σου 1 at your right hand … at your left hand These phrases refer to having positions of power, authority, and honor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 20 21 i9n6 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ σου 1 in your kingdom Here, **kingdom** refers to Jesus ruling as king. Alternate translation: “when you are king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 20 22 gx17 figs-you οὐκ οἴδατε 1 You do not know **You** is plural and refers to the mother and the sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 20 22 i8nx figs-you δύνασθε 1 Are you able Here, **you** is plural, but Jesus is only talking to the two sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 20 22 f9cy figs-idiom πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ μέλλω πίνειν 1 to drink the cup that I am about to drink To **drink the cup** or “drink from the cup” is an idiom that means to experience suffering. Alternate translation: “to suffer what I am about to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 20 22 d4rf λέγουσιν 1 They say Alternate translation: “The sons of Zebedee said” or “James and John said”
MAT 20 23 m4d2 figs-idiom τὸ μὲν ποτήριόν μου πίεσθε 1 My cup you will drink To **drink** a **cup** or “drink from a cup” is an idiom that means to experience suffering. Alternate translation: “You will indeed suffer as I will suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 20 23 aq1v figs-metonymy δεξιῶν…εὐωνύμων 1 right hand … my left hand These phrases refer to having positions of power, authority, and honor. See how you translated this in [20:21](../20/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 20 23 sj51 figs-activepassive οἷς ἡτοίμασται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 to those who have been prepared by my Father If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “my Father has prepared those places, and he will give them to whom he chooses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 20 23 x5f4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 20 24 qxl4 ἀκούσαντες 1 having heard this Alternate translation: “having heard what James and John had asked Jesus”
MAT 20 24 la38 figs-explicit ἠγανάκτησαν περὶ τῶν δύο ἀδελφῶν 1 were very angry with the two brothers If necessary, you can make explicit why the ten disciples **were angry**. Alternate translation: “were very angry with the two brothers because each of them also wanted to sit in a place of honor next to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 20 25 v2xq προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς 1 having called them to himself Alternate translation: “having called the 12 disciples”
MAT 20 25 x2ul οἱ ἄρχοντες τῶν ἐθνῶν κατακυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν 1 the rulers of the Gentiles subjugate them Alternate translation: “the Gentile kings forcefully rule over their people”
MAT 20 25 gu83 οἱ μεγάλοι 1 the great ones Alternate translation: “the important men among the Gentiles”
MAT 20 25 nb3r κατεξουσιάζουσιν αὐτῶν 1 exercise authority over them Alternate translation: “have control over the people”
MAT 20 26 y4qw ὃς ἐὰν θέλῃ 1 whoever desires Alternate translation: “whoever wants”
MAT 20 27 j3ms εἶναι πρῶτος 1 to be first Alternate translation: “to be most important”
MAT 20 28 m27d figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ 1 the Son of Man … his life Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate this in the first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 20 28 iz71 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι 1 did not come to be served If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “did not come so that other people would serve him” or “did not come so that other people would serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 20 28 c7r9 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι 1 but to serve You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “but to serve other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 20 28 zh3k figs-metaphor καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν 1 and to give his life as a ransom in exchange for many Jesus’ **life** being a **ransom** is a metaphor for his being punished in order to set people free from being punished for their own sins. Alternate translation: “to give his life as a substitute for many” or “to give his life as a substitute to set many free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 20 28 zv1p figs-idiom καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ 1 and to give his life To give one’s **life** is an idiom meaning to die voluntarily, usually in order to help others. Alternate translation: “and to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 20 28 hgv7 figs-ellipsis ἀντὶ πολλῶν 1 in exchange for many You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “in exchange for many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 20 29 u6ad 0 Connecting Statement: This begins an account of Jesus healing two blind men.
MAT 20 29 ev2t ἐκπορευομένων αὐτῶν 1 as they were proceeding Here, **they** refers to the disciples and Jesus.
MAT 20 29 b4tr ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ 1 followed him Alternate translation: “followed Jesus”
MAT 20 30 zz5f ἀκούσαντες 1 Having heard Alternate translation: “When the two blind men heard”
MAT 20 30 stz8 παράγει 1 is passing by Alternate translation: “was walking by them”
MAT 20 30 t577 Υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 Son of David Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “Descendant of King David.” However, **Son of David** is also a title for the Messiah, and the men were probably calling Jesus by this title.
MAT 20 32 f5mw ἐφώνησεν αὐτοὺς 1 called to them Alternate translation: “called to the blind men”
MAT 20 33 yb39 figs-metaphor ἵνα ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν 1 that our eyes may be opened The men speak of becoming able to see as if their **eyes** were to **be opened**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 20 33 xdgl figs-ellipsis ἵνα ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν 1 that our eyes may be opened Because of Jesus’ previous question, we understand that they were expressing their desire. Alternate translation: “we want you to open our eyes” or “we want to be able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 20 34 q9iq σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 having been moved with compassion Alternate translation: “having compassion on them” or “feeling compassion for them”
MAT 21 intro ni1x 0 # Matthew 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:5,16 and 42, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The donkey and the colt
Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.
Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../jhn/12/14.md))
### Hosanna
This is what the people shouted to welcome Jesus into Jerusalem. This word meant “Save us,” but people used it to praise God.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “The kingdom of God will be taken away from you”
No one knows for sure what this phrase means. No one knows if Jesus meant that God would someday give the kingdom back or not.
MAT 21 1 f8fs 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus’ entry into Jerusalem. Here he gives his disciples instructions about what they are to do.
MAT 21 1 p3g6 translate-names Βηθφαγὴ 1 Bethphage **Bethphage** was a village near Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT 21 2 wen2 figs-activepassive ὄνον δεδεμένην 1 a donkey tied up If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a donkey that someone has tied up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 21 2 pq2e figs-explicit δεδεμένην 1 tied up You can make explicit how the donkey is **tied up**. Alternate translation: “tied up to a post” or “tied up to a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 21 2 ure7 πῶλον 1 a colt This **colt** was a young male donkey.
MAT 21 4 lk67 0 General Information: Here the author quotes the prophet Zechariah to show that Jesus fulfilled prophecy by riding a donkey into Jerusalem.
MAT 21 4 irw1 δὲ 1 Now The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew explains how Jesus’ actions fulfill scripture.
MAT 21 4 n979 figs-activepassive τοῦτο…γέγονεν, ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 this had come about so that what was spoken through the prophet might be fulfilled If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this happened so that Jesus would fulfill what God spoke through the prophet long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 21 4 x3up figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 through the prophet There were many prophets. Matthew was speaking of Zechariah. Alternate translation: “the prophet Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 21 5 whn7 τῇ θυγατρὶ Σιών 1 the daughter of Zion The **daughter** of a city means the people of the city. Alternate translation: “the people of Zion” or “the people who live in Zion”
MAT 21 5 jzz6 Σιών 1 of Zion **Zion** is another name for Jerusalem.
MAT 21 5 fx3v ἐπὶ ὄνον καὶ ἐπὶ πῶλον, υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου 1 on a donkey—and on a colt, the foal of a beast of burden The phrase **on a colt, the foal of a beast of burden** is explaining that the donkey is a young animal. Alternate translation: “on a young, male donkey”
MAT 21 7 y6en τὰ ἱμάτια 1 cloaks These **cloaks** were outer clothing or long coats.
MAT 21 8 t29s translate-symaction ὄχλος ἔστρωσαν ἑαυτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔκοπτον κλάδους ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων, καὶ ἐστρώννυον ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 the crowd spread their cloaks on the road, and others were cutting branches from the trees and were spreading them in the road The crowd did these acts to show honor to Jesus as he was entering Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT 21 8 gbn8 figs-explicit ὄχλος ἔστρωσαν ἑαυτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; ἄλλοι δὲ ἔκοπτον κλάδους ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων, καὶ ἐστρώννυον ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 the crowd spread their cloaks on the road, and others were cutting branches from the trees and were spreading them in the road You can state clearly that they did this to honor Jesus. Alternate translation: “the crowd spread their cloaks on the road, and others were cutting branches from the trees and were spreading them in the road in order to show honor to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 21 9 ky4c ὡσαννὰ 1 Hosanna **Hosanna** means “Save us,” but it can also mean “Praise God!”
MAT 21 9 ysb9 τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ 1 to the son of David Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “descendant of king David.” However, **Son of David** is also a title for the Messiah, and the crowd was probably calling Jesus by this title.
MAT 21 9 q52t figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord Here, **in the name** means “in the power” or “as a representative.” Alternate translation: “in the power of the Lord” or “as the representative of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 21 9 g73z figs-metonymy ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 Hosanna in the highest Here, **highest** refers to God who rules from the highest heaven. Alternate translation: “Praise God, who is in the highest heaven” or “Praise be to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 21 10 cb4h figs-metonymy ἐσείσθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 1 the whole the city was stirred Here, **city** refers to the people living there. Alternate translation: “many people from all over the city were stirred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 21 10 nqb2 ἐσείσθη 1 was stirred Alternate translation: “was excited”
MAT 21 12 mc5v 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus entering into the temple.
MAT 21 12 y9j4 figs-explicit εἰσῆλθεν Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὸ ἱερόν 1 Jesus entered into the temple Jesus did not enter the actual **temple**. He entered the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 21 12 w7ac τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας 1 those who were buying and selling Merchants were **selling** animals and other items that travelers bought to offer the proper sacrifices at the temple.
MAT 21 13 q41c ὁ οἶκός μου οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται; ὑμεῖς δὲ αὐτὸν ποιεῖτε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 In this verse, Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to rebuke the vendors and money changers.
MAT 21 13 guy7 λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 he says to them Alternate translation: “Jesus said to those who were changing money and buying and selling things”
MAT 21 13 m1jl figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 It is written If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “The prophets wrote long ago” or “God said long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 21 13 z8gr figs-activepassive ὁ οἶκός μου…κληθήσεται 1 My house will be called If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “People should call my house” or “My house will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 21 13 n9v8 ὁ οἶκός μου 1 My house Here, **My** refers to God and **house** refers to the temple.
MAT 21 13 bd8x figs-idiom οἶκος προσευχῆς 1 a house of prayer This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “a place where people pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 21 13 c7l3 figs-metaphor σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 a den of robbers Jesus uses a metaphor to scold the people for buying and selling items in the temple. Alternate translation: “like a place where robbers hide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 21 14 rpp3 figs-nominaladj τυφλοὶ καὶ χωλοὶ 1 the blind and the lame If your language does not use the nominal adjectives **blind** and **lame**, you can express them as adjectives. Alternate translation: “those who were blind and those who were lame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT 21 14 aku3 χωλοὶ 1 the lame To be **lame** is to have an injured foot or leg that makes walking difficult.
MAT 21 15 hft8 τὰ θαυμάσια 1 the marvelous things This phrase refers to Jesus healing the blind and lame people in [21:14](../21/14.md). Alternate translation: “the wonderful things” or “the miracles”
MAT 21 15 fqr9 ὡσαννὰ 1 Hosanna **Hosanna** means “Save us” but can also mean “Praise God!” See how you translated this in [21:9](../21/09.md).
MAT 21 15 c6k8 τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ 1 the Son of David Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “descendant of king David.” However, “Son of David” is also a title for the Messiah, and the children were probably calling Jesus by this title. See how you translated this in [21:9](../21/09.md).
MAT 21 15 r3bs figs-explicit ἠγανάκτησαν 1 they became very angry It is implied that they were **very angry** because they did not believe Jesus was the Christ and they did not want other people praising him. Alternate translation: “they became very angry because people were praising him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 21 16 p7x2 ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον 1 In verse 16, Jesus quotes from the Psalms to justify how the people had responded to him.
MAT 21 16 zx4a figs-rquestion ἀκούεις τί οὗτοι λέγουσιν? 1 Do you hear what they are saying? The chief priests and scribes ask this question to rebuke Jesus because they are angry with him. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not allow them to say these things about you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 21 16 luy1 figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον? 1 Have you never read, ‘From the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise’? Jesus asks this question to remind the chief priests and scribes of what they had studied in the scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I hear them, but you should remember what you read in the scriptures, ‘From the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise’?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 21 16 qa9u figs-metonymy ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον 1 From the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise **From the mouths** refers to speaking. Alternate translation: “You caused little children and nursing infants to prepare to give praise to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 21 17 kag5 καταλιπὼν αὐτοὺς 1 having left them Alternate translation: “after Jesus left the chief priests and scribes”
MAT 21 18 q488 δὲ 1 Now Th word **when** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew explains that Jesus is hungry and that is why he stops at the fig tree.
MAT 21 19 l3bi 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus uses a fig tree to teach his disciples about faith and prayer.
MAT 21 19 h2la ἐξηράνθη 1 withered Alternate translation: “died and dried up”
MAT 21 20 q81g figs-rquestion πῶς παραχρῆμα ἐξηράνθη ἡ συκῆ? 1 How did the fig tree immediately wither away? The disciples use a question to emphasize how surprised they are. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We are astonished that the fig tree has dried up so quickly!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 21 20 sk1g ἐξηράνθη 1 did … wither away Alternate translation: “did … dry up and die”
MAT 21 21 nd3y ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
MAT 21 21 mwl5 figs-doublet ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν καὶ μὴ διακριθῆτε 1 if you have faith and would not doubt Jesus expresses the same idea both positively and negatively to emphasize that this faith must be genuine. Alternate translation: “if you truly believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MAT 21 21 jf9h figs-quotations κἂν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, 1 you may even say to this mountain, ‘Be taken up and be thrown into the sea,’ You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you will even be able to tell this mountain to be taken up and be thrown into the sea,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT 21 21 erml figs-activepassive κἂν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε, ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, 1 you may even say to this mountain, ‘Be taken up and be thrown into the sea,’ You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you will even be able to tell this mountain to get up and throw itself into the sea,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 21 23 yi7j 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of the religious leaders questioning Jesus’ authority.
MAT 21 23 uge9 figs-explicit ἐλθόντος αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 when he had come into the temple It is implied that Jesus did not enter the actual **temple**. He entered the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 21 23 s1w6 ταῦτα 1 these things Here, **these things** refers to Jesus teaching and healing in the temple. It probably also refers to Jesus driving out the buyers and sellers the previous day.
MAT 21 25 k1a7 πόθεν ἦν? 1 from where was it? Alternate translation: “where did he get the authority to do that?”
MAT 21 25 vvt5 figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ? 1 If we would say, ‘From heaven,’ he will say to us, ‘Why then did you not believe him?’ This has quotes within a quote. You could translate the direct quotations as an indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “If we say that we believe John received his authority from heaven, then Jesus will ask us why we did not believe John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MAT 21 25 xx3b figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 From heaven Here, **heaven** refers to God. Alternate translation: “from God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 21 25 jmg7 figs-rquestion διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ? 1 Why then did you not believe him? The religious leaders know that Jesus could scold them with this rhetorical question. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Then you should have believed John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 21 26 zxn4 figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, 1 But if we would say, ‘From men,’ This is a quote within a quote. You could translate the direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that we believe John received his authority from men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MAT 21 26 vn6j φοβούμεθα τὸν ὄχλον 1 we fear the crowd Alternate translation: “we fear what the crowd would think or even do to us”
MAT 21 26 q1r1 πάντες…ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 they all regard John as a prophet Alternate translation: “they believe John is a prophet”
MAT 21 28 u56n figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells a parable about two sons to rebuke the religious leaders and to illustrate their unbelief. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT 21 28 iem2 figs-rquestion τί δὲ ὑμῖν δοκεῖ? 1 But what do you think? Jesus uses a question to challenge the religious leaders to think deeply about the parable he will tell them. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Tell me what you think about what I am about to tell you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 21 29 b96z figs-metaphor μεταμεληθεὶς 1 having changed his mind This refers to the son reconsidering his thoughts and deciding to act differently from how he had said he would act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 21 31 hl72 λέγουσιν 1 They say Alternate translation: “The chief priests and elders said”
MAT 21 31 au13 λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus says to them Alternate translation: “Jesus said to the chief priests and elders”
MAT 21 31 er5s ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
MAT 21 31 ec9f figs-metonymy οἱ τελῶναι καὶ αἱ πόρναι προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ 1 the tax collectors and the prostitutes will enter into the kingdom of God before you Here, **kingdom of God** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “when God establishes his rule on earth, he will agree to bless the tax collectors and prostitutes by ruling over them before he agrees to do that for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 21 31 pd34 προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς 1 enter … before you This could mean: (1) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes sooner than he will accept the Jewish religious leaders. (2) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes instead of the Jewish religious leaders.
MAT 21 32 a8z8 figs-you ἦλθεν…Ἰωάννης πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 John came to you Here, **you** is plural and refers to all the people of Israel not just the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “John came to the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 21 32 n2ve figs-idiom ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης 1 in the way of righteousness This is an idiom that means John showed the people the right way to live. Alternate translation: “and told you the way God wants you to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 21 32 c5t4 figs-you οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 you did not believe him Here, **you** is plural and refers to the religious leaders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 21 33 nn9y figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: To rebuke the religious leaders and illustrate their unbelief, Jesus tells a parable about rebellious servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT 21 33 sx2y οἰκοδεσπότης 1 a landowner Alternate translation: “a person who owned a piece of property”
MAT 21 33 v39u φραγμὸν 1 a hedge Alternate translation: “a wall” or “a fence made of bushes”
MAT 21 33 lg79 ὤρυξεν ἐν αὐτῷ ληνὸν 1 dug a winepress in it Alternate translation: “dug a hole in the vineyard in which to press the grapes”
MAT 21 33 eu7x ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς 1 rented it out to vine growers The owner still owned the vineyard, but he allowed the **vine growers** to take care of it. When the grapes became ripe, they were to give some of them to the owner and keep the rest.
MAT 21 33 vp8k γεωργοῖς 1 to vine growers These **vine growers** were people who knew how to take care of vines and grapes.
MAT 21 35 n1cq τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ 1 his servants Alternate translation: “the landowner’s servants”
MAT 21 40 x1ll grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Therefore The word **Therefore** indicates that what follows is the result of what has happened in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
MAT 21 41 ss2m λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 They say to him Matthew does not make clear who answered Jesus. If you need to specify an audience you can translate as “The people said to Jesus.”
MAT 21 42 z9tm λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας; παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that God will honor the one whom the religious leaders reject.
MAT 21 42 x8zh 0 Connecting Statement: Here Jesus begins to explain the parable of the rebellious servants.
MAT 21 42 kk7e λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus says to them It is unclear to whom Jesus asks the following question. If you need to make **them** specific, use the same audience as you did in [21:41](../21/41.md).
MAT 21 42 me7g figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας; παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν? 1 Did you never read in the scriptures, ‘The stone which the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner. This was from the Lord, and it is marvelous in our eyes’? Jesus uses a question to make his audience think deeply about what this scripture means. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Think about what you have read in the scriptures, ‘The stone which the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner. This was from the Lord, and it is marvelous in our eyes.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 21 42 mcm8 figs-metaphor λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 The stone which the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner Jesus is quoting from the Psalms. This is a metaphor that means the religious leaders, like builders, will reject Jesus, but God will make him the most important in his kingdom, like the cornerstone in a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 21 42 uid2 figs-activepassive ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 has become the head of the corner If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “is now the cornerstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 21 42 b1sr παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη 1 This was from the Lord Alternate translation: “The Lord has caused this great change”
MAT 21 42 el83 figs-metonymy ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 it is marvelous in our eyes Here, **in our eyes** refers to seeing. Alternate translation: “it is wonderful to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 21 43 s93a λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
MAT 21 43 c7pb figs-you ὑμῖν 1 to you Here, **you** is plural. Jesus was speaking to the religious leaders who had rejected him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 21 43 v89z figs-metonymy ἀρθήσεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ δοθήσεται ἔθνει 1 the kingdom of God will be taken away from you and will be given to a nation Here, **kingdom of God** refers to God’s rule as king. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will reject you and he will be king over people from other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 21 43 x9nq figs-activepassive ἀρθήσεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ δοθήσεται ἔθνει 1 the kingdom of God will be taken away from you and will be given to a nation If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take his kingdom away from you and will give it to a nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 21 43 cm2i figs-metaphor ποιοῦντι τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς 1 producing its fruits Here, **fruits** is a metaphor for “results” or “outcomes.” Alternate translation: “that produces good results” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 21 44 r7up figs-metaphor ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται 1 the one having fallen on this stone will be broken to pieces Here, **this stone** is the same stone as in [21:42](../21/42.md). This is a metaphor that means the Christ will destroy anyone who rebels against him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 21 44 e7qc figs-activepassive ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται 1 the one having fallen on this stone will be broken to pieces If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the stone will break into pieces anyone who falls on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 21 44 ghz2 figs-parallelism ἐφ’ ὃν δ’ ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν 1 but on whomever it may fall, it will crush him This means basically the same thing as the previous sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT 21 44 fonh figs-metaphor ἐφ’ ὃν δ’ ἂν πέσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν 1 but on whomever it may fall, it will crush him This is a metaphor that means the Christ will have the final judgment and will destroy everyone who rebels against him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 21 45 gh8w 0 Connecting Statement: The religious leaders react to the parable that Jesus told.
MAT 21 45 qpy9 τὰς παραβολὰς αὐτοῦ 1 his parables Alternate translation: “Jesus’ parables”
MAT 22 intro k5ze 0 # Matthew 22 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verse 44, which are words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Wedding Feast
In the parable of the wedding feast ([Matthew 22:1-14](./01.md)), Jesus taught that when God offers to save a person, that person needs to accept the offer. Jesus spoke of life with God as a feast that a king prepares for his son, who has just gotten married. In addition, Jesus emphasized that not everyone whom God invites will properly prepare themselves to come to the feast. God will throw these people out from the feast.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Implicit information
Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When the king in the parable said, “My oxen and fattened calves have been killed” ([Matthew 22:4](../mat/22/04.md)), he assumed that the hearers would understand that those who had killed the animals had also cooked them.
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. To the Jews, the ancestors were the masters of the descendants, but in one psalm David calls one of his descendants “Lord.” Jesus tells the Jewish leaders that this is a paradox, saying, “If David then calls the Christ ‘Lord,’ how is he David’s son?” ([Matthew 22:45](../mat/22/45.md)).
MAT 22 1 z8vz figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: To rebuke the religious leaders and to illustrate their unbelief, Jesus tells a parable about a marriage feast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT 22 1 bc6y αὐτοῖς 1 to them Alternate translation: “to the people”
MAT 22 2 xps3 ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of the heavens is like This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated this in [13:24](../13/24.md).
MAT 22 3 wur1 figs-activepassive τοὺς κεκλημένους 1 those who had been invited If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the people the king had invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 22 4 c7x4 figs-activepassive δούλους λέγων, εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις 1 servants, saying, ‘Tell those who have been invited If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “servants, saying, ‘Tell those whom I have invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 22 4 arqx figs-quotations δούλους λέγων, εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις 1 servants, saying, ‘Tell those who have been invited You can state this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “servants, ordering them to tell those whom he invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT 22 4 iq6y ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
MAT 22 4 xu4t figs-activepassive οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα 1 My oxen and fattened calves have been killed If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “My servants have killed my oxen and my fattened calves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 22 4 ro9h figs-explicit οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα 1 My oxen and fattened calves have been killed It is implied that the animals are cooked and ready to eat. Alternate translation: “My servants have killed and cooked my oxen and my fattened calves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 22 4 c48a οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ 1 My oxen and fattened calves Alternate translation: “My best oxen and calves for eating”
MAT 22 5 zu4c οἱ δὲ ἀμελήσαντες 1 But they, having paid no attention Alternate translation: “But the guests the king invited, ignoring the invitation”
MAT 22 7 la7s figs-explicit ἀπώλεσεν τοὺς φονεῖς ἐκείνους 1 he killed those murderers It is implied that it was the king’s soldiers who killed the **murderers**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 22 8 k98u figs-activepassive οἱ…κεκλημένοι 1 those who had been invited If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom I invited” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 22 9 p48s τὰς διεξόδους τῶν ὁδῶν 1 the crossings of the roads The king is sending the servants to the place where they are most likely to find people. Alternate translation: “the crossroads” or “where the main roads of the city cross”
MAT 22 10 uva7 πονηρούς τε καὶ ἀγαθούς 1 both evil and good Alternate translation: “both the good people and the bad people”
MAT 22 10 c6ph figs-activepassive καὶ ἐπλήσθη ὁ γάμος ἀνακειμένων 1 and the wedding hall was filled with those reclining at table If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “So the guests filled the wedding hall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 22 10 fy3a ὁ γάμος 1 the wedding hall A **wedding hall** was a large room where weddings were performed.
MAT 22 12 c7iy figs-rquestion πῶς εἰσῆλθες ὧδε μὴ ἔχων ἔνδυμα γάμου? 1 how did you come in here, not having wedding clothes? The king uses a question to scold the guest. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “you are not wearing proper clothes for a wedding. You should not be here.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 22 12 w7vb ὁ…ἐφιμώθη 1 he was speechless Alternate translation: “the man was silent”
MAT 22 13 jmp4 δήσαντες αὐτοῦ πόδας καὶ χεῖρας 1 Having bound him foot and hand Alternate translation: “After you have tied him up so that he cannot move his hands or feet”
MAT 22 13 rpy8 figs-metonymy τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 the outer darkness Here, **outer darkness** is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 22 13 s9ge translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 the weeping and the grinding of teeth Here, **the grinding of teeth** is symbolic action, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “weeping and expressing their extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT 22 14 hy3a figs-activepassive πολλοὶ γάρ εἰσιν κλητοὶ, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἐκλεκτοί 1 For many are called, but few are chosen If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For God invites many people, but he only chooses a few” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 22 14 yz5f γάρ 1 For Here, **For** marks a transition. Jesus has ended the parable and will now explain the point of the parable.
MAT 22 15 y826 0 Connecting Statement: This begins an account of the religious leaders trying to trap Jesus with several difficult questions. Here the Pharisees ask him about paying taxes to Caesar.
MAT 22 15 u2mj ὅπως αὐτὸν παγιδεύσωσιν ἐν λόγῳ 1 how they might entrap him in his words Alternate translation: “how they could cause Jesus to say something wrong so they could arrest him”
MAT 22 16 eae4 figs-explicit τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτῶν…τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 their disciples … the Herodians The **disciples** of the Pharisees supported paying taxes only to Jewish authorities. The **Herodians** supported paying taxes to the Roman authorities. It is implied that the Pharisees believed that no matter what Jesus said, he would offend one of these groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 22 16 rf66 translate-names Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 Herodians The **Herodians** were officials and followers of the Jewish king Herod. He was friends with Roman authorities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT 22 16 t2qa οὐ…βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων 2 for you do not look at the face of men Alternate translation: “you do not show special honor to anyone” or “you do not consider anyone more important than anyone else”
MAT 22 17 a9by figs-explicit δοῦναι κῆνσον Καίσαρι 1 to give a poll tax to Caesar People did not pay taxes directly to **Caesar** but to one of his **tax** collectors. Alternate translation: “to pay the taxes that Caesar requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 22 18 a2ti figs-rquestion τί με πειράζετε, ὑποκριταί? 1 Why are you testing me, you hypocrites? Jesus uses a question to scold those who were trying to trap him. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not test me, you hypocrites!” or “I know that you hypocrites are only trying to test me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 22 19 cie7 translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 a denarius The **denarius** was a Roman coin worth one day’s wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MAT 22 20 ue7j αὐτοῖς 1 to them Here, **them** refers to the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees.
MAT 22 20 dr3d figs-rquestion τίνος ἡ εἰκὼν αὕτη καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή? 1 Whose image and name inscription is this? Jesus uses a question to get the people to think deeply about what he is saying. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Tell me whose image and name you see on this coin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 22 21 yd84 figs-ellipsis Καίσαρος 1 Caesar’s You can make clear the understood information in their response. Alternate translation: “The coin has Caesar’s image and name on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 22 21 i6g5 τὰ Καίσαρος 1 the things of Caesar Alternate translation: “the things that belong to Caesar”
MAT 22 21 l3dh τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the things of God’s Alternate translation: “the things that belong to God”
MAT 22 23 wqg2 0 Connecting Statement: The Sadducees try to trap Jesus by asking him a difficult question about marriage and the resurrection of the dead.
MAT 22 24 xl5f figs-quotesinquotes Διδάσκαλε, Μωϋσῆς εἶπεν, ἐάν τις ἀποθάνῃ 1 Teacher, Moses said, ‘If someone may have died The religious leaders were asking Jesus about what **Moses** had written in the Scriptures. If your language does not allow quotes within quotes, you could state this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Teacher, Moses said that if a man dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MAT 22 24 u7dm ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ…τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ…τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 his brother … his wife … for his brother Here, **his** refers to the dead man.
MAT 22 25 ag5z translate-ordinal ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first Alternate translation: “the oldest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MAT 22 26 r6bq translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος…ὁ τρίτος…τῶν ἑπτά 1 the second … the third … the seventh Alternate translation: “the next oldest … the next oldest … the youngest” or “his oldest younger brother … that brother’s oldest younger brother … the youngest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MAT 22 27 t7md ὕστερον…πάντων 1 last of all Alternate translation: “after every brother had died”
MAT 22 28 wbd1 οὖν 1 Therefore The Sadducees use the word **Therefore** to shift from the story about the seven brothers to their actual question.
MAT 22 28 s743 ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει 1 in the resurrection Alternate translation: “when dead people come back to life”
MAT 22 29 p1ae figs-explicit πλανᾶσθε 1 You have been led astray It is implied that Jesus means that they are mistaken about what they think about the resurrection. Alternate translation: “You are mistaken about the resurrection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 22 29 xkvg figs-activepassive πλανᾶσθε 1 You have been led astray If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “You are mistaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 22 29 dax6 τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the power of God Alternate translation: “what God is able to do”
MAT 22 30 ygr1 ἐν…τῇ ἀναστάσει 1 in the resurrection Alternate translation: “when dead people rise back to life”
MAT 22 30 uaj9 οὔτε γαμοῦσιν 1 they neither marry Alternate translation: “people do not marry”
MAT 22 30 qkv1 figs-activepassive οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 nor are given in marriage If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “nor will people give their children in marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 22 31 nx66 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins asking a question to show that people who have died will live again.
MAT 22 31 b9sy figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ λέγοντος 1 have you not read what was spoken to you by God, saying This is the first part of a rhetorical question that continues into the next verse. Jesus scolds the Sadducees by asking a question. He is not looking for an answer. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know you have read what was spoken to you by God. You know that he said,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 22 31 ljj7 figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 what was spoken to you by God If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God spoke to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 22 32 qcq3 figs-rquestion ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ? 1 I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob’? This is the end of the question that begins with the words **have you not read** in verse 31. Jesus asks this question to remind the religious leaders of what they know from scripture. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know you have read it, but you do not seem to understand what God meant when he said he was the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 22 32 zwbp figs-quotations ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ? 1 I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob’? You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. “God, who said to Moses that he is the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT 22 32 t7lv figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 of the dead, but of the living If your language does not use the nominal adjectives **dead** and **living**, you can express them as adjectives. Alternate translation: “of dead people, but he is the God of living people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT 22 34 jnd7 0 Connecting Statement: A Pharisee who was an expert in the law tries to trap Jesus by asking him a difficult question about the greatest commandment.
MAT 22 35 ud5r νομικὸς 1 a lawyer This is a Pharisee who had special skill in understanding the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “an expert in the law”
MAT 22 37 vng8 ἀγαπήσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου 1 Jesus quotes a verse from Deuteronomy as the greatest commandment.
MAT 22 37 xl3e figs-doublet ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου 1 with all your heart, and with all your soul, and with all your mind These three phrases are used together to mean “completely” or “earnestly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MAT 22 37 g0mt figs-metonymy ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σου, καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου 1 with all your heart, and with all your soul, and with all your mind Here, **heart** and **soul** are metonyms for a person’s inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 22 38 q8j3 figs-doublet ἡ μεγάλη καὶ πρώτη ἐντολή 1 the great and first commandment Here, **great** and **first** mean the same thing. They emphasize that this is the most important **commandment**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MAT 22 39 xk1k ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 Jesus quotes a verse from Leviticus as the second greatest commandment.
MAT 22 39 yx7v τὸν πλησίον σου 1 your neighbor Here, **neighbor** means more than just those who live nearby. Jesus means a person must **love** all people.
MAT 22 40 wpr8 figs-metonymy ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς, ὅλος ὁ νόμος κρέμαται καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 On these two commandments hang the whole law and the prophets Here the phrase **the whole law and the prophets** refers to all of Scripture. Alternate translation: “Everything that Moses and the prophets wrote in the scriptures is based on these two commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 22 41 r9ca 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus asks the Pharisees a difficult question in order to stop their attempts to trap him.
MAT 22 41 pj4a δὲ 1 Now The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story when Jesus asks the religious leaders a question.
MAT 22 42 xlf8 υἱός 1 son Here, **son** means “descendant.”
MAT 22 42 xhwj figs-ellipsis τοῦ Δαυείδ 1 Of David In this reply, it is understood that they are saying whose son the Christ will be. Alternate translation: “He is the son of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 22 43 dpp5 0 General Information: In verses 43-44, Jesus quotes from the Psalms to show that the Christ is more than just “the son of David.”
MAT 22 43 cu3h figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι καλεῖ Κύριον αὐτὸν 1 How then does David in the Spirit call him Lord, saying Jesus begins to ask a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about the Psalm he is about to quote. The question continues into the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Then, tell me why David in the Spirit calls him Lord, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 22 43 yu5m Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι 1 David in the Spirit This means the Holy Spirit is influencing what David says. Alternate translation: “David, whom the Holy Spirit is inspiring”
MAT 22 43 dn9y καλεῖ…αὐτὸν 1 does … call him Here, **him** refers to the Christ, who is also the descendant of David.
MAT 22 44 wy85 εἶπεν Κύριος 1 The Lord said Here, **Lord** refers to God the Father.
MAT 22 44 k3f7 τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 to my Lord Here, **Lord** refers to the Christ. Also, **my** refers to David. This means the Christ is superior to David, because he is David’s “Lord.”
MAT 22 44 dz2a translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right hand To sit at the **right hand** of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT 22 44 e59n figs-idiom ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I put your enemies under your feet This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies” or “until I make your enemies bow down before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 22 45 d8gl figs-rquestion εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸν, Κύριον, πῶς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν? 1 If David therefore calls him ‘Lord,’ how is he his son? Jesus uses a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about what he is saying. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “David calls him ‘Lord,’ so the Christ has to be more than just a descendant of David.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 22 45 x9uh εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸν, Κύριον, 1 If David therefore calls him ‘Lord,’ **David** referred to Jesus as **Lord** because Jesus was not only a descendant of David, but he was also superior to him.
MAT 22 46 n3hw figs-metonymy ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον 1 to answer him a word Here, **word** refers to what people say. Alternate translation: “to answer him anything” or “to answer him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 22 46 c1f2 figs-explicit ἐπερωτῆσαι αὐτὸν οὐκέτι 1 to question him any longer It is implied that no one asked him the kind of questions that were intended to make him say something wrong so the religious leaders could arrest him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 23 intro m99i 0 # Matthew 23 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Hypocrites
Jesus calls the Pharisees hypocrites many times ([Matthew 23:13](../mat/23/13.md)) and carefully tells what he means by doing that. The Pharisees made rules that no one could actually obey, and then they persuaded the ordinary people that they were guilty because they could not obey the rules. Also, the Pharisees obeyed their own rules instead of obeying God’s original commands in the law of Moses.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Name calling
In most cultures, it is wrong to insult people. The Pharisees took many of the words in this chapter as insults. Jesus called them “hypocrites,” “blind guides,” “fools,” and “serpents” ([Matthew 23:16-17](./16.md)). Jesus uses these words say that God would surely punish them because they were doing wrong.
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “He who is greatest among you will be your servant” ([Matthew 23:11-12](./11.md)).
MAT 23 1 skq4 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story that continues to [25:46](../25/46.md), where Jesus teaches about salvation and the final judgment. Here he begins to warn the people about the scribes and Pharisees.
MAT 23 2 dnu3 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῆς Μωϋσέως καθέδρας ἐκάθισαν 1 sit in Moses’ seat Here, **seat** represents the authority to rule and make judgments. Alternate translation: “have authority as Moses had” or “have authority to say what the law of Moses means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 23 3 q336 πάντα…ὅσα ἐὰν…ποιήσατε, καὶ τηρεῖτε 1 Therefore whatever … do and observe these things Alternate translation: “all the things … do them and observe them” or “everything … do it and observe it”
MAT 23 4 xce6 figs-metaphor δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά 1 They tie up heavy burdens that are difficult to carry, and then they put them on people’s shoulders. But they themselves will not move a finger to carry themThey tie up loads that are heavy and difficult to carry, and they put them on people’s shoulders. But they themselves are not willing to lift their finger to move them Here, **bind heavy burdens … put them on people’s shoulders** is a metaphor for the religious leaders making many difficult rules and making the people obey them. Alternate translation: “they make you obey many rules that are difficult to follow, but they do not lift a finger to help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 23 4 xtr1 figs-idiom δεσμεύουσιν δὲ φορτία βαρέα καὶ δυσβάστακτα, καὶ ἐπιτιθέασιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν ἀνθρώπων; αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν οὐ θέλουσιν κινῆσαι αὐτά 1 And they tie up loads, heavy and difficult to carry, and they put them on the shoulders of men, but they themselves are not willing with their finger to move them Here, **will not move a finger** is an idiom that means the religious leaders will not help the people. Alternate translation: “they make you obey many rules that are difficult to follow. But they do nothing at all to help the people follow the rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 23 5 nw4y figs-activepassive πάντα δὲ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν, ποιοῦσιν πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 They do all their deeds to be seen by people If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “They do all their deeds so that people can see what they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 23 5 ln6j figs-explicit πλατύνουσι γὰρ τὰ φυλακτήρια αὐτῶν καὶ μεγαλύνουσι τὰ κράσπεδα 1 For they make their phylacteries wide, and they enlarge the edges of their garments Both of these actions are things the Pharisees do to appear as if they honor God more than other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 23 5 gcv7 φυλακτήρια 1 phylacteries The **phylacteries** were small leather boxes containing paper with scripture written on it.
MAT 23 5 h2qj μεγαλύνουσι τὰ κράσπεδα 1 they enlarge the edges of their garments The Pharisees made the tassels on the bottom of their robes especially long to show their devotion to God.
MAT 23 6 arf1 τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν…τὰς πρωτοκαθεδρίας 1 the chief places … the chief seats Both of these places are the places where the most important people sit.
MAT 23 7 cp2m ταῖς ἀγοραῖς 1 the marketplaces The **marketplace** was a large, open-air area where people bought and sold items.
MAT 23 7 cbe8 figs-activepassive καλεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, Ῥαββεί 1 to be called ‘Rabbi’ by people. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for people to call them ‘Rabbi.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 23 8 uk5v figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς δὲ μὴ κληθῆτε 1 But you must not be called If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “But you must not let anyone call you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 23 8 ru2b figs-you ὑμεῖς…ὑμῶν…ὑμεῖς 1 you All occurrences of **you** and **your** are plural and refer to all of Jesus’ followers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 23 8 s5du ὑμεῖς ἀδελφοί ἐστε 1 you are brothers Here, **brothers** means “fellow believers.”
MAT 23 9 l33f figs-hyperbole Πατέρα μὴ καλέσητε ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς; 1 you should not call any of you on the earth ‘father,’ Jesus is using hyperbole to tell his hearers that they must not allow even the most important people to be more important to them than God is. Alternate translation: “do not call any man on earth your father” or “do not say that any man on earth is your father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 23 9 any8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ ὁ οὐράνιος 1 heavenly Father **Father** here is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 23 10 b8ua figs-activepassive μηδὲ κληθῆτε 1 And you should not be called If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Also, do not let anyone call you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 23 10 lp5f figs-123person ὅτι καθηγητὴς ὑμῶν ἐστιν εἷς, ὁ Χριστός 1 for your teacher is one—the Christ When Jesus said **the Christ**, he was speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “for I, the Christ, am your only teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 23 11 d62b ὁ…μείζων ὑμῶν 1 the greatest among you Alternate translation: “the person who is most important among you”
MAT 23 11 d9xw figs-you ὑμῶν 1 among you Here, **you** is plural and refers to Jesus’ followers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 23 12 x187 ὑψώσει ἑαυτὸν 1 will exalt himself Alternate translation: “makes himself important”
MAT 23 12 e81r figs-activepassive ταπεινωθήσεται 1 will be humbled If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will humble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 23 12 uz88 figs-activepassive ὑψωθήσεται 1 will be exalted If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will make important” or “God will honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 23 13 ts6z figs-metaphor 0 General Information: Jesus speaks of the **kingdom of the heavens** as if it were a house, the door into which the Pharisees have shut from the outside so that neither they nor anyone else can enter the house. If you do not keep the metaphor of the house, be sure to change all instances of “shut” and “enter.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 23 13 qjt2 figs-metonymy 0 General Information: The words **kingdom of the heavens**, which refer to God, who lives in heaven, occur only in Matthew, try to use your language’s word for “heaven” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 23 13 aw49 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to rebuke the religious leaders because of their hypocrisy.
MAT 23 13 i9dq οὐαὶ δὲ ὑμῖν 1 But woe to you See how you translated this in [11:21](../11/21.md). Alternate translation: “But how terrible it will be for you”
MAT 23 13 j4sd figs-metonymy κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων; ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκ εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε εἰσελθεῖν 1 you shut the kingdom of the heavens in front of men. For you do not enter in, nor do you permit those entering to enter The phrase **the kingdom of the heavens** refers to God ruling over his people. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “You prevent people from accepting God, who lives in heaven, as king, but you do not accept him as king, and you make it impossible for those about to accept him as king to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 23 13 xtjf figs-metaphor κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων; ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκ εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε εἰσελθεῖν 1 you shut the kingdom of the heavens in front of men. For you do not enter in, nor do you permit those entering to enter Jesus is speaking of the **kingdom of the heavens** as if it were a house, the door into which the Pharisees have shut from the outside so that neither they nor anyone else can enter the house. Alternate translation: “You make it impossible for people to enter the kingdom of heaven, but you do not enter it, and neither do you allow those about to enter to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 23 15 e4a8 figs-idiom περιάγετε τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν 1 you go over the sea and the dry land This is an idiom that means they go to distant places. Alternate translation: “you travel great distances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 23 15 xo45 figs-merism τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν 1 the sea and the dry land The **sea** and the **dry land** represent the two extremes where people can go on earth. Alternate translation: “everywhere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
MAT 23 15 iyl7 ποιῆσαι ἕνα προσήλυτον 1 to make one proselyte Alternate translation: “to make one person accept your religion”
MAT 23 15 bq91 figs-idiom υἱὸν Γεέννης 1 a son of hell Here, **son of** is an idiom that means “one belonging to.” Alternate translation: “person who belongs in hell” or “person who should go to hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 23 16 r5k3 figs-metaphor ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοὶ 1 you blind guides The Jewish leaders were spiritually **blind**. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. See how you translated “blind guides” in [15:14](../15/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 23 16 qgh8 ἐν τῷ ναῷ, οὐδέν ἐστιν 1 by the temple, it is nothing Alternate translation: “by the temple does not have to keep his oath”
MAT 23 16 lni3 ὀφείλει 1 he is obligated Alternate translation: “he is obligated by his oath”
MAT 23 17 s7a8 figs-metaphor μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί! 1 You fools and blind men! The Jewish leaders were spiritually **blind**. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 23 17 f9zd figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ μείζων ἐστίν, ὁ χρυσὸς ἢ ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν? 1 For which is greater, the gold or the temple that has made the gold holy? Jesus uses this question to rebuke the Pharisees because they treated the **gold** as if it were more important than the **temple**. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “The temple that has dedicated the gold to God is more important than the gold!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 23 17 j6d5 ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν 1 the temple that has made the gold holy Alternate translation: “the temple that makes the gold belong to God alone”
MAT 23 18 lr61 figs-ellipsis καί 1 And You can make the understood information explicit. Alternate translation: “And you also say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 23 18 d331 οὐδέν ἐστιν 1 it is nothing Alternate translation: “He does not have to do what he has sworn to do” or “He does not have to keep his oath”
MAT 23 18 ngd2 τῷ δώρῳ 1 the gift This **gift** was an animal or grain that a person would bring to God by putting it on God’s altar.
MAT 23 18 zg72 ὀφείλει 1 he is obligated Alternate translation: “he is obligated by his oath”
MAT 23 19 y6hk figs-metaphor τυφλοί 1 blind men The Jewish leaders were spiritually **blind**. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 23 19 g7qr figs-rquestion τί γὰρ μεῖζον, τὸ δῶρον, ἢ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον? 1 For which is greater, the gift or the altar that makes the gift holy? Jesus uses this question to rebuke the Pharisees for treating the **gift** as if it were more important than the **altar**. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “The altar that makes the gift holy is greater than the gift!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 23 19 gt4d τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον 1 the altar that makes the gift holy Alternate translation: “the altar that makes the gift special to God”
MAT 23 20 x4q4 ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ 1 by everything that is on it Alternate translation: “by all the gifts that people have placed on it”
MAT 23 21 m21b τῷ κατοικοῦντι αὐτόν 1 the one inhabiting it This refers to God the Father.
MAT 23 22 ejw9 τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ 1 the one sitting on it As in the previous verse, this refers to God the Father.
MAT 23 23 lg3r οὐαὶ ὑμῖν…ὑποκριταί! 1 Woe to you … hypocrites! See how you translated this in [11:21](../11/21.md). Alternate translation: “How terrible it will be for you”
MAT 23 23 n94y translate-unknown τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον, καὶ τὸ κύμινον 1 the mint and the dill and the cumin These are various leaves and seeds people used to make food taste good. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 23 23 hga6 ἀφήκατε 1 you have neglected Alternate translation: “you have not obeyed”
MAT 23 23 c8bb τὰ βαρύτερα 1 the weightier matters Alternate translation: “the more important matters”
MAT 23 23 m32j ταῦτα δὲ ἔδει ποιῆσαι 1 But it was necessary to do these Alternate translation: “But you ought to have obeyed these more important laws”
MAT 23 23 nn6q figs-doublenegatives κἀκεῖνα μὴ ἀφιέναι 1 and not to neglect those If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … neglect**, you can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “while also obeying the less important laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MAT 23 24 y84y figs-metaphor ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοί! 1 You blind guides Jesus uses this metaphor to describe the Pharisees. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand God’s commands or how to please him. Therefore, they cannot teach others how to please God. See how you translated this metaphor in [15:14](../15/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 23 24 l7fh figs-metaphor οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα τὴν δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες! 1 you who are straining out the gnat but swallowing the camel! Being careful to follow the less important laws and ignoring the more important laws is as foolish as being careful not to swallow the smallest unclean animal but eating the meat of the largest unclean animal. Alternate translation: “you are as foolish as a person who strains out a gnat that falls into his drink but swallows a camel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 23 24 g87t figs-hyperbole οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα τὴν δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες 1 you who are straining out the gnat but swallowing the camel Jesus understands that it is impossible for a man to swallow a **camel**. He is exaggerating in order to emphasize how foolish the scribes and Pharisees are to ignore the most important laws. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 23 24 xgoa figs-hyperbole οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα τὴν δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες! 1 you who are straining out the gnat but swallowing the camel! It is not possible for a person to swallow a camel. Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize how the Pharisees and scribes are ignoring thing that should be obvious to them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
MAT 23 24 sn3z οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα 1 you who are straining out the gnat This means to pour a liquid through a cloth to remove a **gnat** from a drink.
MAT 23 24 whk2 κώνωπα 1 gnat A **gnat** is a small flying insect.
MAT 23 25 ns27 οὐαὶ ὑμῖν…ὑποκριταί! 1 Woe to you … hypocrites! See how you translated this in [11:21](../11/21.md). Alternate translation: “How terrible it will be for you”
MAT 23 25 ru45 figs-metaphor ὅτι καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας 1 For you clean the outside of the cup and of the plate, but inside they are full of greed and self-indulgence This is a metaphor that means the scribes and Pharisees appear pure on the **outside** to others, but on the **inside** they are wicked. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 23 25 tz8h γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας 1 they are full of greed and self-indulgence Alternate translation: “they want what others have, and they act in the interest of the self”
MAT 23 26 lb5j figs-metaphor Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ! 1 You blind Pharisee! The Pharisees were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 23 26 f9p8 figs-metaphor καθάρισον πρῶτον τὸ ἐντὸς τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἵνα γένηται καὶ τὸ ἐκτὸς αὐτῶν καθαρόν 1 Clean first the inside of the cup and of the plate, so that the outside of it may become clean also This is a metaphor that means that if they would become pure in their inner being, then the result is that they would be pure on the **outside** as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 23 27 kry1 figs-simile παρομοιάζετε τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις…ἀκαθαρσίας 1 you are like whitewashed tombs … uncleanness This is a simile that means the scribes and Pharisees may appear to be pure on the outside, but they are wicked on the inside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT 23 27 ta1f figs-explicit τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις 1 whitewashed tombs The Jews would paint **tombs** white so that people would easily see them and avoid touching them. Touching a tomb would make a person ceremonially unclean. Alternate translation: “tombs that someone has painted white” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 23 29 tse6 figs-nominaladj τῶν δικαίων 1 of the righteous If your language does not use the nominal adjective **righteous**, you can express it as an adjective. Alternate translation: “of the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT 23 30 kkf2 ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν 1 in the days of our fathers Alternate translation: “during the time of our forefathers”
MAT 23 30 nq82 οὐκ ἂν ἤμεθα κοινωνοὶ αὐτῶν 1 we would not have been partners with them Alternate translation: “we would not have joined with them”
MAT 23 30 x99m figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αἵματι τῶν προφητῶν 1 in the blood of the prophets Here, **blood** is associated with the killing of the prophets. Alternate translation: “in the killing of the prophets” or “in the murder of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 23 31 l7rl υἱοί ἐστε 1 you are sons Here, **sons** means “descendants.”
MAT 23 32 bpz8 figs-metaphor καὶ ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν 1 And you fill up the measure of your fathers Jesus uses this as a metaphor meaning the Pharisees will complete the wicked behavior that their forefathers started when they killed the prophets. Alternate translation: “And you finish the sins your ancestors began” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 23 33 va5c figs-doublet ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 You serpents, you offspring of vipers Here, **serpents** and **vipers** both refer to poisonous snakes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
MAT 23 33 cfj3 figs-metaphor ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 You serpents, you offspring of vipers Here, **serpents** and **vipers** are dangerous creatures and often symbols of evil. Alternate translation: “You are as evil as dangerous and poisonous snakes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 23 33 blv6 γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 you offspring of vipers Here, **offspring** means “having the characteristic of.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [3:7](../03/07.md).
MAT 23 33 vi6c figs-rquestion πῶς φύγητε ἀπὸ τῆς κρίσεως τῆς Γεέννης? 1 how might you escape from the judgment of hell? Jesus uses this question as a rebuke. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “there is no way for you to escape the judgment of hell!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 23 34 rq8c ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω πρὸς ὑμᾶς προφήτας, καὶ σοφοὺς, καὶ γραμματεῖς 1 I am sending to you prophets and wise men and scribes Sometimes the present tense is used to show that someone will do something very soon. Alternate translation: “I will send prophets, wise men, and scribes to you”
MAT 23 35 l7ya figs-idiom ἔλθῃ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς πᾶν αἷμα δίκαιον ἐκχυννόμενον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 might come upon you all the righteous blood being shed on the earth The phrase **come upon you** is an idiom that means to receive punishment. Alternate translation: “God will punish you for all the righteous blood being shed on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 23 35 h5n7 figs-metonymy ἔλθῃ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς πᾶν αἷμα δίκαιον ἐκχυννόμενον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 might come upon you all the righteous blood being shed on the earth To shed **blood** is a metonym meaning to kill people, so “righteous blood that being shed on the earth” represents **righteous** people who are being killed. Alternate translation: “God will punish you for the murders of all the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 23 35 b3a7 figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος…ἕως τοῦ αἵματος 1 from the blood … as far as the blood Here the word **blood** represents a person being killed. Alternate translation: “from the murder … to the murder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 23 35 z95g figs-merism Ἂβελ…Ζαχαρίου 1 of … Abel … of Zechariah **Abel** was the first righteous victim of murder, and **Zechariah**, who was murdered by Jews in the temple, was probably thought to be the last. These two men represent all the righteous people who have been murdered. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
MAT 23 35 cbq9 Ζαχαρίου 1 of Zechariah This **Zechariah** was not the father of John the Baptist.
MAT 23 35 s11l ὃν ἐφονεύσατε 1 whom you killed Jesus does not mean the people to whom he is speaking actually **killed** Zechariah. He means their ancestors did.
MAT 23 36 ut4l ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
MAT 23 37 w23t 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus mourns over the people of Jerusalem because they reject every messenger that God sends to them.
MAT 23 37 vne9 figs-apostrophe Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 Jerusalem, Jerusalem Jesus speaks as if he were talking only to the city of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
MAT 23 37 xuj1 figs-metonymy Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 Jerusalem, Jerusalem Jesus speaks to the people of Jerusalem as though they were the city itself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 23 37 tz4r figs-activepassive τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν 1 those who have been sent to you If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God sends to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 23 37 t9y7 figs-metaphor τὰ τέκνα σου 1 your children Jesus is speaking to Jerusalem as if it is a woman and the people are her **children**. Alternate translation: “your people” or “your inhabitants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 23 37 xv4t figs-simile ὃν τρόπον ὄρνις ἐπισυνάγει τὰ νοσσία αὐτῆς ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας 1 just as a hen gathers her chicks under her wings This is a simile that emphasizes Jesus’ love for the people and how he wanted to take care of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT 23 37 as8p translate-unknown ὄρνις 1 a hen A **hen** is a female chicken. You can translate this with any bird that protects her children under her wing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 23 38 r6ss ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος 1 your house is left to you desolate Alternate translation: “God will leave your house, and it will be empty”
MAT 23 38 ck2z figs-metonymy ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν 1 your house This could refer to: (1) the city of Jerusalem. (2) the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 23 39 i14n λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν 1 For I say to you This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
MAT 23 39 ig61 figs-metonymy εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου! 1 Blessed is the one coming in the name of the Lord! Here, **in the name** means “in the power” or “as a representative.” See how you translated this in [21:9](../21/09.md). Alternate translation: “He who comes in the power of the Lord is blessed” or “He who comes as the representative of the Lord will be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 24 intro h2a2 0 # Matthew 24 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
In this chapter, Jesus begins to prophesy about the future from that time until he returns as king of everything. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “The end of the age”
In this chapter, Jesus gives an answer to his disciples when they ask how they will know when he will come again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
### The example of Noah
In the time of Noah, God sent a great flood to punish people for their sins. He warned them many times about this coming flood, but it actually began suddenly. In this chapter, Jesus draws a comparison between that flood and the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Let”
The ULT uses this word to begin several commands of Jesus, such as “let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains” (24:16), “let him who is on the housetop not go down to take anything out of his house” (24:17), and “let him who is in the field not return to take his cloak” (24:18). There are many different ways to form a command. Translators must select the most natural ways in their own languages.
MAT 24 1 dh7u 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to describe events that will happen before he comes again during the end times.
MAT 24 1 ke79 figs-explicit ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 from the temple It is implied that Jesus was not in the **temple** itself. He was in the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 24 2 mh5y figs-rquestion οὐ βλέπετε ταῦτα πάντα? 1 Do you not see all these things? Jesus uses a question to make the disciples think deeply about what he will tell them. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Let me tell you something about all these buildings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 24 2 fnv8 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
MAT 24 2 l45q figs-explicit οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται 1 certainly stone upon stone may not be left here, that will not be torn down It is implied that enemy soldiers will tear down the stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 24 2 ecdz figs-activepassive οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται 1 certainly stone upon stone may not be left here, that will not be torn down If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when the enemy soldiers come, they will tear down every stone in these buildings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 24 3 e1is figs-explicit τί τὸ σημεῖον τῆς σῆς παρουσίας, καὶ συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος? 1 what will be the sign of your coming and of the end of the age? Here, **your coming** refers to when Jesus will come in power, establishing God’s reign on earth and bringing this **age** to an end. Alternate translation: “what will be the sign that you are about to come and that the world is about to end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 24 4 s64s figs-metaphor βλέπετε μή τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ 1 Be careful that no one might lead you astray Here, **might lead you astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “Be careful that no one deceives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 24 5 lq71 figs-metonymy πολλοὶ…ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 many will come in my name Here, **in my name** refers to “in my authority” or “as my representative.” Alternate translation: “many will claim that they have come as my representative” or “many will say they speak for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 24 5 twh8 figs-metaphor πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν 1 will lead many astray Here, **will lead many astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 24 6 hdz3 figs-activepassive ὁρᾶτε, μὴ θροεῖσθε 1 See that you are not troubled If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Do not let these things trouble you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 24 7 ygf2 figs-parallelism ἐγερθήσεται γὰρ ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom Both of these mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that people everywhere will fight each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT 24 7 xuow figs-metonymy ἐγερθήσεται γὰρ ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom, Here, **nation** and **kingdom** represent the people within them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 24 8 q4gl figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων 1 are the beginning of birth pains Here, **birth pains** refers to the **pains** a woman feels before giving **birth** to a child. This metaphor means these wars, famines, and earthquakes are just the **beginning** of the events that will lead to the end of the age. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 24 9 u5e6 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς θλῖψιν, καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν ὑμᾶς 1 they will deliver you up to tribulation and will kill you Alternate translation: “people will give you over to the authorities, who will make you suffer and will kill you.”
MAT 24 9 uw1i figs-metonymy ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 you will be hated by all the nations Here, **nations** is a metonym, referring to the people of nations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 24 9 nsh3 figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 you will be hated by all the nations If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “People from every nation will hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 24 9 u2bd figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 for the sake of my name Here, **name** refers to the complete person. Alternate translation: “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 24 11 mi2e figs-idiom ἐγερθήσονται 1 will be raised up Here, **be raised up** is an idiom for “become established.” Alternate translation: “will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 24 11 tjb3 figs-metaphor καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολλούς 1 and will lead many astray Here, **will lead many astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “and will deceive many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 24 12 w4af figs-abstractnouns τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν 1 lawlessness will be increased If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **lawlessness**, you can express it with the phrase “disobeying the law.” Alternate translation: “disobeying the law will increase” or “people will disobey God’s law more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT 24 12 bu9b figs-idiom ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν 1 the love of many will grow cold This could mean: (1) many people will no longer love other people. (2) many people will no longer love God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 24 13 v3ex figs-activepassive ὁ…ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 the one who has endured to the end, he will be saved If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will save the person who endures to the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 24 13 l1pp ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας 1 But the one who has endured Alternate translation: “But the person who stays faithful”
MAT 24 13 ht34 εἰς τέλος 1 to the end It is not clear whether **the end** refers to when a person dies or when the persecution ends or the end of the age when God shows himself to be king. The main point is that they endure as long as necessary.
MAT 24 13 lra5 τέλος 1 the end Alternate translation: “the end of the world” or “the end of the age”
MAT 24 14 x3e6 figs-activepassive κηρυχθήσεται τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 this good news of the kingdom will be preached If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people will tell the good news of the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 24 14 opuo figs-metonymy κηρυχθήσεται τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 this good news of the kingdom will be preached Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “people will tell the good news that God will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 24 14 y65s figs-metonymy πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 to all the nations Here, **nations** stands for people. Alternate translation: “to all people in all places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 24 15 mf1b figs-activepassive τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως, τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου 1 the abomination of desolation, which has been spoken of by Daniel the prophet If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the shameful one who defiles the things of God, about whom Daniel the prophet wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 24 15 lz9p ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω 1 let the one reading understand This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to alert the reader that Jesus was using words that they would need to think about and interpret.
MAT 24 17 iv2j ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος 1 the one on the housetop A typical **housetop** where Jesus lived was flat, and people could stand on it.
MAT 24 19 kq12 figs-euphemism ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις 1 to those having in the womb This is a polite way to say “pregnant women.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT 24 19 f533 ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 in those days Alternate translation: “at that time”
MAT 24 20 u4jb ἵνα μὴ γένηται ἡ φυγὴ ὑμῶν 1 so that your flight may not occur Alternate translation: “so that you will not have to flee” or “so that you will not have to run away”
MAT 24 20 m6mx χειμῶνος 1 in winter Alternate translation: “in the cold season”
MAT 24 22 vd3z figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ 1 unless those days had been shortened, no flesh would have been saved If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “If God does not shorten that time of suffering, everyone will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
MAT 24 22 r9qw figs-synecdoche σάρξ 1 flesh Here, “flesh” is poetic way of referring to human beings. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT 24 22 p6m8 figs-activepassive κολοβωθήσονται αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι 1 those days will be shortened If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will shorten the time of suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 24 23 avm2 μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 you may not believe it Alternate translation: “do not believe the false things they have said to you”
MAT 24 24 n744 figs-metaphor ὥστε πλανῆσαι εἰ δυνατὸν καὶ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 so as to lead astray, if possible, even the elect Here, **lead astray** is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. You can translate this as two sentences. Alternate translation: “so as to deceive, if possible, even the elect” or “so as to deceive people. If possible, they would even deceive the elect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 24 26 fmx1 figs-quotations ἐὰν…εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐστίν, μὴ ἐξέλθητε 1 if they might say to you, ‘Behold, he is in the wilderness,’ you may not go out there You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “if someone tells you that the Christ is in the wilderness, do not go out there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT 24 26 zxg2 figs-quotations ἰδοὺ, ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις 1 Or, ‘Behold, he is in the inner rooms,’ You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Or, if someone tells you that the Christ is in the inner rooms,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT 24 26 n2pt ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις 1 he is in the inner rooms Alternate translation: “he is in a secret room” or “he is in secret places”
MAT 24 27 j1w1 figs-simile ὥσπερ…ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἐξέρχεται ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ φαίνεται ἕως δυσμῶν, οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία 1 just as the lightning comes out from the east and shines as far as the west, in the same way will be the coming This means that the Son of Man will come very quickly and will be easy to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT 24 27 za8b figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 of the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 24 28 mu35 writing-proverbs ὅπου ἐὰν ᾖ τὸ πτῶμα, ἐκεῖ συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί 1 Wherever the corpse is, there the vultures will be gathered This is probably a proverb that the people of Jesus’ time understood. This could mean: (1) when the Son of Man comes, everyone will see him and know that he has come. (2) wherever spiritually dead people are, false prophets will be there to tell them lies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
MAT 24 28 ivl8 οἱ ἀετοί 1 the vultures A **vulture** is a large bird that eats the bodies of dead or dying creatures.
MAT 24 29 zmm6 εὐθέως…μετὰ τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων, ὁ ἥλιος 1 immediately after the tribulation of those days the sun Alternate translation: “as soon as the tribulation of those days has finished, the sun”
MAT 24 29 l15m τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων 1 the tribulation of those days Alternate translation: “that time of suffering”
MAT 24 29 zuk4 figs-activepassive ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται 1 the sun will be darkened If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will make the sun dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 24 29 w1bi figs-activepassive αἱ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται 1 the powers of the heavens will be shaken If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will shake things in the sky and above the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 24 30 yc2x figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 of the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 24 30 tld8 figs-metonymy πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ 1 all the tribes Here, **tribes** refers to people of different ethic groups. Alternate translation: “every people group” or “all the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 24 31 fl54 ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ μετὰ σάλπιγγος μεγάλης 1 he will send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet Alternate translation: “he will have a trumpet sounded and send his angels” or “he will have an angel blow a trumpet, and he will send his angels”
MAT 24 31 rlb4 figs-123person ἀποστελεῖ…αὐτοῦ 1 he will send his Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 24 31 wi28 ἐπισυνάξουσιν 1 they will gather together Alternate translation: “his angels will gather up”
MAT 24 31 iq8c τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 his elect The **elect** are the people whom the Son of Man has chosen.
MAT 24 31 ibw7 figs-parallelism ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ’ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν 1 from the four winds, from the ends of the sky as far as the ends of it Both of these mean the same thing, and emphasize how far the angels will go to gather the elect. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT 24 31 wp9t figs-idiom ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, ἀπ’ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν 1 from the four winds, from the ends of the sky as far as the ends of it These phrases are idioms that mean “from everywhere.” Alternate translation: “from all over the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 24 33 cu5a figs-123person ἐγγύς ἐστιν 1 he is near Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “the time for me to come is near” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 24 33 cfz8 figs-metaphor ἐπὶ θύραις 1 at the gates Jesus uses the imagery of a king or important official getting close to the gates of a walled city. It is a metaphor meaning the time for Jesus to come is soon. Alternate translation: “close to the gates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 24 34 j8np ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
MAT 24 34 gld5 figs-euphemism οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 this generation may certainly not pass away Here, **pass away** is a polite way of saying “die.” Alternate translation: “this generation will not all die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT 24 34 y73t ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 this generation This could refer to: (1) the people alive when Jesus was speaking. (2) all people alive when these things Jesus has just described happen. Try to translate so that both interpretations are possible.
MAT 24 34 fb4k ἕως ἂν πάντα ταῦτα γένηται 1 until all these things may have happened Alternate translation: “until God causes all these things to happen”
MAT 24 34 r6sk οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ 1 may certainly not pass away Alternate translation: “will certainly not disappear” or “will certainly remain alive”
MAT 24 35 i8vv figs-synecdoche ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσεται 1 The heaven and the earth will pass away The phrase **the heaven and the earth** is a synecdoche that includes everything that God has created, especially those things that seem permanent. Jesus is saying that his word, unlike these things, is permanent. Alternate translation: “Even the heaven and the earth will pass away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT 24 35 e6bf figs-metonymy οἱ…λόγοι μου οὐ μὴ παρέλθωσιν 1 my words may certainly not pass away Here, **words** refers to what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “what I say will always be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 24 36 q4pj figs-metonymy τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας 1 that day and hour Here, **day** and **hour** refer to the exact time that the Son of Man will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 24 36 wq5r οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός 1 nor the Son Alternate translation: “not even the Son”
MAT 24 36 p5vu guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱός 1 Son **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 24 36 f4s2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 24 37 hf51 ὥσπερ γὰρ αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ Νῶε, οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 For just as the days of Noah were, thus will be the coming of the Son of Man Alternate translation: “For at the time when the Son of Man comes, it will be like the time of Noah.”
MAT 24 37 cpn8 figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 of the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 24 39 ffa6 καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν 1 and they did not know You can translate this as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “and the people did not realize anything was happening”
MAT 24 39 ah5v ἦρεν ἅπαντας; οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 took them all away—thus also will be the coming of the Son of Man You can translate this as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “too them all away. This is how it will be when the Son of Man comes”
MAT 24 40 ksk6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to tell his disciples to be ready for his return.
MAT 24 40 hth3 τότε 1 Then This refers to the time when the Son of Man comes.
MAT 24 40 gt4l figs-activepassive εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται 1 one is taken, and one is left This could mean: (1) the Son of Man will take one away to heaven and will leave the other on earth for punishment. (2) the angels will take one away for punishment and leave the other for blessing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 24 42 j83i οὖν 1 Therefore Alternate translation: “Because what I have just said is true,”
MAT 24 42 s6ir γρηγορεῖτε 1 be alert Alternate translation: “pay attention”
MAT 24 43 ak6a figs-parables εἰ ᾔδει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης, ποίᾳ φυλακῇ ὁ κλέπτης ἔρχεται, ἐγρηγόρησεν ἂν, καὶ οὐκ ἂν εἴασεν διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ 1 if the master of the house had known in what watch of night the thief is coming, he would have been alert and would not have allowed his house to be broken into Jesus uses a parable of a **master** and a **thief** to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT 24 43 ki5s figs-metaphor ὁ κλέπτης 1 the thief Jesus is saying he will come when people are not expecting him, not that he will come to steal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 24 43 zs23 ἐγρηγόρησεν ἂν 1 he would have been alert Alternate translation: “he would have guarded his house”
MAT 24 43 lg7i figs-activepassive οὐκ ἂν εἴασεν διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ 1 would not have allowed his house to be broken into If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “would not have allowed anyone to get into his house to steal things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 24 44 gd17 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 24 45 f92d figs-rquestion τίς ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς δοῦλος καὶ φρόνιμος, ὃν κατέστησεν ὁ κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκετείας αὐτοῦ, τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν ἐν καιρῷ? 1 Who then is the faithful and wise slave whom his master has appointed over his household to give them their food at the proper time? Jesus uses this question to make his disciples think. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So who is the faithful and wise servant? He is the one whom his has appointed over his household to give them their food at the proper time.” or “Be like the faithful and wise servant, whom his has appointed over his household to give them their food at the proper time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 24 45 lf8d τοῦ δοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν 1 to give them their food Alternate translation: “to give the people in the master’s home their food”
MAT 24 47 lin7 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
MAT 24 48 f9ft figs-metonymy εἴπῃ…ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 might say in his heart Here, **heart** refers to the mind. Alternate translation: “might think in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 24 48 per6 figs-activepassive χρονίζει μου ὁ κύριος 1 My master is delaying If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “My master is slow to return” or “My master will not return for a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 24 50 bz5k figs-parallelism ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ οὐ προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ γινώσκει 1 on a day that he does not expect and at an hour that he does not know Both of these statements mean the same thing. They emphasize that the master will come when the servant is not expecting him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT 24 51 jj2z figs-idiom διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν 1 he will cut him in pieces This is an idiom that means to make the person suffer terribly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 24 51 pm18 τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν θήσει 1 will assign his place with the hypocrites Alternate translation: “will put him with the hypocrites” or “will send him to the place where hypocrites are sent”
MAT 24 51 rwd5 translate-symaction ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 there will be the weeping and the grinding of the teeth Here, **the grinding of the teeth** is a symbolic act, representing extreme suffering. See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “people will weep and grind their teeth because of their suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT 25 intro qe8a 0 # Matthew 25 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues the teaching of the previous chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The parable of the ten virgins
Jesus told the parable of the ten virgins ([Matthew 25:1-13](./01.md)) to tell his followers to be ready for him to return. His hearers could understand the parable because they knew Jewish wedding customs.
When the Jews arranged marriages, they would plan for the wedding to take place weeks or months later. At the proper time, the young man would go to his bride’s house, where she would be waiting for him. The wedding ceremony would take place, and then the man and his bride would travel to his home, where there would be a feast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
MAT 25 1 em28 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells a parable about wise and foolish virgins to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT 25 1 pg5i figs-metonymy ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of the heavens will be compared to Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “when our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 25 1 uhj1 λαμπάδας 1 lamps This could refer to: (1) oil **lamps**. (2) torches made by putting cloth around the end of a stick and wetting the cloth with oil.
MAT 25 2 c8nf πέντε…ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 five of them Alternate translation: “five of the virgins”
MAT 25 3 b37a οὐκ ἔλαβον μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἔλαιον 1 did not take oil with themselves Alternate translation: “took with them only the oil in their lamps”
MAT 25 5 r458 δὲ 1 Now The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Jesus starts to tell a new part of the story.
MAT 25 5 pvh4 figs-activepassive χρονίζοντος…τοῦ νυμφίου 1 while the bridegroom was delaying If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “while the bridegroom was taking a long time to arrive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 25 5 qf4b ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι 1 they all became sleepy Alternate translation: “all ten virgins became sleepy”
MAT 25 6 ufp2 κραυγὴ γέγονεν 1 there was a cry Alternate translation: “someone shouted”
MAT 25 7 ni6u ἐκόσμησαν τὰς λαμπάδας ἑαυτῶν 1 trimmed their lamps Alternate translation: “adjusted their lamps so they would burn brightly”
MAT 25 8 tsh4 figs-nominaladj αἱ…μωραὶ ταῖς φρονίμοις εἶπον 1 the foolish said to the wise If your language does not use the nominal adjectives **foolish** and **wise**, you can express them as adjectives. Alternate translation: “the foolish virgins said to the wise virgins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT 25 8 i1r7 figs-idiom αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται 1 our lamps are going out This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the fire in our lamps is about to burn out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 25 10 rfh6 ἀπερχομένων δὲ αὐτῶν 1 But while they were going away Alternate translation: “But while the five foolish virgins went away”
MAT 25 10 jej8 figs-ellipsis ἀγοράσαι 1 to buy You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “to buy more oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 25 10 t229 αἱ ἕτοιμοι 1 the prepared This phrase refers to the virgins who had extra oil.
MAT 25 10 g29i figs-activepassive ἐκλείσθη ἡ θύρα 1 the door was shut If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the servants shut the door” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 25 11 e5pz figs-explicit ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν 1 open for us You can state this implicit information explicitly. Alternate translation: “open the door for us so we can come inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 25 12 z5u1 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This adds emphasis to what the master says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
MAT 25 12 h4a8 οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς 1 I do not know you Alternate translation: “I do not know who you are”
MAT 25 13 hn7w figs-metonymy οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν 1 you do not know the day nor the hour Here, **day** and **hour** refer to an exact time. Alternate translation: “you do not know the exact time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 25 13 xfdj figs-explicit οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν 1 you do not know the day nor the hour You can state the implied information explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not know the exact time when the Son of Man will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 25 14 cn21 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells a parable about faithful and unfaithful servants to illustrate that his disciples should remain faithful during his absence and be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
MAT 25 14 zqi2 ὥσπερ 1 it is like The word **it** here refers to the kingdom of heaven ([13:24](../13/24.md)).
MAT 25 14 wv71 ἀποδημῶν 1 going to another country Alternate translation: “was ready to go to another country” or “was to go soon to another country”
MAT 25 14 vhw1 παρέδωκεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ 1 handed over to them his possessions Alternate translation: “put them in charge of his wealth”
MAT 25 14 fmb3 τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ 1 his possessions Alternate translation: “his property” or “his wealth”
MAT 25 15 i81u translate-bmoney πέντε τάλαντα 1 five talents Avoid translating this into modern money. A **talent** of gold was worth twenty years’ wages. The parable is contrasting the relative amounts of five, two, and one, as well as the large amount of wealth involved. Alternate translation: “five bags of gold” or “five bags of gold, each worth 20 years’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MAT 25 15 vyj2 figs-ellipsis ᾧ δὲ δύο, ᾧ δὲ ἕν 1 and to one, two, and to one, one The word **talents** is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “and to another he gave two talents of gold, and to another he gave one talent of gold” or “and to another he gave two bags of gold, and to another he gave one bag of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 25 15 d87u figs-explicit κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν 1 according to his own ability You can state the implicit information explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to each servant’s skill in managing wealth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 25 16 qkr2 ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα 1 gained another five talents Alternate translation: “out of his investments, he earned another five talents”
MAT 25 17 u4vs ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα δύο 1 gained another two Alternate translation: “earned another two talents”
MAT 25 19 vc9p δὲ 1 Now The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Jesus starts to tell a new part of the story.
MAT 25 20 adz4 πέντε τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα 1 I gained five talents Alternate translation: “I have earned five more talents”
MAT 25 20 ttf7 translate-bmoney τάλαντα 1 talents A “talent” was worth twenty years’ wages. Avoid translating this into modern money. See how you translated this in [25:15](../25/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MAT 25 21 l5mg εὖ 1 Well done Your culture might have an expression that a master (or someone in authority) would use to show that he approves of what his servant (or someone under him) has done. Alternate translation: “You have done well” or “You have done right”
MAT 25 21 d2s9 figs-idiom εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου 1 Enter into the joy of your master The phrase **Enter into the joy** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Come and be happy with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 25 21 u9od figs-123person εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου 1 Enter into the joy of your master The master is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 25 22 n2xc δύο τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα 1 I have gained two talents Alternate translation: “I have earned two more talents”
MAT 25 23 hsb6 εὖ 1 Well done Your culture might have an expression that a master (or someone in authority) would use to show that he approves of what his servant (or someone under him) has done. See how you translated this in [25:21](../25/21.md). Alternate translation: “You have done well” or “You have done right”
MAT 25 23 plv7 figs-idiom εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου 1 Enter into the joy of your master The phrase **Enter into the joy** is an idiom. See how you translated this in [25:21](../25/21.md). Alternate translation: “Come and be happy with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 25 23 b5k7 figs-123person εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου 1 Enter into the joy of your master The master is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 25 24 m8an figs-parallelism θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας 1 reaping where you did not sow, and gathering where you did not scatter The words **reaping where you did not sow** and **gathering where you did not scatter** mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT 25 24 xj4e figs-metaphor θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας 1 reaping where you did not sow, and gathering where you did not scatter This refers to a farmer who gathers crops that other people have planted. The servant uses this metaphor to accuse the master of taking what rightfully belongs to others. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 25 24 au9f οὐ διεσκόρπισας 1 you did not scatter This refers to sowing seed by gently throwing handfuls of it onto the soil. Alternate translation: “you did not scatter seed”
MAT 25 25 wl5c ἴδε, ἔχεις τὸ σόν 1 Behold, you have what is yours Alternate translation: “Look, here is what is yours”
MAT 25 26 l3jz πονηρὲ δοῦλε καὶ ὀκνηρέ! ᾔδεις 1 You wicked and lazy slave, you have known Alternate translation: “You are a wicked slave who does not want to work. You knew”
MAT 25 26 he3h figs-parallelism θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα 1 I reap where I did not sow and harvest where I did not scatter The words **reap where I did not sow** and **harvest where I did not scatter** mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
MAT 25 26 xtaj figs-metaphor θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα 1 I reap where I did not sow and harvest where I did not scatter This refers to a farmer who gathers crops that people who work for him have planted. See how you translated this in [25:24](../25/24.md), where the servant uses these words to accuse the farmer. The readers should understand that the farmer is acknowledging that he does indeed gather what others have planted but is saying that he is right to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 25 27 rhg9 figs-ellipsis ἐκομισάμην ἂν τὸ ἐμὸν 1 I would have received back my money You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would have received back my own money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 25 27 n7jd τόκῳ 1 interest This **interest** was a payment from the banker for the temporary use of the master’s money.
MAT 25 28 paw8 ἄρατε…τὸ τάλαντον 1 take away the talent The master is speaking to other servants.
MAT 25 28 b1ge translate-bmoney τὸ τάλαντον 1 the talent A **talent** was worth twenty years’ wages. Avoid translating this into modern money. See how you translated this in [25:15](../25/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
MAT 25 29 e5py figs-explicit τῷ…ἔχοντι 1 to the one having It is implied that the person who has something also uses it wisely. Alternate translation: “to the one who uses well what he has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 25 29 r7lv καὶ περισσευθήσεται 1 even more abundantly Alternate translation: “even much more”
MAT 25 29 pcr5 figs-explicit τοῦ δὲ μὴ ἔχοντος 1 But from the one not having It is implied that the person does have something but he does not use it wisely. Alternate translation: “But from the one does not use well what he has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 25 29 mdc1 figs-activepassive ἀρθήσεται 1 will be taken away If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take away” or “I will take away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 25 30 c2vb figs-metonymy τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 the outer darkness Here, **outer darkness** is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 25 30 zy3k translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 the weeping and grinding of teeth Here, **grinding of teeth** is symbolic action, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “weeping and expressing their extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT 25 31 qtg6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to tell his disciples how he will judge people when he returns at the end time.
MAT 25 31 e7um figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 25 32 f2w9 figs-activepassive καὶ συναχθήσονται ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 And before him will be gathered all the nations If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And he will gather all the nations before himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 25 32 kd14 ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ 1 before him Alternate translation: “in front of him”
MAT 25 32 ndf5 figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 all the nations Here, **nations** refers to people. Alternate translation: “all people from every country” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 25 32 nk18 figs-simile ὥσπερ ὁ ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει τὰ πρόβατα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρίφων 1 just as a shepherd separates the sheep from the goats Jesus uses a simile to describe how he will separate the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT 25 33 pbq9 figs-metaphor καὶ στήσει τὰ μὲν πρόβατα ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, τὰ δὲ ἐρίφια ἐξ εὐωνύμων 1 And he will place the sheep on his right, but the goats on his left This is a metaphor that means the Son of Man will separate all people. He will put the righteous people at his right side, and he will put the sinners at his left side. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 25 34 t8pp figs-123person ὁ Βασιλεὺς…αὐτοῦ 1 the King … his Here, “the King” is another title for the Son of Man. Jesus was referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the King, … my right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 25 34 ze81 figs-activepassive δεῦτε οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 Come, you who have been blessed by my Father If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Come, you whom my Father has blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 25 34 h2k9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 25 34 b57r figs-activepassive κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν 1 inherit the kingdom prepared for you If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “inherit the kingdom that God has made ready for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 25 34 yj1p figs-metonymy κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν 1 inherit the kingdom prepared for you Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “receive the blessings of God’s rule that he has planned to give you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 25 34 cdi8 ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 from the foundation of the world Alternate translation: “since he first created the world”
MAT 25 37 yh3p figs-nominaladj οἱ δίκαιοι 1 the righteous If your language does not use the nominal adjective **righteous**, you can express it as an adjective. Alternate translation: “the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT 25 37 cs5d figs-ellipsis ἢ διψῶντα 1 Or thirsty You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “Or when did we see you thirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 25 38 h52x figs-ellipsis ἢ γυμνὸν καὶ περιεβάλομεν? 1 Or naked This is the end of a series of questions that begins in verse 37. You can state the understood information clearly. Alternate translation: “Or when did we see you naked and give you clothing?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 25 40 m6mi figs-123person ὁ Βασιλεὺς 1 the King Here, **the King** is another title for the Son of Man. Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 25 40 i2aq ἐρεῖ αὐτοῖς 1 will say to them Alternate translation: “will say to those at his right hand”
MAT 25 40 mhe2 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This emphasizes what the King says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
MAT 25 40 acs3 ἑνὶ…τῶν ἐλαχίστων 1 for one of the least Alternate translation: “for one of the least important”
MAT 25 40 nh4y figs-gendernotations τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου 1 of these brothers of mine Here, **brothers** refers to anyone, male or female, who obeys the King. Alternate translation: “my brothers and sisters here” or “these who are like my brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
MAT 25 40 k4hb ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε 1 you did it for me Alternate translation: “I consider that you did it for me”
MAT 25 41 z1nh figs-123person τότε ἐρεῖ καὶ 1 Then he also will say Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “Then the King also will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 25 41 pr8n κατηραμένοι 1 you cursed Alternate translation: “you people whom God has cursed”
MAT 25 41 hqf5 figs-activepassive τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον, τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον 1 the everlasting fire that has been prepared If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the everlasting fire that God has prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 25 43 g6ec figs-ellipsis γυμνὸς καὶ οὐ περιεβάλετέ με 1 naked, and you did not clothe me The words **I was** preceding **naked** are understood. Alternate translation: “I was naked, but you did not give me clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 25 43 tq4x figs-ellipsis ἀσθενὴς καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ 1 sick and in prison The words “I was” preceding **sick** are understood. Alternate translation: “I was sick and in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 25 44 hiy6 ἀποκριθήσονται καὶ αὐτοὶ 1 they will also answer Alternate translation: “those on his left will also answer”
MAT 25 45 nm2e ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων 1 for one of the least of these Alternate translation: “for any of the least important ones of my people”
MAT 25 45 whu5 οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε. 1 you did not do it for me Alternate translation: “I consider that you did not do it for me” or “I was really the one whom you did not help”
MAT 25 46 m6me καὶ ἀπελεύσονται οὗτοι εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον 1 And these will go away into everlasting punishment Alternate translation: “And the King will send these to a place where they will receive punishment that never ends”
MAT 25 46 nj72 figs-ellipsis οἱ δὲ δίκαιοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 but the righteous into everlasting life You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “but the King will send the righteous to the place where they will live forever with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 25 46 kq5b figs-nominaladj οἱ…δίκαιοι 1 the righteous If your language does not use nominative adjective **righteous**, you can express it as an adjective. Alternate translation: “the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT 26 intro mtq8 0 # Matthew 26 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 26:31, which is words from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Sheep
Sheep are a common image used in Scripture to refer to the people of Israel. In [Matthew 26:31](../mat/26/31.md), however, Jesus used the words “the sheep” to refer to his disciples and to say that they would run away when he was arrested.
### Passover
The Passover festival was when the Jews would celebrate the day God killed the firstborn sons of the Egyptians but “passed over” the Israelites and let them live.
### The eating of the body and blood
[Matthew 26:26-28](./26.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. At this time, Jesus told them that what they were eating and drinking were his body and his blood. Nearly all Christian churches celebrate “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion” to remember this meal.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Judas’ kiss for Jesus
[Matthew 26:49](../mat/26/49.md) describes how Judas kissed Jesus so the soldiers would know whom to arrest. The Jews would kiss each other when they greeted each other.
### “I am able to destroy the temple of God”
Two men accused Jesus of saying that he could destroy the temple in Jerusalem and then rebuild it “in three days” ([Matthew 26:61](../mat/26/61.md)). They were accusing him of insulting God by claiming that God had given him the authority to destroy the temple and the power to rebuild it. What Jesus actually said was that if the Jewish authorities were to destroy this temple, he would certainly raise it up in three days ([John 2:19](../jhn/02/19.md)).
MAT 26 1 t5mz 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story that tells of Jesus’ crucifixion, death, and resurrection. Here he tells his disciples how he will suffer and die.
MAT 26 1 i35c καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε 1 And it happened that when This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “And after” or “Then, after”
MAT 26 1 xiv4 πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 all these words The phrase **these words** refers to all that Jesus taught starting in [24:3](../24/03.md).
MAT 26 2 g4lh figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται εἰς τὸ σταυρωθῆναι 1 the Son of Man is being delivered up to be crucified If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “some men will take the Son of Man to other people who will crucify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 26 2 r9px figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 26 3 wew3 writing-background 0 Connecting Statement: Verses 3-5 give background information about the Jewish leaders’ plot to arrest and kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT 26 3 eps8 figs-activepassive συνήχθησαν 1 were gathered together If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “came together” or “met together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 26 4 hi4x δόλῳ 1 stealthily Alternate translation: “secretly”
MAT 26 5 u4fh figs-ellipsis μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 Not during the festival It may be helpful to your readers to state what the leaders did not want to do during the festival. Alternate translation: “We should not kill Jesus during the festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 26 5 s9p7 ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 the festival Here, **festival** refers to the yearly Passover festival.
MAT 26 6 v2up 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of a woman pouring expensive oil on Jesus before his death.
MAT 26 6 zq3j δὲ 1 Now The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
MAT 26 6 hg3s figs-explicit Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ 1 of Simon the leper It is implied that this **Simon** is a man whom Jesus had healed from leprosy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 26 7 ukb9 ἀνακειμένου 1 and he was reclining at table You can use your language’s word for the position people usually are in when they eat. Alternate translation: “and Jesus was lying on his side”
MAT 26 7 yxf8 προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ γυνὴ 1 a woman came to him Alternate translation: “a woman came to Jesus”
MAT 26 7 bhs8 translate-unknown ἀλάβαστρον 1 an alabaster jar This **alabaster jar** was a costly container made of soft stone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
MAT 26 7 yu67 μύρου βαρυτίμου 1 of very expensive ointment This refers to oil that has a pleasing smell.
MAT 26 7 ea5e κατέχεεν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ 1 she poured it upon his head The woman did this to honor Jesus.
MAT 26 8 vit4 figs-rquestion εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη? 1 For what is this waste? The disciples ask this question out of their anger over the woman’s actions. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “This woman has done a bad thing by wasting this ointment!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 26 9 y83e figs-activepassive ἐδύνατο γὰρ τοῦτο πραθῆναι πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι 1 For this was able to have been sold for a large amount and to be given If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For she could have sold this for a large amount of money and given the money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 26 9 f76h figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς 1 to the poor If your language does not use the nominal adjective **the poor**, you can express it as an adjective. Alternate translation: “to poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT 26 10 pfv1 figs-rquestion τί κόπους παρέχετε τῇ γυναικί? 1 Why are you causing trouble for this woman? Jesus asks this question as a rebuke of his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not be troubling this woman!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 26 10 fg3v figs-you παρέχετε 1 are you causing Here, **you** is plural and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 26 11 wsp9 figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς 1 the poor If your language does not use the nominal adjective **poor**, you can express it as an adjective. Alternate translation: “poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
MAT 26 12 vk5w τὸ μύρον 1 ointment This **ointment** was oil that had a pleasing smell. See how you translated this in [26:7](../26/07.md).
MAT 26 13 xs1w ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
MAT 26 13 g45l figs-activepassive ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦτο 1 wherever this good news may be preached If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “wherever people preach this good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 26 13 s12m figs-activepassive λαληθήσεται καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη εἰς μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς 1 what she has done will also be spoken of in memory of her If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “they will remember what this woman has done and will tell others about her” or “people will remember what this woman has done and will tell others about her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 26 14 i3dy 0 Connecting Statement: Judas Iscariot agrees to help the Jewish leaders arrest and kill Jesus.
MAT 26 15 es4b κἀγὼ ὑμῖν παραδώσω αὐτόν 1 and I will betray him to you Alternate translation: “and I will bring Jesus to you”
MAT 26 15 x7zx τριάκοντα ἀργύρια 1 thirty pieces of silver Since these words are the same as those in an Old Testament prophecy, keep this form instead of changing it to modern money. Alternate translation: “thirty pieces of silver”
MAT 26 16 w1e4 ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδῷ 1 in order that he might betray him Alternate translation: “so that he would give him over to them”
MAT 26 17 e7wc 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus celebrating the Passover with his disciples.
MAT 26 17 f3s2 δὲ 1 Now The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
MAT 26 18 hc78 figs-quotesinquotes ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν πόλιν πρὸς τὸν δεῖνα καὶ εἴπατε αὐτῷ, ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ὁ καιρός μου ἐγγύς ἐστιν; πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου. 1 But he said, “Go into the city to such a man and say to him, ‘The Teacher says, “My time is near. I am doing the Passover at your house with my disciples.”’” This has quotations within quotations. You can state some of the direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “But he told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and tell him that the Teacher says to him, ‘My time is at hand. I will keep the Passover at your house with my disciples.’” or “But he told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and say to him that the Teacher’s time is at hand and he will keep the Passover with his disciples at that man’s house.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MAT 26 18 r4tg ὁ καιρός μου 1 My time This could refer to: (1) the time that Jesus told them about. (2) the time God has set for Jesus.
MAT 26 18 a4i5 figs-idiom ἐγγύς ἐστιν 1 is near This could mean: (1) it “is near.” (2) it “has come.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 26 18 j9pz ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα 1 I am doing the Passover Alternate translation: “I am eat the Passover meal” or “I am celebrating the Passover by eating the special meal”
MAT 26 20 bga4 ἀνέκειτο 1 he reclined at table Translate **reclining** with the word for the position people in your culture usually are in when they eat.
MAT 26 21 ehx6 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
MAT 26 22 n12r figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε? 1 Surely not I, Lord? This could be: (1) a rhetorical question since the apostles were sure they would not betray Jesus. Alternate translation: “Lord, I would never betray you!” (2) a sincere question since Jesus’ statement probably troubled and confused them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 26 24 n7dw figs-123person ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 26 24 x2n9 figs-euphemism ὑπάγει 1 will depart Here, **depart** is a polite way to refer to dying. Alternate translation: “will go to his death” or “will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT 26 24 vix3 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 just as it is written about him If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote about him in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 26 24 hai5 figs-activepassive τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 to that man by whom the Son of Man is betrayed If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “to the man who betrays the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 26 25 vpq1 figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Ῥαββεί? 1 Surely it is not I, Rabbi? Judas may be using a rhetorical question to deny that he is the one who will betray Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Rabbi, surely I am not the one who will betray you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 26 25 y9lk figs-idiom σὺ εἶπας 1 You have said it yourself This is an idiom that Jesus uses to mean “yes” without being completely clear about what he means. Alternate translation: “You are saying it” or “You are admitting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 26 26 qh16 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus institutes the Lord’s Supper as he celebrates the Passover with his disciples.
MAT 26 26 mr5u λαβὼν…εὐλογήσας ἔκλασεν 1 having taken … having blessed it … he broke it See how you translated these words in [14:19](../14/19.md).
MAT 26 27 tn39 figs-metonymy ποτήριον 1 a cup Here, **cup** refers to both the cup and the wine in it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 26 27 zb1i ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς 1 he gave it to them Alternate translation: “he gave it to the disciples”
MAT 26 27 a9me πίετε ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 Drink from it Alternate translation: “Drink the wine from this cup”
MAT 26 28 l55a τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου 1 For this is my blood Alternate translation: “For this wine is my blood”
MAT 26 28 ct81 τὸ αἷμά…τῆς διαθήκης 1 blood of the covenant Alternate translation: “blood that shows that the covenant is in effect” or “blood that makes the covenant possible”
MAT 26 28 bms3 figs-activepassive ἐκχυννόμενον 1 is being poured out If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “will soon flow out of my body” or “will flow out of my wounds when I die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 26 29 l556 λέγω…ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
MAT 26 29 h85b figs-idiom τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου 1 fruit of the vine This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 26 29 q8zs figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 in the kingdom of my Father Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “when my Father establishes his rule on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 26 29 m9vq guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 of my Father **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 26 30 ed5k καὶ ὑμνήσαντες 1 And having sung a hymn A **hymn** is a song of praise to God.
MAT 26 31 v8yl σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 will be caused to stumble in me Alternate translation: “will leave me”
MAT 26 31 nzy2 πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 In this verse, Jesus quotes the prophet Zechariah to show that in order to fulfill prophecy, all of his disciples will leave him.
MAT 26 31 iap6 figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 for it is written If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for the prophet Zechariah wrote long ago in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 26 31 u1t5 figs-explicit πατάξω 1 I will strike Here, **I** refers to God. It is implied that God will cause or allow people to harm and kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 26 31 mc1e figs-metaphor τὸν ποιμένα…τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 the shepherd … the sheep of the flock These are metaphors that refer to Jesus and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 26 31 rvk1 figs-activepassive διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 the sheep of the flock will be scattered If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “they will scatter all the sheep of the flock” or “the sheep of the flock will run off in all directions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 26 32 pj2u figs-idiom μετὰ…τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με 1 after I am raised up Here to be **raised up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 26 32 xuyz figs-activepassive μετὰ…τὸ ἐγερθῆναί 1 after I am raised up If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “after God raises me up” or “after God brings me back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 26 33 m2un σκανδαλισθήσονται 1 will be caused to stumble See how you translated this phrase in [26:31](../26/31.md).
MAT 26 34 sf9x ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Truly I say to you This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
MAT 26 34 ui4y figs-metonymy πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 before the rooster crows A **rooster** often **crows** about the time the sun comes up, so the hearers might have understood these words as a metonym for the sun coming up. However, the actual crowing of a rooster is an important part of the story later on, so keep the word **rooster** in the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 26 34 lx5i ἀλέκτορα 1 the rooster A **rooster** is a male chicken, a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up.
MAT 26 34 h66w φωνῆσαι 1 crows Here, **crows** is the common English word for what a rooster does when it calls out loudly.
MAT 26 34 b2rh τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 you will deny me three times Alternate translation: “you will say three times that you are not my follower”
MAT 26 36 lm3n 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus praying in Gethsemane.
MAT 26 37 ny4m ἤρξατο λυπεῖσθαι 1 he began to be grieved Alternate translation: “he became very sad”
MAT 26 38 gf7k figs-synecdoche περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 My soul is deeply sorrowful Here, **soul** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “I am very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT 26 38 c43t figs-idiom ἕως θανάτου 1 to the point of death This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “and I feel as if I could even die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 26 39 kcz4 figs-idiom ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ 1 he fell on his face He purposely lay face down on the ground to pray. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 26 39 nuv7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ μου 1 My Father **Father** is an important title for God that shows the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 26 39 f254 figs-metaphor παρελθέτω ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο 1 let this cup pass away from me Jesus speaks of the work that he must do, including dying on the cross, as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to drink from a cup. The word **cup** is an important word in the New Testament, so try to use an equivalent for that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 26 39 i7rr figs-metonymy τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο 1 this cup Here, **cup** is a metonym that stands for the cup and the contents within it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 26 39 bcn2 figs-metaphor τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο 1 this cup The contents in the **cup** are a metaphor for the suffering that Jesus will have to endure. Jesus is asking the Father if it is possible for him not to have to experience the death and suffering that Jesus knows will soon happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 26 39 k5in figs-ellipsis πλὴν οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλ’ ὡς σύ 1 Yet, not as I will, but as you This can be expressed as a full sentence. Alternate translation: “But do not do what I want; instead, do what you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 26 40 ev7s figs-you λέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ, οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε…γρηγορῆσαι 1 he says to Peter, “So, were you not able to watch Jesus is speaking to Peter, but the **you** is plural, referring to Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 26 40 c11a figs-rquestion οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ? 1 So, were you not able to watch with me for one hour? Jesus uses a question to scold Peter, James, and John. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you could not stay awake with me for one hour!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 26 41 buv4 figs-abstractnouns μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 you might not enter into temptation If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **temptation**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “no one tempts you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT 26 41 ny5w figs-metonymy τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής 1 The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak Here, **spirit** is a metonym that stands for a person’s desires to do good. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 26 41 xlig figs-synecdoche τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής 1 The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak **Flesh** stands for the needs and desires of a person’s body. Jesus means that the disciples may have the desire to do what God wants, but as humans they are weak and often fail. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAT 26 42 pz9l ἀπελθὼν 1 having gone away Alternate translation: “after Jesus went away”
MAT 26 42 tqp8 translate-ordinal ἐκ δευτέρου 1 a second time The first **time** is described in [26:39](../26/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MAT 26 42 ch7t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ μου 1 My Father **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 26 42 b6cn figs-metaphor εἰ οὐ δύναται τοῦτο παρελθεῖν, ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω 1 if this is not able to pass away unless I may drink it Jesus speaks of the work that he must do as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to **drink**. Alternate translation: “if the only way this can pass away is if I drink it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 26 42 td6g figs-metaphor εἰ…τοῦτο 1 if this Here, **this** refers to the cup and the contents within it, a metaphor for suffering, as in [26:39](../26/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 26 42 i135 figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω 1 unless I may drink it Here, **it** refers to the cup and the contents within it, a metaphor for suffering, as in [26:39](../26/39.md). Alternate translation: “unless I drink from it” or “unless I drink from this cup of suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 26 42 xsk1 figs-activepassive γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου 1 let your will be done If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “may what you want happen” or “do what you want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 26 43 lts9 figs-idiom ἦσαν…αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρημένοι 1 their eyes were weighed down This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they were very sleepy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 26 44 v3i9 translate-ordinal ἐκ τρίτου 1 a third time The first **time** is described in [26:39](../26/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MAT 26 45 vvp9 figs-rquestion καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε? 1 Are you still sleeping and taking your rest? Jesus uses a question to scold the disciples for going to sleep. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you are still sleeping and resting!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 26 45 rw3r figs-idiom ἤγγικεν ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour has approached This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the time has come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 26 45 g9hi figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 the Son of Man is being betrayed If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone is betraying the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 26 45 ell4 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 26 45 g9eb figs-metonymy παραδίδοται εἰς χεῖρας ἁμαρτωλῶν 1 is being betrayed into the hands of sinners Here, **hands** refers to power or control. Alternate translation: “betrayed into the power of sinners” or “betrayed so that sinners will have power over him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 26 45 yx8v ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
MAT 26 47 hsv7 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of when Judas betrayed Jesus and the religious leaders arrested him.
MAT 26 47 rlp9 καὶ ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος 1 And as he is still speaking Alternate translation: “And while Jesus was still speaking”
MAT 26 47 e26h ξύλων 1 clubs A club is a large piece of hard wood for hitting people.
MAT 26 48 qb4y writing-background δὲ 1 Now Here, **Now** is used to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about Judas and the signal he planned to use to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT 26 48 gw8m figs-quotations λέγων, ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστιν; κρατήσατε αὐτόν. 1 saying, “Whomever I may kiss is him. Seize him.” You can state this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that whomever he kissed was the one they should seize.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT 26 48 m23z ὃν ἂν φιλήσω 1 Whomever I may kiss Alternate translation: “The one I kiss” or “The man whom I kiss”
MAT 26 48 nr34 φιλήσω 1 I may kiss This action was a respectful way to greet one’s teacher.
MAT 26 49 uig8 προσελθὼν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 having come up to Jesus Alternate translation: “when Judas came up to Jesus”
MAT 26 49 cyb7 κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν 1 he kissed him Good friends would kiss each other on the cheek, but a disciple would probably kiss his master on the hand to show respect. No one knows for sure how Judas **kissed** Jesus. Alternate translation: “he met him with a kiss”
MAT 26 50 w3d6 ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας 1 they laid hands Here, **they** refers to the people with clubs and swords that came with Judas and the religious leaders.
MAT 26 50 vmd1 ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν 1 they laid hands on Jesus, and seized him Alternate translation: “they grabbed Jesus, and arrested him”
MAT 26 51 vm6s καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 And behold The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
MAT 26 52 tj6n figs-metonymy οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν 1 those who have taken up a sword The word **sword** is a metonym for the act of killing someone with a sword. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 26 52 gzbc figs-explicit οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν 1 those who have taken up a sword You can state the implied information explicitly. Alternate translation: “who pick up a sword to kill others” or “who want to kill other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 26 52 w357 μάχαιραν, ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀπολοῦνται 1 a sword will perish by the sword Alternate translation: “a sword will die by means of the sword” or “a sword—it is with the sword that someone will kill them”
MAT 26 53 kgx8 figs-rquestion ἢ δοκεῖς ὅτι οὐ δύναμαι παρακαλέσαι τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ παραστήσει μοι ἄρτι πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων? 1 Or do you think that I am not able to call upon my Father, and he would send me more than 12 legions of angels at once? Jesus uses a question to remind the person with the sword that Jesus could stop those who are arresting him. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you know that I could upon my Father, and he would send me more than 12 legions of angels at once.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 26 53 eb7i figs-you δοκεῖς 1 do you think Here, **you** is singular and refers to the person with the sword. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 26 53 g3zq guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα μου 1 my Father **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 26 53 tfw8 translate-numbers πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων 1 more than 12 legions of angels The word **legion** is a military term that refers to a group of about 6,000 soldiers. Jesus means God would send enough angels to easily stop those who are arresting Jesus. The exact number of angels is not important. Alternate translation: “more than 12 really large groups of angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
MAT 26 54 teq5 figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ, ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι? 1 How then would the scriptures be fulfilled, that this must happen? Jesus uses a question to explain why he is letting these people arrest him. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “This must happen so that the Scriptures will be fulfilled.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 26 54 xqpr figs-activepassive πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ, ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι? 1 How then would the scriptures be fulfilled, that this must happen? If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “But if I did that, I would not be able to fulfill what God said in the scriptures must happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 26 55 yf4p figs-rquestion ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με? 1 Have you come out with swords and clubs to seize me, as against a robber? Jesus is using this question to point out the wrong actions of those arresting him. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that I am not a robber, so it is wrong for you to come out to me bringing swords and clubs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 26 55 q9vq ξύλων 1 clubs A club is a large piece of hard wood for hitting people.
MAT 26 55 e8dq figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple It is implied that Jesus was not in the actual **temple**. He was in the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 26 56 ygn7 figs-activepassive πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 the writings of the prophets might be fulfilled If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I would fulfill all that the prophets wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 26 56 i2jp ἀφέντες αὐτὸν 1 having left him If your language has a word that means they **left him** when they should have stayed with him, use it here.
MAT 26 57 f6nj 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus’ trial before the council of Jewish religious leaders.
MAT 26 58 jui3 ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ 1 But Peter was following him Alternate translation: “But Peter followed Jesus”
MAT 26 58 isd4 τῆς αὐλῆς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 the courtyard of the high priest This **courtyard** was an open area near the high priest’s house.
MAT 26 58 v8th καὶ εἰσελθὼν ἔσω 1 And having entered inside Alternate translation: “And after Peter went inside”
MAT 26 59 i8jw δὲ 1 Now The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
MAT 26 59 jwz5 αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν 1 they might put him to death Here, **they** refers to the chief priests and the members of the council.
MAT 26 59 u6v9 αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν 1 they might put him to death Alternate translation: “they might have a reason to execute him”
MAT 26 60 m6n5 προσελθόντες δύο 1 two, having come forward Alternate translation: “two men who had come forward” or “two witnesses who came forward”
MAT 26 61 a8lf writing-quotations εἶπον, οὗτος ἔφη, δύναμαι καταλῦσαι τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν οἰκοδομῆσαι. 1 said, “This man said, ‘I am able to destroy the temple of God and to rebuild it in three days.’” If your language does not allow quotes within quotes you can rewrite it as a single quote. Alternate translation: “This man said that he is able to destroy the temple of God and to rebuild it in three days.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MAT 26 61 i5n4 οὗτος ἔφη 1 This man said Alternate translation: “This man Jesus said”
MAT 26 61 mbq1 διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν 1 in three days This phrase means “within three days,” before the sun goes down three times, not “after three days,” after the sun has gone down the third time.
MAT 26 62 v6j9 τί οὗτοί σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν? 1 What is it that they are testifying against you? The chief priest is not asking Jesus for information about what the witnesses said. He is asking Jesus to prove what the witnesses said is wrong. Alternate translation: “What is your response to what the witnesses are testifying against you?”
MAT 26 63 mm28 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title that describes the relationship between the Christ and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 26 63 lry9 τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 the living God Here, **living** contrasts the **God** of Israel to all the false gods and idols that people worshiped. Only the God of Israel is alive and has power to act. See how you translated this in [16:16](../16/16.md).
MAT 26 64 gi6v figs-idiom σὺ εἶπας 1 You have said it yourself This is an idiom that Jesus uses to mean “yes” without being completely clear about what he means. Alternate translation: “You are saying it” or “You are admitting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 26 64 zu47 figs-you πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε 1 But I say to you, from now on you will see Here, **you** is plural. Jesus is speaking to the high priest and to the other persons there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 26 64 ll8r ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 from now on you will see the Son of Man The phrase **from now on** could: (1) be an idiom that means they will see the Son of Man in his power at some time in the future. (2) means that from the time of Jesus’ trial and onward, Jesus is showing himself to be the Messiah who is powerful and victorious.
MAT 26 64 b6cb figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
MAT 26 64 p5px figs-metonymy καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως 1 sitting at the right hand of the Power Here, **Power** is metonym that represents God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 26 64 lcxc translate-symaction καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως 1 sitting at the right hand of the Power To sit at the **right hand of God** is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “sitting in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT 26 64 urp9 ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 coming on the clouds of heaven Alternate translation: “riding to earth on the clouds of heaven”
MAT 26 65 srg6 translate-symaction ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς διέρρηξεν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 the high priest tore his robe Tearing clothing was a sign of anger and sadness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT 26 65 qq51 figs-explicit ἐβλασφήμησεν 1 He has spoken blasphemy The reason the high priest called Jesus’ statement **blasphemy** is probably that he understood Jesus’ words in [26:64](../26/64.md) as a claim to be equal with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 26 65 t68t figs-rquestion τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων? 1 Why do we still have need of witnesses? The high priest uses this question to emphasize that he and the members of the council do not need to hear from any more witnesses. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We do not need to hear from any more witnesses!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 26 65 wh4h figs-you νῦν ἠκούσατε 1 now you have heard Here, **you** is plural and refers to the members of the council. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 26 67 adc2 τότε ἐνέπτυσαν 1 Then they spit This could mean: (1) some of the men spit. (2) the soldiers spit.
MAT 26 67 g1c2 ἐνέπτυσαν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ 1 they spit in his face This action was done as an insult.
MAT 26 68 f2bj προφήτευσον ἡμῖν 1 Prophesy to us Here, **Prophesy to us** means to tell by means of God’s power. It does not mean to tell what will happen in the future.
MAT 26 68 b5xe figs-irony Χριστέ 1 Christ Those hitting Jesus do not really think he is the **Christ**. They call him this to mock him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MAT 26 69 bsb3 0 General Information: These events happen at the same time as Jesus’ trial before the religious leaders.
MAT 26 69 h5ts 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of how Peter denies three times that he knows Jesus, as Jesus said he would do.
MAT 26 69 y21l δὲ 1 Now The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
MAT 26 70 sp1t οὐκ οἶδα τί λέγεις 1 I do not know what you are talking about Peter was able to understand what the servant girl was saying. He used these words to deny that he had been with Jesus.
MAT 26 71 ief5 ἐξελθόντα δὲ 1 But when he had gone out Alternate translation: “But when Peter went out”
MAT 26 71 gyw8 τὸν πυλῶνα 1 the gateway This **gateway** was an opening in the wall around a courtyard.
MAT 26 71 s7c4 λέγει τοῖς ἐκεῖ 1 says to those there Alternate translation: “said to the people who were sitting there”
MAT 26 72 e5xl καὶ πάλιν ἠρνήσατο μετὰ ὅρκου, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον. 1 And he again denied it with an oath, “I do not know the man!” Alternate translation: “And he denied it again by swearing, ‘I do not know the man!’”
MAT 26 73 hde3 ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 one of them Alternate translation: “one of those who were with Jesus”
MAT 26 73 w8ww καὶ γὰρ ἡ λαλιά σου δῆλόν σε ποιεῖ 1 for even your speech makes you evident You can translate this as a new sentence. Alternate translation: “We can tell you are from Galilee because you speak like a Galilean”
MAT 26 74 edd8 καταθεματίζειν 1 to curse Alternate translation: “to call down a curse on himself”
MAT 26 74 w87b ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν 1 a rooster crowed A **rooster** is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. The sound a rooster makes is called “crowing.” See how you translated this in [26:34](../26/34.md).
MAT 26 75 nx3j figs-quotations καὶ ἐμνήσθη ὁ Πέτρος τοῦ ῥήματος Ἰησοῦ εἰρηκότος, ὅτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 And Peter remembered the words of Jesus that he had said, “Before the rooster crows you will deny me three times.” You can state this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Peter remembered that Jesus told him that before the rooster crowed, he would deny Jesus three times.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
MAT 27 intro deu4 0 # Matthew 27 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “Delivered him to Pilate the governor”
The Jewish leaders needed to get permission from Pontius Pilate, the Roman governor, before they could kill Jesus. This was because Roman law did not allow them to kill Jesus themselves. Pilate wanted to set Jesus free, but they wanted him to free a very bad prisoner named Barabbas.
### The tomb
The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Matthew 27:60](../mat/27/60.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Sarcasm
The soldiers said, “Hail, King of the Jews!” ([Matthew 27:29](../mat/27/29.md)) to mock Jesus. They did not think that he was the king of the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MAT 27 1 hvr4 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus’ trial before Pilate.
MAT 27 1 qe1s δὲ 1 Now The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
MAT 27 1 cm46 figs-explicit συμβούλιον ἔλαβον…κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ὥστε θανατῶσαι αὐτόν 1 took counsel against Jesus so as to put him to death The Jewish leaders were planning how they could convince the Roman leaders to kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 27 3 vzf9 figs-events 0 General Information: This event happened after Jesus’ trial in front of the council of Jewish religious leaders, but we do not know if it happened before or during Jesus’ trial before Pilate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
MAT 27 3 qm12 τότε ἰδὼν Ἰούδας ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν 1 Then Judas, who had betrayed him, having seen The author has stopped telling the story of Jesus’ trial so he can tell the story of how Judas killed himself. If your language has a way of showing that a new story is starting, you may want to use that here.
MAT 27 3 v9vj figs-activepassive ὅτι κατεκρίθη 1 that he was condemned If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that the Jewish leaders had condemned Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 27 3 pe4n τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια 1 the 30 pieces of silver This was the money that the chief priests had given Judas to betray Jesus. See how you translated it in [26:15](../26/15.md).
MAT 27 4 f6u8 figs-idiom αἷμα ἀθῷον 1 innocent blood This is an idiom that refers to the death of an **innocent** person. Alternate translation: “a person who does not deserve to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 27 4 mf6b figs-rquestion τί πρὸς ἡμᾶς? 1 What is that to us? The Jewish leaders use this question to emphasize that they do not care about what Judas said. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “That is not our problem!” or “That is your problem!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 27 5 tuh4 ῥίψας τὰ ἀργύρια εἰς τὸν ναὸν 1 having thrown down the pieces of silver in the temple This could mean: (1) he threw **the pieces of silver** while in the **temple** courtyard. (2) he was standing in the temple courtyard, and he threw **the pieces of silver** into the **temple**.
MAT 27 6 r5r9 οὐκ ἔξεστιν βαλεῖν αὐτὰ 1 It is not lawful to put this Alternate translation: “Our laws do not allow us to put this”
MAT 27 6 ce2x βαλεῖν αὐτὰ 1 to put this Alternate translation: “to put this silver”
MAT 27 6 gtp3 figs-explicit τὸν κορβανᾶν 1 the treasury The **treasury** was the place they kept the money they used to provide for things needed for the temple and the priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 27 6 j2l8 figs-idiom τιμὴ αἵματός 1 the price of blood This is an idiom that means money paid to a person who helped kill someone. Alternate translation: “money paid for a man to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 27 7 mtg6 τὸν Ἀγρὸν τοῦ Κεραμέως 1 the field of the potter This was a **field** that was bought to bury strangers who died in Jerusalem.
MAT 27 8 nts8 figs-activepassive ἐκλήθη ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκεῖνος 1 that field has been called If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people call that field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 27 8 ag2n ἕως τῆς σήμερον 1 to this day Here, **this day** refers to the time when Matthew is writing this book.
MAT 27 9 g1gc καὶ ἔλαβον τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια, τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ τετιμημένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ 1 The author quotes Old Testament scripture to show that Judas’ suicide was a fulfillment of prophecy.
MAT 27 9 rj3u figs-activepassive τότε ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου 1 Then what had been spoken by Jeremiah the prophet was fulfilled If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled what the prophet Jeremiah spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 27 9 t1dj figs-activepassive τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ τετιμημένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ 1 the price of the one whose price had been set by the sons of Israel If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the price the people of Israel set on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 27 9 d7l7 figs-metonymy υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ 1 the sons of Israel This refers to those among the people of **Israel** who paid to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “some of the people of Israel” or “the leaders of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 27 10 c2ch συνέταξέν μοι 1 had directed me Here, **me** refers to Jeremiah.
MAT 27 11 pjc5 δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: This continues the story of Jesus’ trial before Pilate, which began in [27:2](../27/02.md). If your language has a way of continuing a story after a break from the main story line, you may want to use it here.
MAT 27 11 a2e7 τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 the governor Alternate translation: “Pilate”
MAT 27 11 a6cm figs-explicit αὐτῷ σὺ λέγεις 1 It is as you say This could mean: (1) Jesus implied that he is the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yes, as you said, I am” or “Yes. It is as you said” (2) Jesus was saying that Pilate, not Jesus, was the one calling him the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “You yourself have said so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 27 12 vl3a figs-activepassive καὶ ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 And when he was accused by the chief priests and the elders If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And when the chief priests and elders accused him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 27 13 wn2r figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀκούεις πόσα σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν? 1 Do you not hear everything they are bringing against you? Pilate asks this question because he is surprised that Jesus remains silent. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that you do not answer these people who accuse you of doing bad things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAT 27 14 hbm8 οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ πρὸς οὐδὲ ἓν ῥῆμα, ὥστε θαυμάζειν τὸν ἡγεμόνα λίαν 1 he did not answer him not even to one word, so as to amaze the governor greatly This is an emphatic way of saying that Jesus was completely silent. Alternate translation: “he did not say even one word; this greatly amazed the governor”
MAT 27 15 jjp8 writing-background δὲ 1 Now The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line so Matthew can give information to help the reader understand what happens beginning in [27:17](../27/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT 27 15 p1ha ἑορτὴν 1 the festival This is the **festival** of the Passover celebration.
MAT 27 15 pfk6 figs-activepassive ἕνα τῷ ὄχλῳ δέσμιον, ὃν ἤθελον 1 to the crowd one prisoner whom they chose If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “one prisoner whom the crowd would choose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 27 16 q2iu εἶχον…δέσμιον ἐπίσημον 1 they were holding a notorious prisoner Alternate translation: “there was a notorious prisoner”
MAT 27 16 svr2 ἐπίσημον 1 notorious A **notorious** person is someone who is well known for doing something bad.
MAT 27 17 d8hv figs-activepassive συνηγμένων…αὐτῶν 1 when they were gathered together If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when the crowd gathered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 27 17 wrl3 figs-activepassive τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν 1 who is called Christ If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom some people call the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 27 18 jq3c παρέδωκαν αὐτόν 1 they had handed him over to him They had done this so that Pilate would judge Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders had brought Jesus to him”
MAT 27 19 t3mx καθημένου δὲ αὐτοῦ 1 But while he was sitting Alternate translation: “But while Pilate was sitting”
MAT 27 19 s5pc καθημένου…αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος 1 while he was sitting on the judgment seat The **judgment seat** was the place where a judge would sit while making a decision. Alternate translation: “while he was sitting on the judge’s seat”
MAT 27 19 w4i8 ἀπέστειλεν 1 sent word Alternate translation: “sent a message”
MAT 27 19 an95 πολλὰ…ἔπαθον σήμερον 1 I have suffered much today Alternate translation: “I have been very upset today”
MAT 27 20 ax1i writing-background δὲ 1 Now Here, **now** is used to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew tells background information about why the crowd chose Barabbas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
MAT 27 20 et2m figs-activepassive τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν 1 but would kill Jesus If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “but have the Roman soldiers kill Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 27 21 x6vf εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 said to them Alternate translation: “asked the crowd”
MAT 27 22 zl85 figs-activepassive τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν 1 who is called Christ If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom some people call the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 27 23 m5jm ἐποίησεν 1 did he do Alternate translation: “has Jesus done”
MAT 27 23 nb7p οἱ…ἔκραζον 1 they cried out Alternate translation: “the crowd cried out”
MAT 27 24 yj8t translate-symaction ἀπενίψατο τὰς χεῖρας ἀπέναντι τοῦ ὄχλου 1 washed his hands in front of the crowd Pilate does this action as a sign that he is not responsible for Jesus’ death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT 27 24 u1fe figs-metonymy τοῦ αἵματος 1 the blood Here, **blood** refers to a person’s death. Alternate translation: “the death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 27 24 de8w ὑμεῖς ὄψεσθε 1 See to it yourselves Alternate translation: “This is your responsibility”
MAT 27 25 n5k1 figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν 1 His blood be on us and our children Here, **blood** is a metonym that stands for a person’s death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 27 25 k1cb figs-idiom τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν 1 His blood be on us and on our children The phrase **be on us and our children** is an idiom that means they accept the responsibility of what is happening. Alternate translation: “Yes! We and our descendants will be responsible for executing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 27 26 yb5y τότε ἀπέλυσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Βαραββᾶν 1 Then he released Barabbas to them Alternate translation: “Then Pilate released Barabbas to the crowd”
MAT 27 26 m63d figs-explicit τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας, παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 but having scourged Jesus, he handed him over so that he would be crucified It is implied that Pilate ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 27 26 n421 figs-metaphor τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας, παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 but having scourged Jesus, he handed him over so that he would be crucified Handing Jesus over to be crucified is a metaphor for ordering his soldiers to crucify Jesus. Alternate translation: “he ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus and to crucify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAT 27 26 y3kf τὸν…Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας 2 having scourged Jesus Alternate translation: “having beaten Jesus with a whip” or “having whipped Jesus”
MAT 27 27 zz45 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus’ crucifixion and death.
MAT 27 27 bn22 ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν 1 the whole company of soldiers Alternate translation: “the entire group of soldiers”
MAT 27 28 nx81 καὶ ἐκδύσαντες αὐτὸν 1 And having stripped him Alternate translation: “And having pulled off his clothes”
MAT 27 29 yw94 στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν 1 a crown of thorns Alternate translation: “a crown made of thorny branches” or “a crown made of branches with thorns on them”
MAT 27 29 dlz7 κάλαμον ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ 1 a staff in his right hand They gave Jesus a stick to hold to represent a scepter that a king holds. They did this to mock Jesus.
MAT 27 29 qf8j figs-irony χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Hail, King of the Jews They were saying this to mock Jesus. They were calling Jesus **King of the Jews**, but they did not really believe he was a king. And yet what they were saying was true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MAT 27 29 gf6a χαῖρε 1 Hail Alternate translation: “We honor you” or “May you live a long time”
MAT 27 30 ib5q καὶ ἐμπτύσαντες εἰς αὐτὸν 1 And having spat on him Alternate translation: “And using their spit, the soldiers spat on Jesus”
MAT 27 32 j5wq figs-explicit ἐξερχόμενοι 1 coming out This means Jesus and the soldiers came out of the city. Alternate translation: “as they came out of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 27 32 ies4 εὗρον ἄνθρωπον 1 they found a man Alternate translation: “the soldiers saw a man”
MAT 27 32 sfj2 τοῦτον ἠγγάρευσαν ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ 1 whom they forced so that he would carry his cross Alternate translation: “whom the soldiers forced to go with them so that he could carry Jesus’ cross”
MAT 27 33 j6hb figs-activepassive τόπον λεγόμενον Γολγοθᾶ 1 a place called Golgotha If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a place that people called Golgotha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 27 34 f11j figs-activepassive πιεῖν οἶνον μετὰ χολῆς μεμιγμένον 1 wine to drink mixed with gall If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “wine, which they had mixed with gall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 27 34 e2uk χολῆς 1 gall This **gall** was a bitter, yellow liquid that bodies use in digestion.
MAT 27 37 j4s4 τὴν αἰτίαν αὐτοῦ 1 the charge against him Alternate translation: “a written explanation of why he was being crucified”
MAT 27 38 zq4b figs-activepassive τότε σταυροῦνται σὺν αὐτῷ δύο λῃσταί 1 Then two robbers are being crucified with him If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers crucified two robbers with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 27 39 d4fm translate-symaction κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν 1 shaking their heads They did this to make fun of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
MAT 27 40 t23i figs-explicit εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ κατάβηθι ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 If you are the Son of God, come down from the cross They did not believe that Jesus is **the Son of God**, so they wanted him to prove it if it was true. Alternate translation: “If you are the Son of God, prove it by coming down from the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 27 40 b5lw guidelines-sonofgodprinciples υἱὸς…τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for the Christ that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 27 42 ff4d figs-irony ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, ἑαυτὸν οὐ δύναται σῶσαι 1 He saved others; he is not able to save himself This could mean: (1) the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus **saved others** or that he can **save himself**. (2) they believe he did save others but are laughing at him because now he cannot **save himself**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MAT 27 42 j6l7 figs-irony Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν, 1 He is the King of Israel! The leaders are mocking Jesus. They call him **King of Israel**, but they do not really believe he is king. Alternate translation: “He says that he is the King of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
MAT 27 43 cl97 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν γὰρ, ὅτι Θεοῦ εἰμι Υἱός. 1 For he said, ‘I am the Son of God.’ This is a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For Jesus even said that he is the Son of God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MAT 27 43 uw85 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ…Υἱός 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 27 44 e26y figs-activepassive οἱ λῃσταὶ, οἱ συνσταυρωθέντες σὺν αὐτῷ 1 the robbers who were crucified with him If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the robbers that the soldiers crucified with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 27 45 e7z4 δὲ 1 Now The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
MAT 27 45 s2l7 ἀπὸ…ἕκτης ὥρας…ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 from the sixth hour … until the ninth hour Alternate translation: “from about noon … for three hours” or “from about twelve o’clock midday … until about three o’clock in the afternoon”
MAT 27 45 pi8e figs-abstractnouns σκότος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν 1 darkness happened over all the land If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **darkness**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “it became dark over the whole land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAT 27 46 qyp7 ἀνεβόησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus cried out Alternate translation: “Jesus called out” or “Jesus shouted”
MAT 27 46 xub2 translate-transliterate Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει 1 Eli, Eli, lama sabachthani These words are what Jesus cried out in his own language. Translators usually leave these words as is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
MAT 27 48 jm37 εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 one of them This could refer to: (1) one of the soldiers. (2) one of those who stood by and watched.
MAT 27 48 bsy1 σπόγγον 1 a sponge A **sponge** is a sea animal that is harvested and used to take up and hold liquids. These liquids can later be pushed out.
MAT 27 48 ny3e ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν 1 gave it to him to drink Alternate translation: “gave it to Jesus”
MAT 27 50 fj1v figs-euphemism ἀφῆκεν τὸ πνεῦμα 1 released his spirit Here, **spirit** refers to that which gives life to a person. This phrase is a way of saying that Jesus died. Alternate translation: “he died, giving his spirit over to God” or “he breathed his last breath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT 27 51 w1wq 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of the events that happened when Jesus died.
MAT 27 51 a92g ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
MAT 27 51 m1ic figs-activepassive τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο 1 the curtain of the temple was split in two If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the curtain of the temple tore in two” or “God caused the curtain of the temple to tear in two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 27 52 a1cu figs-activepassive καὶ τὰ μνημεῖα ἀνεῴχθησαν, καὶ πολλὰ σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων ἠγέρθη 1 And the tombs were opened, and many of the bodies of the saints who had fallen asleep were raised If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And God opened the tombs and raised the bodies of many godly people who had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 27 52 kj3r figs-idiom πολλὰ σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων ἠγέρθη 1 many of the bodies of the saints who had fallen asleep were raised Here to be **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God put life back into the dead bodies of many godly people who had fallen asleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAT 27 52 hgn1 figs-euphemism κεκοιμημένων 1 who had fallen asleep This is a polite way of referring to dying. Alternate translation: “who had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
MAT 27 53 q2x5 καὶ ἐξελθόντες ἐκ τῶν μνημείων μετὰ τὴν ἔγερσιν αὐτοῦ, εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν πόλιν καὶ ἐνεφανίσθησαν πολλοῖς 1 And having come out from the tombs after his resurrection, they entered into the holy city and appeared to many The order of the events that Matthew describes (beginning with the words “The tombs were opened” in verse 52) is unclear. After the earthquake when Jesus died and the **tombs** were opened (1) the saints came back to life, and then, after Jesus came back to life, the saints entered Jerusalem, where many people saw them. (2) Jesus came back to life, and then the saints came back to life and entered the city, where many people saw them.
MAT 27 54 f6rz δὲ 1 Now The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
MAT 27 54 vv2g figs-explicit οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ τηροῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 those with him watching Jesus This refers to the other soldiers who were guarding Jesus with the centurion. Alternate translation: “the other soldiers with him who were guarding Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 27 54 gw6n guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Υἱὸς 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 27 56 ud33 ἡ μήτηρ τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου 1 the mother of the sons of Zebedee Alternate translation: “the mother of James and John” or “the wife of Zebedee”
MAT 27 57 wm5z 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus’ burial.
MAT 27 57 sy9y translate-names Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Arimathea **Arimathea** is the name of a city in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
MAT 27 58 c69n figs-activepassive τότε ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐκέλευσεν ἀποδοθῆναι 1 Then Pilate commanded it to be given to him If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Then Pilate ordered the soldiers to give the body of Jesus to Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 27 59 kj7u σινδόνι καθαρᾷ 1 in a clean linen cloth in a clean, fine, costly cloth
MAT 27 60 hvs8 figs-explicit ὃ ἐλατόμησεν ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ 1 that he had cut into the rock It is implied that Joseph had workers who **cut** the tomb **into the rock**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 27 60 lt4k figs-explicit καὶ προσκυλίσας λίθον μέγαν 1 And having rolled a large stone against Most likely Joseph had other people there to help him roll the **stone**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 27 61 ihr8 ἀπέναντι τοῦ τάφου 1 opposite the tomb Alternate translation: “across from the tomb”
MAT 27 62 qj59 τὴν παρασκευήν 1 the Preparation The **Preparation** is the day that people got everything ready for the Sabbath.
MAT 27 62 j57n συνήχθησαν…πρὸς Πειλᾶτον 1 were gathered together with Pilate Alternate translation: “met with Pilate”
MAT 27 63 sc6y ἐκεῖνος ὁ πλάνος…ἔτι ζῶν 1 that deceiver, yet living Alternate translation: “Jesus, the deceiver, when he was alive”
MAT 27 63 ri5s figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν…μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγείρομαι. 1 said, ‘After three days I am being raised up.’ This has a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he said that after three days he will rise again.” or “he said that after three day he would rise again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MAT 27 64 b8n2 figs-activepassive κέλευσον…ἀσφαλισθῆναι τὸν τάφον 1 command the tomb to be made secure If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “command your soldiers to guard the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 27 64 hbh8 translate-ordinal τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας 1 the third day The word **third** is the ordinal form of three. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
MAT 27 64 pwc8 ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, κλέψωσιν αὐτὸν 1 his disciples, having come, might steal him Alternate translation: “his disciples may come and steal his body”
MAT 27 64 t78s figs-quotesinquotes εἴπωσιν τῷ λαῷ, ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ 1 might say to the people, ‘He has been raised up from the dead,’ and This has a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “might tell the people that he has been raised from the dead, and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MAT 27 64 c7bf ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again. Alternate translation: “from among all those who have died”
MAT 27 64 u5tg figs-ellipsis καὶ ἔσται ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη χείρων τῆς πρώτης 1 and the last deception will be worse than the first You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “and if they deceive people by saying that, it will be worse than the way he deceived people before when he said that he was the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 27 65 dkq9 κουστωδίαν 1 a guard This **guard** consisted of four to sixteen Roman soldiers.
MAT 27 66 pk1q σφραγίσαντες τὸν λίθον 1 having sealed the stone This could mean: (1) they put a cord around **the stone** and attached it to the rock wall on either side of the entrance to the tomb. (2) they put seals between **the stone** and the wall.
MAT 27 66 e8uf μετὰ τῆς κουστωδίας 1 with the guard Alternate translation: “and having told the soldiers to stand where they could keep people from tampering with the tomb”
MAT 28 intro psw9 0 # Matthew 28 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The tomb
The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Matthew 28:1](../mat/28/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.
### “Make disciples”
The last two verses ([Matthew 28:19-20](../mat/28/19.md)) are commonly known as “The Great Commission” because they contain a very important command given to all Christians. Christians are to “make disciples” by going to people, sharing the gospel with them and training them to live as Christians.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### An angel of the Lord
Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels looked human. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md))
MAT 28 1 anr1 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of the resurrection of Jesus from the dead.
MAT 28 1 qkn8 ὀψὲ δὲ Σαββάτων, τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ εἰς μίαν σαββάτων 1 Now late on the Sabbath, as it is dawning toward the first day of the week Alternate translation: “Now after the Sabbath ended, as the sun came up on Sunday morning”
MAT 28 1 gs43 δὲ 1 Now The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
MAT 28 1 zu2b ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία 1 the other Mary This is **Mary** the mother of James and Joseph ([27:56](../27/56.md)). Alternate translation: “the other woman named Mary”
MAT 28 2 j25i ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Your language may have a way of doing this.
MAT 28 2 l4s2 σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας; ἄγγελος γὰρ Κυρίου καταβὰς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ προσελθὼν, ἀπεκύλισε τὸν λίθον 1 a great earthquake happened, for an angel of the Lord, having descended from heaven and having come near, rolled away the stone This could mean: (1) the **earthquake happened** because the **angel** came down and **rolled away the stone**. (2) all these events happened at the same time.
MAT 28 2 s43v σεισμὸς…μέγας 1 a great earthquake An **earthquake** is a sudden and violent shaking of the ground.
MAT 28 3 vfh4 ἡ εἰδέα αὐτοῦ 1 his appearance Alternate translation: “the angel’s appearance”
MAT 28 3 p12y figs-simile ἦν…ὡς ἀστραπὴ 1 was like lightning This is a simile that emphasizes how bright in appearance the angel was. Alternate translation: “was bright like lightning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT 28 3 i4hp figs-ellipsis τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ λευκὸν ὡς χιών 1 his clothing white like snow The verb “was” from the previous phrase can be repeated. Alternate translation: “his clothing was white like snow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
MAT 28 3 bzow figs-simile τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ λευκὸν ὡς χιών 1 his clothing white like snow This is a simile that emphasizes how bright and white the angel’s clothes were. Alternate translation: “his clothing was very white, like snow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT 28 4 b1ic figs-simile ἐγενήθησαν ὡς νεκροί 1 became like dead men This is a simile that means the soldiers fell down and did not move. Alternate translation: “fell to the ground and lay there like dead men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
MAT 28 5 q8dd ταῖς γυναιξίν 1 to the women Alternate translation: “to Mary Magdalene and the other woman named Mary”
MAT 28 5 tbd8 figs-activepassive τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 who has been crucified If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the people and the soldiers crucified” or “whom they had crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 28 7 sp2a figs-quotesinquotes εἴπατε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ ἰδοὺ, προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε. 1 tell his disciples, ‘He has been raised up from the dead. And behold, he is going ahead of you to Galilee. There you will see him.’ This is a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “tell his disciples that he has risen from the dead and that Jesus has gone ahead of you to Galilee where you will see him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
MAT 28 7 r5cw ἠγέρθη 1 He has been raised up Alternate translation: “He has come back to life”
MAT 28 7 a1ir ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld.
MAT 28 7 ljb2 figs-you ὑμᾶς…ὄψεσθε…ὑμῖν 1 he is going ahead of you … you will see him Here, all occurrences of **you** are plural. It refers to the women and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
MAT 28 8 j2sv καὶ ἀπελθοῦσαι ταχὺ 1 And having quickly left Alternate translation: “And after Mary Magdalene and the other woman named Mary quickly left”
MAT 28 9 s393 ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Your language may have a way of doing this.
MAT 28 9 n5sz χαίρετε 1 Greetings This is an ordinary greeting, much like “Hello” in English.
MAT 28 9 nmg1 ἐκράτησαν αὐτοῦ τοὺς πόδας 1 took hold of his feet Alternate translation: “got down on their knees and held onto his feet”
MAT 28 10 etk6 τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου 1 my brothers Here, **my brothers** refers to Jesus’ disciples.
MAT 28 11 u1ae 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of the reaction of the Jewish religious leaders when they heard of Jesus’ resurrection.
MAT 28 11 ktu5 δὲ 1 Now The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
MAT 28 11 mu4l αὐτῶν 1 They Here, **they** refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary.
MAT 28 11 rnr3 ἰδού 1 behold Here, **behold** marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
MAT 28 12 ht82 συμβούλιόν τε λαβόντες 1 discussed the matter with them The priests and elders decided to give the money to the soldiers. Alternate translation: “decided on a plan among themselves”
MAT 28 13 kn8i writing-quotations εἴπατε ὅτι, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ…ἐλθόντες…ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων. 1 Say, ‘His disciples came … while we were sleeping.’ If your language does not use quotations within quotations you may translate this as a single quote. Alternate translation: “Tell others that Jesus’ disciples came … while you were sleeping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
MAT 28 14 n8xy καὶ ἐὰν ἀκουσθῇ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 If this report reaches the governor Alternate translation: “If the governor hears that you were asleep when Jesus’ disciples took his body”
MAT 28 14 u13q τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 the governor Alternate translation: “Pilate” ([27:2](../27/02.md))
MAT 28 14 x57k ἡμεῖς πείσομεν καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους ποιήσομεν 1 we will persuade him and keep you out of trouble Alternate translation: “do not worry. We will talk to him so that he does not punish you.”
MAT 28 15 yu3c figs-activepassive ἐποίησαν ὡς ἐδιδάχθησαν 1 did as they had been instructed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “did what the priests had told them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 28 15 cp7r ὁ λόγος οὗτος παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας 1 This report spread widely among the Jews and continues even today Alternate translation: “Many Jews heard this report and continue to tell others about it even today”
MAT 28 15 vp3a μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας 1 even until today This refers to the time Matthew wrote the book.
MAT 28 16 h1ln 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus meeting with his disciples after his resurrection.
MAT 28 17 pze9 προσεκύνησαν, οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν 1 they worshiped him, but some doubted This could mean: (1) they all worshiped Jesus even though some of them doubted. (2) some of them worshiped Jesus, but others did not worship him because they doubted.
MAT 28 17 xgr5 figs-explicit οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν 1 but some doubted You can state this explicitly what the disciples doubted. Alternate translation: “some doubted that he was really Jesus and that he had become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
MAT 28 18 v37p figs-activepassive ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία 1 All authority has been given to me If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has given me all authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAT 28 18 sm35 figs-merism ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 in heaven and on earth Here, **heaven** and **earth** are used together to mean everyone and everything in heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
MAT 28 19 yz6q figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 of all the nations Here, **nations** refers to the people. Alternate translation: “of all the people in every nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 28 19 l5b5 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ὄνομα 1 into the name Here, **name** refers to authority. Alternate translation: “by the authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAT 28 19 kwa3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς…τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 the Father … the Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
MAT 28 20 mz6f ἰδοὺ 1 See Alternate translation: “look” or “listen” or “pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
MAT 28 20 si8z ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 even to the end of the age Alternate translation: “until the end of this age” or “until the end of the world”